Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202023
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                     
Commission file number: 001-36787
  
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
Canada98-1206431
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
130 King Street West, Suite 300M5X 1E1
Toronto,Ontario
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)
(905) 339-6011
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading SymbolsName of each exchange on which registered
Class B Exchangeable Limited Partnership UnitsQSPToronto Stock Exchange

 
 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   Smaller reporting company  
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by checkmark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes     No  
The aggregate market value of Class B exchangeable limited partnership units held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2020,2023, computed by reference to the closing price for such units on the Toronto Stock Exchange on such date, was C$902,302,015.1,043,404,490.
The number of the registrant’s Class B exchangeable limited partnership units and Class A common units outstanding as of February 15, 202114, 2024 was 155,113,338133,597,764 units and 202,006,067 units, respectively.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the definitive proxy statement of Restaurant Brands International Inc., the registrant’s general partner, for the 20212024 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders of Restaurant Brands International Inc., which is to be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2020,2023, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.



Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
20202023 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 Page
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 1C.
Item 1.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.
Item 16.
Tim Hortons® and Timbits® are trademarks of Tim Hortons Canadian IP Holdings Corporation. Burger King®, Whopper® and BK® are trademarks of Burger King Corporation.Company LLC. Popeyes®, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen® and Popeyes Chicken & Biscuits® are trademarks of Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. Firehouse Subs® is a trademark of FRG, LLC. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “we”, “us”, “our” and “Partnership” refer to Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries.


2

Table of Contents

Explanatory Note
We are a subsidiary of Restaurant Brands International Inc. (“RBI”) and the indirect parent of The TDL Group Corp. (“Tim Hortons”TDL”), Burger King CorporationCompany LLC (“Burger King”BKC”) and, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. (“Popeyes”PLKI”) and FRG, LLC (“FRG”). RBI is our sole general partner and owns all of our outstanding Class A common units (“Class A common units”). RBI has the exclusive right, power and authority to manage, control, administer and operate the business and affairs and to make decisions regarding the undertaking and business of Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership (“Partnership”) in accordance with the partnership agreement of Partnership (the “partnership agreement”) and applicable laws. There is no board of directors of Partnership. RBI has established a conflicts committee composed entirely of “independent directors” (as such term is defined in the partnership agreement) in order to consent to, approve or direct various enumerated actions on behalf of RBI (in its capacity as our general partner) in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement.
Pursuant to Rule 12g-3(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), Partnership is a successor issuer to Burger King Worldwide, Inc. The Class B exchangeable limited partnership units of Partnership (the “Partnership exchangeable units”) are deemed to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and we are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Partnership exchangeable units trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “QSP”. RBI’s common shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange and the Toronto Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “QSR”.
We are a reporting issuer in each of the provinces and territories of Canada and, as a result, are subject to Canadian continuous disclosure and other reporting obligations under applicable Canadian securities laws. Pursuant to an application for exemptive relief made in accordance with National Policy 11-203 – Process for Exemptive Relief Applications in Multiple Jurisdictions, we have received exemptive relief dated October 31, 2014 from the Canadian securities regulators. This exemptive relief exempts us from the continuous disclosure requirements of NI 51-102, effectively allowing us to satisfy our Canadian continuous disclosure obligations by relying on the Canadian continuous disclosure documents filed by RBI, for so long as certain conditions are satisfied. Among these conditions is a requirement that we concurrently send to all holders of Partnership exchangeable units all disclosure materials that RBI sends to its shareholders and a requirement that we separately report all material changes in respect of Partnership that are not also material changes in respect of RBI.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to “Partnership,” “we,” “us,” or “our” are to Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, collectively.
All references to “$” or “dollars” in this report are to the currency of the United States unless otherwise indicated. All references to “Canadian dollars” or “C$” are to the currency of Canada unless otherwise indicated.


3

Table of Contents

Part I
Item 1. Business
Company Overview
We are a Canadian limited partnership that serves as the indirect holding company for the entities that own and franchise the Tim Hortons®, Burger King®, Popeyes® and Popeyes and their consolidated subsidiaries. We are a subsidiary of RBI, our sole general partner.Firehouse Subs® brands. We are one of the world’s largest quick service restaurant (“QSR”) companies with approximately $31over $40 billion in annual system-wide sales and approximately 27,000more than 30,000 restaurants in more than 100120 countries and territories as of December 31, 2020.2023. Our Tim Hortons®, Burger King® and Popeyes®four iconic brands have similar franchise business models with complementary daypart mixes and product platforms. Our three iconic brands are managed independently while benefitingplatforms that benefit from global scale and sharing of best practices. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 100%2023, nearly all of the total restaurants for each of our brands waswere franchised and references to "our restaurants"“our restaurant” or "system-wide restaurants"“system-wide restaurants” include franchised restaurants and those owned by us ("(“Company restaurants"restaurants”).
Our business generates revenue fromBrand Overview
The following is a summary of our brands as of and for the following sources: (i) franchise revenues, consisting primarily of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchise restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (ii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iii) sales at Company restaurants. In addition, our Tim Hortons business generates revenue from sales to franchisees related to our supply chain operations, including manufacturing, procurement, warehousing and distribution, as well as sales to retailers.year ended December 31, 2023:
Number of Restaurants
BrandU.S. and CanadaInternationalGlobalNumber of Countries and TerritoriesGlobal System Wide Sales
($ in millions)
Tim Hortons4,525 1,308 5,833 19 $7,845 
Burger King7,144 12,240 19,384 125 $27,019 
Popeyes3,394 1,177 4,571 40 $6,813 
Firehouse Subs1,265 17 1,282 $1,209 
Consolidated16,328 14,742 31,070 $42,886 
Our Tim Hortons® Brand
Founded in 1964, Tim Hortons (“TH”) is one of the largest donut/coffee/tea restaurant chains in North America and the largest in Canada as measured by total number of restaurants. As of December 31, 2020, we owned or franchised a total of 4,949 TH restaurants. THTim Hortons restaurants are quick service restaurants with a menu that includes premium blend coffee, tea, espresso-based hot and cold specialty drinks, fresh baked goods, including donuts, Timbits®, bagels, muffins, cookies and pastries, grilled paninis, classic sandwiches, wraps, soups and more.
Our Burger King® Brand
Founded in 1954, Burger King (“BK”) is the world’s second largest fast food hamburger restaurant (“FFHR”) chain, as measured by total number of restaurants. Asrestaurants, and is the Home of December 31, 2020, we owned or franchised a total of 18,625 BK restaurants in more than 100 countries. BKthe Whopper®. Burger King restaurants are quick service restaurants that feature flame-grilled hamburgers, chicken and other specialty sandwiches, french fries, soft drinks and other food items.
Our Popeyes® Brand
Founded in 1972, Popeyes (“PLK”) is the world’s second largest quick service chicken concept as measured by total number of restaurants. As of December 31, 2020, we owned or franchised a total of 3,451 PLK restaurants. PLKPopeyes restaurants are quick service restaurants that distinguish themselves with a unique “Louisiana” style menu featuring fried chicken, chicken sandwiches, chicken tenders, wings, fried shrimp and other seafood, red beans and rice and other regional items.
COVID-19 ResponseOur Firehouse Subs® Brand
The global crisis resulting fromFounded in 1994, Firehouse Subs is a brand built on decades of culture rooted in public service and a leading player in the spreadquick service restaurants sandwich category in North America. Firehouse Subs restaurants are quick service restaurants featuring hot and hearty subs piled high with quality meats and cheese as well as chopped salads, chili and soups, signature and other sides, soft drinks and local specialties.
Operating Segments
Beginning with the fourth quarter of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) has had a substantial impact on our global restaurant operations for 2020. During 2020, some TH, BK2023, we are reporting results under five operating and PLK restaurants were temporarily closedreportable segments. This shift in certain countriesreportable segments reflects how RBI's leadership oversees and many ofmanages the restaurants that remained open had limited operations, such as drive-thru, takeout and delivery (where applicable).business. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have enhancedthis change, our standards regarding hand washing, sanitization, healthfive operating and hygiene, and contact-less procedures. Additionally, changes in consumer behavior due to the pandemic increased our focus on the usereportable segments consist of technology to meet our guests’ rapidly-evolving needs through the expansion of the number of restaurants offering delivery, the improvementeach of our mobile app guest experience, and the evolution of the Tims Rewards program to increase digital registration and begin extending personalized offers. Our operating results substantially depend upon our franchisees’ sales volumes, restaurant profitability, and financial stability. The financial impact of COVID-19 has had an adverse effect on many of our franchisees’ liquidity and we have worked closely with our franchisees to monitor and assist them with access to appropriate sources of liquidity in order to sustain their businesses throughout this crisis, such as offering rent relief programs for eligible franchisees who lease property from us. We also provided cash flow support in 2020 by extending loans to eligible BK franchiseesbrands’ operations in the U.S. and by advancing certain cash payments to eligibleCanada, (1) TH, franchisees in(2) BK, (3) PLK, and (4) FHS and a fifth segment, INTL which includes consolidated results from each brands’ international operations outside of the U.S. and Canada.

4

Table of Contents

Additional financial information about our reportable segments can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 17, “Segment Reporting and Geographic Information,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Sources of Revenue
We generate revenues from the following sources: (i) sales, consisting primarily of (1) Tim Hortons supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales of consumer packaged goods (“CPG”), and (2) sales at Company restaurants; (ii) franchise revenues, consisting primarily of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (iii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iv) advertising revenues and other services, consisting primarily of (1) advertising fund contributions based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants to fund advertising expenses and (2) tech fees and revenues that vary by market and partially offset expenses related to technology initiatives.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the primary revenues for each segment were:

SegmentSalesFranchise RevenuesProperty RevenuesAdvertising and Other Revenues
THSupply chain and CPGRoyalties and franchise feesRental income on ~75% restaurantsAd fund
BKCompany restaurantsRental income on ~20% restaurantsAd fund and tech fee
PLKRental income on <3% restaurants
FHSNoneAd fund
INTLNoneNot meaningfulAd fund and tech revenue
Our Business Strategy
We believe that we have created a financially strong company built upon a foundation of threefour thriving, independent brands with significant global growth potential and the opportunity to bepotential. As one of the most efficientleading franchised QSR operators in the world, we are focused on delivering quality, service and convenience through our focus on the following strategies:
accelerating net restaurant growth;consistently serving quality food and beverages;
enhancing guest service and experience at our restaurants through comprehensive training, improved restaurant operations, reimaged restaurants and appealing menu options;
increasing restaurant sales and profitability which are critical to the success of our franchise partnersfranchisees and our ability to grow our brands around the world;
strengthening drive thrudrive-thru and delivery channels to provide guests convenient access to our product offerings;
utilizing technological and digital initiatives, including loyalty programs, to interact with our guests and modernize the operations of our restaurants;
accelerating net restaurant growth;
efficiently managing costs and sharing best practices; and
preserving the rich heritage of each of our brands by managing them and their respective franchisee relationships independently and continuing to play a prominent role in local communities.
Operating SegmentsWe believe that accelerating sales growth and driving franchisee profitability is critical to the success of our franchisees and our ability to grow our brands around the world. In furtherance of Burger King's Reclaim the Flame plan, we have recently reached an agreement to acquire the remaining equity interests of our largest U.S. Burger King franchisee, Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (“Carrols”). Upon completion of this acquisition, which is expected to occur in the second quarter of 2024, we will acquire approximately 1,020 Burger King restaurants and approximately 60 Popeyes restaurants. We expect to accelerate Carrols' current rate of remodels to bring the acquired portfolio to modern image over the next five years. In addition, we have recently acquired approximately 125 Burger King restaurants unrelated to the acquisition of Carrols, 38 of which were acquired in January 2024. Once remodeled, we expect to refranchise the majority of the acquired restaurants with motivated, local franchisees who will continue to enhance the guest service experience. While we expect to complete the refranchising in five to seven years after the acquisition, BK
Our business consists

5

Table of three operating segments, which are also our reportable segments: (1) TH; (2) BK;Contents

intends to maintain a Company restaurant portfolio of 200 to 300 restaurants for strategic innovation, training, and (3) PLK. Additional financial information about our reportable segments can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”operator development purposes.
Restaurant Development
We track our development targets through net restaurant growth (“NRG”) which refers to the net change in restaurant count (openings, net of permanent closures) over a trailing twelve-month period, divided by the restaurant count at the beginning of the trailing twelve-month period. In determining whether a restaurant meets our definition of a restaurant that will be included in our NRG, we consider factors such as scope of operations, format and image, separate franchise agreement, and minimum sales thresholds. We refer to restaurants that do not meet our definition as “alternative formats.” These alternative formats are helpful to build brand awareness, test new concepts and provide convenience in certain markets. In addition to the restaurants included in our restaurant count, as of December 31, 2023 we had 342 alternative format units open, which primarily include TH self-serves and Tims Express outlets in China.
As part of our development approach for our brands in the U.S., we have granted limited development rights in specific areas to franchisees in connection with area development agreements. We expect to enter into similar arrangements in 20212024 and beyond. In Canada, we have not granted exclusive or protected areas to BKBurger King or THTim Hortons franchisees, with limited exceptions.
As part of our international growth strategy for alleach of our brands, we have established master franchise and development agreements in a number of markets. We have also created strategic master franchise joint ventures in certain markets which we received a meaningful minority equity stake in each joint venture. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to accelerate international development of all three of our brands, including through the establishment of master franchises withgranting exclusive development rights and joint ventures with new and existing franchisees.
Franchise Agreements and Other Arrangements
General. We grant franchisees the right to operate restaurants using our trademarks, trade dress and other intellectual property, uniform operating procedures, consistent quality of products and services and standard procedures for inventory control and management. For each franchised restaurant, we generally enter into a franchise agreement covering a standard set of terms and conditions. Recurring fees consist of periodic royalty and advertising payments. Franchisees report gross sales on a monthly or weekly basis and pay royalties based on gross sales.
Franchise agreements are generally not assignable without our consent. Our franchise agreements in the TH segment grant us the right to reacquire a restaurant under certain circumstances, whilefranchise agreements in our BK, PLK and FHS segments generally provide us a right of first refusal if a franchisee proposes to sell a restaurant. Defaults (including non-payment of royalties or advertising contributions, or failure to operate in compliance with our standards) can lead to termination of the franchise agreement.
U.S. and Canada
TH - Tim Hortons franchisees in the U.S. and Canada operate under several types of license agreements, with a typical term for a standard restaurant of 10 years plus renewal period(s) of 10 years in the aggregate for Canada and a typical term of 20 years for the U.S. Tim Hortons franchisees who lease land and/or buildings from us typically pay a royalty of 3.0% to 4.5% of weekly restaurant gross sales. Our license agreements contemplate a one-time franchise fee which must be paid in full before the restaurant opens for business and upon the grant of an additional term. Under a separate lease or sublease, Tim Hortons franchisees typically pay monthly rent based on the greater of a fixed monthly payment and contingent rental payments based on a percentage (usually 8.5% to 10.0%) of monthly gross sales or flow through monthly rent based on the terms of an underlying lease. Where the franchisee owns the premises, leases it from a third party or enters into a flow through lease with Tim Hortons, the royalty is typically increased. In addition, the royalty rates under license agreements entered into in connection with non-standard restaurants, including self-serve kiosks and strategic alliances with third parties, may vary from those described above and are negotiated on a case-by-case basis.
BK - The typical Burger King franchise agreement in the U.S. and Canada has a 20-year term, which contemplates a one-time franchise fee plus an additional fee upon renewal. Subject to the incentive programs described below, most new Burger King franchised restaurants pay a royalty on gross sales of 4.5%. Burger King franchise agreements typically provide for a 20-year renewal term. In addition, Burger King franchisees pay a technology fee on all digital sales through our proprietary technology.
In an effort to improve the image of our BK restaurants in the U.S., we offered U.S. franchisees matching funds with respect to certain restaurant upgrades and remodels. These franchisees can elect to pay an increased royalty rate in order to receive a higher level of matching funds. We plan to continue to offer remodel incentives to U.S. franchisees during 2024. These limited-term incentive programs are expected to negatively impact our cash flow in the early years while in effect but increase the royalty rate for a period following the remodel. However, we expect this impact to be partially mitigated as incentive programs granted in prior years that provided reductions to royalty and advertising rates expire.

6

Table of Contents

PLK - The typical Popeyes franchise agreement in the U.S. and Canada has a 20-year term, which contemplates a one-time franchise fee plus an additional fee upon renewal. Subject to the incentive programs described below, most Popeyes restaurants pay a royalty on gross sales of 5.0%. Popeyes franchise agreements typically provide for two 10-year renewal terms. In addition, Popeyes franchisees pay a technology fee on all digital sales through our proprietary technology.
For Popeyes, we offer development incentive programs pursuant to which we encourage veterans, women and minorities to become Popeyes franchisees and programs for these franchisees and existing top operators to develop and open new restaurants.
FHS - The typical Firehouse Subs franchise agreement has a 10-year term. Subject to the incentive programs described below, most Firehouse restaurants in the U.S. and Canada pay a royalty on gross sales of 6.0%. Firehouse Subs franchise agreements typically provide for either one 10-year renewal term or four 5-year renewal terms. In addition, Firehouse Subs franchisees pay an annual per restaurant information system fee, and starting in 2024, a technology fee for digital transactions.
For Firehouse Subs franchisees, we offer limited-term royalty reductions in connection with commitments to develop additional restaurants in specified territories and now offer incentive programs with matching funds for existing franchisees as well as for first responders and veterans to become Firehouse franchisees.
International
As part of the international growth strategy for each of our brands, we have entered into master franchise agreements or development agreements that grant franchisees exclusive or non-exclusive development rights and, in some cases, allow them to sub-franchise or require them to provide support services to other franchisees in their markets. In 2023, we entered into master franchise agreements for the Popeyes brand in China and Romania, for the Tim Hortons brand in South Korea, Singapore and Malaysia, for the Firehouse Subs brand in the United Arab Emirates and Oman, and for the Burger King brand in Reunion Island, and development agreements for the Popeyes brand in Kuwait, Bahrain, Costa Rica, Albania, Kosovo, Montenegro and Bosnia and Herzegovina, for the Tim Hortons brand in Panama, for the Firehouse Subs brand in Mexico, Albania and Kosovo, and for the Burger King brand in Albania, Kosovo, Montenegro, Bulgaria, and Bosnia and Herzegovina. The franchise fees, royalty rate and advertising contributions paid by master franchisees or developers vary from country to country, depending on the facts and circumstances of each market. We expect to continue implementing similar arrangements for our brands in 2024 and beyond.
Franchise Restaurant Leases
We leased or subleased to franchisees 3,541 properties in our TH segment, 1,299 properties in our BK segment, 93 properties in our PLK segment and 8 properties in our INTL segment as of December 31, 2023 pursuant to separate lease agreements with these franchisees. For properties that we lease from third-party landlords and sublease to franchisees, our leases generally provide for fixed rental payments and may provide for contingent rental payments based on a restaurant’s annual gross sales. Franchisees who lease land only or land and building from us do so on a “triple net” basis. Under these triple net leases, the franchisee is obligated to pay all costs and expenses, including all real property taxes and assessments, repairs and maintenance and insurance. In many cases, we will contribute toward the cost of remodels with the franchisees in connection with extensions of the underlying lease.
Advertising and Promotions
In general, franchisees fund substantially all of the marketing programs for each of our brands by making contributions ranging from 2.0% to 5.0% of gross sales to advertising funds managed by us or by the franchisees. Advertising contributions are used to pay for expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives and other support functions for the respective brands.
We manage the advertising funds for each of our brands in the U.S. and Canada, as well as in certain other markets for BK. However, in many international markets, including the markets managed by master franchisees, franchisees make contributions into franchisee-managed advertising funds. As part of our global marketing strategy, we provide franchisees with advertising support and guidance in order to deliver a consistent global brand message.
U.S. and Canada - We manage the advertising funds for each of our brands in the U.S. and Canada. In 2021, we spent C$80 million to support TH Canada advertising expenses. In September 2022, we announced our intention to pay $120 million of BK US advertising expenses over approximately two years, of which we have spent $62 million through December 31, 2023.
INTL - While we manage the advertising funds in a few select markets for Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs in the INTL segment, in most international markets, including the markets managed by master franchisees, franchisees make contributions into franchisee-managed advertising funds.
Product Development
New product development is a key driver of the long-term success of our brands. We believe the development of new products can drive traffic by expanding our customer base, allowing restaurants to expand into new dayparts, and continuing to build brand leadership in food quality and taste. Based on guest feedback, we drive product innovation in order to satisfy the needs of our guests around the world. This strategy will continue to be a focus in 20212024 and beyond.

7

Table of Contents

Operations Support
Our operations strategy is designed to deliver best-in-class restaurant operations by our franchisees and to improve friendliness, cleanliness, speed of service and overall guest satisfaction. Each of our brands has uniform operating standards and specifications relating to product quality, cleanliness and maintenance of the premises. In addition, our restaurants are required to be operated in accordance with quality assurance and health standards that each brand has established, as well as standards set by applicable governmental laws and regulations including new local, provincial and state laws regarding COVID-19 and Center for Disease

5

Table of Contents

Control and similarapplicable health authority guidelines. Each franchisee typically participates in initial and ongoing training programs to learn all aspects of operating a restaurant in accordance with each brand’s operating standards.
Manufacturing, Supply and Distribution
In general, we approve the manufacturers of the food, packaging, equipment and other products used in restaurants for each of our brands. We have a comprehensive supplier approval process, which requires all food and packaging products to pass our quality standards and the suppliers’ manufacturing process and facilities to pass on-site food safety inspections. Our franchisees are required to purchase substantially all food and other products from approved suppliers and distributors.
U.S. and Canada
TH - Tim Hortons products, in Canada and the U.S., are sourced from a combination of third-party suppliers and our own manufacturing facilities. To protect our proprietary blends, we operate two coffee roasting facilities in Ancaster, Ontario and Rochester, New York, where we blend allprimarily roast the majority of the coffee for our THTim Hortons restaurants and where practical,blend the beans for our take home, packaged coffee. We utilize third-party roasting or manufacturing facilities for certain other take home products and international markets. Our fondant and fills manufacturing facility in Oakville, Ontario produces, and is the primary supplier of, the ready-to-use glaze, fondants, fills and syrups which are used in a number of THTim Hortons products. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we typically have only one or a few suppliers to service each category of products sold at our restaurants.
We sell most raw materials and supplies, including coffee, sugar, paper goods and other restaurant supplies, to TH restaurants in Canada and the U.S.Tim Hortons restaurants. We purchase each type of those raw materials from multiplea few suppliers and generally have alternative sources of supply for each. While we have multiple suppliers for green coffee from various coffee-producing regions, the available supply and price for high-quality coffee beans can fluctuate dramatically.significantly. Accordingly, we monitor world market conditions for green (unroasted) coffee and contract for future supply volumes to obtain expected requirements of high-quality coffee beans at acceptable prices.
Our TH business hassegment also includes significant supply chain operations, including procurement, warehousing and distribution, to supply paper, dry goods, frozen goods and refrigerated products to a substantial majority of our Canadian restaurants. We act as a distributor to THTim Hortons restaurants in Canada through nine distribution centers located in Canada, of which five are company-owned, including three warehouses that were newly built or renovated and opened in 2020, and cover approximately 90% of the volume.company-owned. We own or lease a significant number of trucks and trailers that regularly deliver to most of our Canadian restaurants. In the U.S., we supply similar products to restaurants through third-party distributors.
BK, PLK, FHS - All of the products used in our BK, PLK and PLKFHS restaurants are sourced from third-party suppliers. In the U.S. and Canada, there is aare purchasing cooperativecooperatives for each brandof BK and PLK that negotiatesnegotiate the purchase terms for most equipment, food, beverages (other than branded soft drinks which we negotiate separately under long-term agreements) and other products used in BK and PLK restaurants. Additionally, some suppliers pay us rebates based on items purchased by franchisees. The purchasing agentcooperative is also authorized to purchase and manage distribution services on behalf of most of the BK and PLK restaurants in the U.S. and Canada. PLK also utilizes exclusive suppliers for certain of its proprietary products. As of December 31, 2020,2023, four distributors serviced approximately 92% of BK restaurants in the U.S., five distributors serviced approximately 85% of PLK restaurants in the U.S. and five distributors serviced approximately 92%100% of PLKthe FHS restaurants in the U.S.
In 2000,2023, Burger King Corporation entered into a new long-term exclusive contractscontract with The Coca-Cola Company and Dr Pepper/Snapple, Inc. to supply BK restaurants with their products and which obligatefor ten years. The contract retains the remaining volume obligation under the prior agreement for restaurants in the U.S. to purchase a specified number of gallons of soft drink syrup. TheseBurger King also has a volume commitments are not subject to any time limit.commitment agreement with Dr. Pepper/Snapple, Inc. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we estimate that it will take approximately 6.6four years to complete the Coca-Cola purchase commitment and approximately 9.9eight years to complete the Dr Pepper/Snapple, Inc. purchase commitment. If these agreements were terminated, we would be obligated to pay an aggregate amount equal to approximately $343$230 million as of December 31, 20202023 based on an amount per gallon for each gallon of soft drink syrup remaining in the purchase commitments, interest and certain other costs. We have also entered into long-term beverage supply arrangements with certain major beverage vendors for
INTL - In general, the THproducts used in our INTL restaurants are sourced from third-party suppliers and PLK brands in the U.S. and Canada.
Franchise Agreements and Other Arrangements
General. We grant franchisees the right to operate restaurants using our trademarks, trade dress and other intellectual property, uniform operating procedures, consistent quality of products and services and standard procedures for inventory control and management. For each franchise restaurant, we generally enter into a franchise agreement covering a standard set of terms and conditions. Recurring fees consist of periodic royalty and advertising payments. Franchisees report gross sales on a monthly or weekly basis and pay royalties based on gross sales.
Franchise agreements are generally not assignable without our consent. In Canada and the U.S.,lesser extent from our TH manufacturing facilities. In those markets in which we have master franchise agreements, grant us the rightmaster franchisee is responsible for selecting the suppliers and negotiating price, subject to reacquire a restaurant under certain circumstances, andapproval of one of our BK and PLKfranchise agreements generally provide us a right of first refusal if a franchisee proposes to sell a restaurant. Defaults (including non-payment of royaltiesregional quality assurance or advertising contributions,other applicable marketing or failure to operate in compliance with our standards)operations teams. In other INTL markets, franchisees can lead to termination ofmake their own purchasing decisions from an approved supplier list which has been vetted by the franchise agreement.
U.S. and Canada. TH franchisees in the U.S. and Canada operate under several types of license agreements, with a typical term for a standard restaurant of 10 years plus renewal period(s) of 10 years in the aggregate for Canada and a typical term of 20 years forrelevant regional quality assurance or applicable marketing or operations team. We

68

Table of Contents

the U.S. THencourage our INTL franchisees who lease land and/or buildingsto source products from us typically pay a royalty of 3.0% to 4.5% of weekly restaurant gross sales. Our license agreements contemplate a one-time franchise fee which must be paid in full before the restaurant opens for business and upon the grant of an additional term. Under a separate lease or sublease, TH franchisees typically pay monthly rent based on the greater of a fixed monthly payment and contingent rental payments based on a percentage (usually 8.5% to 10.0%) of monthly gross sales or flow through monthly rent based on the terms of an underlying lease. Where the franchisee owns the premises, leases it from a third party or enters into a flow through lease with TH, the royalty is typically increased. In addition, the royalty rates under license agreements entered into in connection with non-standard restaurants, including self-serve kiosks and strategic alliances with third parties, may vary from those described above andlocal suppliers that are negotiated on a case-by-case basis.
The typical BK and PLK franchise agreement in the U.S. and Canada has a 20-year term and contemplates a one-time franchise fee plus an additional fee upon renewal. Subject to the incentive programs described below, most new BK franchise restaurants in the U.S. and Canada pay a royalty on gross sales of 4.5% and most PLK restaurants in the U.S. and Canada pay a royalty on gross sales of 5.0%. BK franchise agreements typically provide for a 20-year renewal term, and PLK franchise agreements typically provide for two 10-year renewal terms. In addition, PLK franchisees pay a technology fee on all digital sales through our proprietary technology.
In an effort to improve the image of our BK restaurants in the U.S., we offered U.S. franchisees reduced up-front franchise fees and limited-term royalty and advertising fund rate reductions to remodel restaurants to our modern image during the past several yearsapproved by us and we planwork with franchisees to continue to offer remodel incentives to U.S. franchisees during 2021. These limited-term incentive programs are expected to negatively impact our effective royalty rate until 2027. However, we expect this impact to be partially mitigated as incentive programs granted in prior years will expire and we will also be entering into new franchise agreements for BK restaurants in the U.S. with a 4.5% royalty rate. For PLK, we offer development incentive programs pursuant to which we encourage veterans, women or minorities to become PLK franchisees and develop and open new restaurants.
International. As part of the international growth strategy for each of our brands, we have entered into master franchise agreements or development agreements that grant franchisees exclusive or non-exclusive development rights and, in some cases, allow them to sub-franchise or require them to provide support services to other franchiseesapprove potential suppliers in their local markets. In 2020, we entered into master franchise agreements for the TH brand in the Middle East, including United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Kuwait, Bahrain, Oman and Saudi Arabia, and for the BK brand in Switzerland and in Scandinavia, including Norway, Sweden and Denmark. The franchise fees, royalty rate and advertising contributions, if applicable, paid by master franchisees or developers vary from country to country, depending on the facts and circumstances of each market. We expect to continue implementing similar arrangements for our brands in 2021 and beyond.
Franchise Restaurant Leases. We leased or subleased 3,586 properties to TH franchisees, 1,449 properties to BK franchisees, and 81 properties to PLK franchisees as of December 31, 2020 pursuant to separate lease agreements with these franchisees. For properties that we lease from third-party landlords and sublease to franchisees, our leases generally provide for fixed rental payments and may provide for contingent rental payments based on a restaurant’s annual gross sales. Franchisees who lease land only or land and building from us do so on a “triple net” basis. Under these triple net leases, the franchisee is obligated to pay all costs and expenses, including all real property taxes and assessments, repairs and maintenance and insurance.
Intellectual Property
We own valuable intellectual property relating to our brands, including trademarks, service marks, patents, industrial designs, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary information, some of which are of material importance to our TH, BKTim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and PLK businesses.Firehouse Subs brands. The duration of trademarks and service marks varies by country, however, trademarks and service marks generally are valid and may be renewed as long as they are in use and/or properly registered. We have established the standards and specifications for most of the goods and services used in the development, improvement and operation of our restaurants. These proprietary standards, specifications and restaurant operating procedures are our trade secrets. Additionally, we own certain patents and industrial designs of varying duration relating to equipment andand/or packaging used in BKBurger King and THTim Hortons restaurants.
Information Systems and Digital Technology
Our corporate financial, human resources and similar systems are fully integrated across our brands and provide a solid foundation for our business. Our restaurant information systems areFranchisees may utilize point-of-sale software provided by a set of approved third-party vendors that provide point of sale software.vendors. Depending on the region, these vendors may also provideoffer labor scheduling, inventory, production management, and cash control services, and other services. We have an architecture that enables us to build custom customer-facing applications and integrate them with our third-party providers, to support mobile ordering, web ordering, and kiosks. As of the end of 2020,2023, we have deployed this architecture in the U.S., Canada, and the U.K.,several international jurisdictions, and we plan to deploy it to additional markets in the future.
During 2020,We have expanded our digital technologies and the use of our mobile apps continues to increase. We provide digital loyalty programs across TH, BK, PLK, and FHS and have digital technologies expanded significantly andloyalty programs in many of our INTL markets. In addition, we were able to provideoffer our guests added convenience by increasing the number of home market restaurants offering third partythrough third-party and white label delivery.delivery at many of our restaurants. Further, we are modernizingcontinuing to modernize the drive-thru experience with the rollout of outdoor digital menu boards for all three brands in their home markets. Weand we plan to leverage our technology capabilities to continue to expand the choices for how customers order, pay for and receive their food.

7

Table of Contents

Although many of our systems are provided through third parties, we have the ability to obtain transaction-level data from most of our franchised restaurants and from Company restaurants.  Thisrestaurants, which allows us to assess how our new and existing products are performing around the world. Additionally, we have been investing to upgrade our supply chain systems and improve efficiency. We expect to continue to invest in technology capabilities to support and drive our business.
Competition
Each of our brands competes in the U.S., Canada and internationally with many well-established food service companies on the basis of product choice, quality, affordability, service and location. With few barriers to entry to the restaurant industry, our competitors include a variety of independent local operators, in addition to well-capitalized regional, national and international restaurant chains and franchises, and new competitors may emerge at any time. We also compete for consumer dining dollars with national, regional and local (i) quick service restaurants that offer alternative menus, (ii) casual and “fast casual” restaurant chains, (iii) convenience stores and grocery stores, and (iv) new concepts, such as virtual brands and dark kitchens.brands. Furthermore, delivery aggregators and other food delivery services provide consumers with convenient access to a broad range of competing restaurant chains and food retailers, particularly in urban areas.
Government Regulations and Affairs
General. We and our franchisees are subject to various laws and regulations including (i) licensing and regulation relating to health, food preparation, sanitation and safety standards, sustainability, and, for our distribution business, traffic and transportation regulations; (ii) information security, privacy and consumer protection laws; and (iii) other laws regulating the design, accessibility and operation of facilities, such as the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act and similar Canadian federal and provincial legislation that can have a significant impact on our franchisees and our performance. These regulations include food safety regulations, including supervision by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and its international equivalents, which govern the manufacture, labeling, packaging, traceability and safety of food. In addition, we are or may become subject to legislation or regulation seeking to tax and/or regulate high-fat, high-calorie and high-sodium foods, particularly in Canada, the U.S., certain European countries and other markets around the United Kingdom and Spain.world. Certain countries, provinces, states and municipalities have approved menu labeling legislation that requires restaurant chains to provide caloric information on menu boards, and menu labeling legislation has also been adopted on the U.S. federal level as well as in Ontario.
U.S. and Canada. Our restaurants must comply with licensing requirements and regulations by a number of governmental authorities, which include zoning, health, safety, sanitation, building and fire agencies in the jurisdiction in which the restaurant is located. We and our franchisees are also subject to various employment laws, including laws governing union organizing, working

9

Table of Contents

conditions, work authorization requirements, health insurance, overtime and wages.wages and efforts are currently underway to strengthen these laws in favor of the employee. In addition, we and our U.S. franchisees are subject to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.
We are subject to federal franchising laws adopted by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) and state and provincial franchising laws. Much of the legislation and rules adopted have been aimed at providing detailed disclosure to a prospective franchisee, duties of good faith as between the franchisor and the franchisee, and/or periodic registration by the franchisor with applicable regulatory agencies. Additionally, some U.S. states have enacted or are considering enacting legislation that governs the termination or non-renewal of a franchise agreement and other aspects of the franchise relationship.
International. Internationally, we and our franchisees are subject to national and local laws and regulations that often are similar in nature to those affecting us and our franchisees in the U.S. and Canada. We and our franchisees are also subject to a variety of tariffs and regulations on imported commodities and equipment, and laws regulating foreign investment.
Environmental. Various laws concerning the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and restaurant waste and the operation of restaurants in environmentally sensitive locations may impact aspects of our operations and the operations of our franchisees; however, we do not believe that compliance with applicable environmental regulations will have a material effect on our capital expenditures, financial condition, results of operations, or competitive position. Increased focus by U.S., Canadian and international governmental authorities on environmental matters is likely to lead to new governmental initiatives, particularly in the area of climate change. While we cannot predict the precise nature of these initiatives, we expect that they may impact our business both directly and indirectly. There is a possibility that government initiatives, or actual or perceived effect of changes in weather patterns, climate or water resources could have a direct impact on the operations of our brands in ways that we cannot predict at this time.
Sustainability
We are committed to the simple principle of doing what’s right. Our “Restaurant Brands for Good” plan provides a framework for serving our guests the food and drinks they love while contributing to a sustainable future and having a positive social impact in the communities we serve. Our ongoing efforts will focus on three key pillars:

8

Table of Contents

Food - serving high quality and great tasting food every day with a focus on food safety, improving choice, nutrition, transparency, and ingredients;
Planet - continuing to reduce our environmental footprint, with a focus on packaging and recycling, green buildings, and responsible sourcing; and
People & Communities - supporting communities and enhancing livelihoods, with a focus on supporting communities, talent development, diversity and inclusion, ethics and human rights, and improving supplier livelihoods.
We have adopted science based targets to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 50% by 2030, and are committed to achieving net-zero emissions by 2050. Starting in 2024, we will be changing our base year from 2019 to 2022, to reflect emissions from Firehouse Subs, which we acquired in December 2021, and an improved calculation methodology. While most of the impact is from scope 3 emissions that are not under our direct control, reaching these targets will require us to devote resources to support changes by suppliers, manufacturers, raw material sourcing, distributors, and franchisees.
The sustainability section of our corporate website sets forth our initiatives with respect to these pillars and will be updated periodically.periodically but is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Seasonal Operations
Our restaurant sales are typically higher in the spring and summer months when the weather is warmer and typically lowest during the winter months. Furthermore, adverse weather conditions can have material adverse effects on restaurant sales. The timing of holidays may also impact restaurant sales. Because our businesses are moderately seasonal, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any other quarter or for the full fiscal year.
Human Capital
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had approximately 5,2009,000 employees, including approximately 1,4002,200 corporate employees in our restaurant support centers and serving our franchisees from the field, approximately 1,1001,300 employees in our distribution centers and manufacturing facilities, and approximately 2,7005,500 employees in Company restaurants. Our franchisees are independent business owners that separately employ more than 500,000 team members in their restaurants.
At RBI, we

10

Table of Contents

We strive to create a workplace environment where our employees love coming to work each day; a place that is committed to inclusion, respect, accountability and doing what is right. While our board regularly receives updates from our Peoplepeople team, the compensation committee has oversight of our compensation program and the audit committee has been tasked with oversight of workforce management risks. Our Peoplepeople team is organized into four pillars that focus on attracting, retaining, developing and rewarding top talent.
The cycle starts with attracting talent from campus and professional sources, leveraging technology to identify and assess candidates who best fit our roles. As part of our hiring process, we have committed in June 2020 that at least half of all final-round candidates interviewing for roles with our four RBI restaurant support centers will be from groups that are demonstrably diverse, including gender, race and sexual orientation, based on the composition and requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. Since our commitment, we have meaningfully exceeded that target, leading to an increase in diverse hires. In 2020,2023, RBI hired approximately 330500 new corporate employees, 3,6007,000 new restaurant employees, and 380400 new distribution and manufacturing employees. Our distribution team worked diligently to open three new or renovated facilities to serve Tim Hortons restaurants in 2020, contributing to the hiring increase amongst that population. Each population segment has a dedicated onboarding program designed to get employees up to speed quickly, and foster a smooth transition into the workplace.
TheOur retention efforts focus on the work environment, employee engagement and our diversity and inclusion initiatives. We regularly conduct anonymous surveys to seek feedback from our restaurant support center and field employees on a variety of topics, including our sustainability and diversity initiatives, implicit bias training globally, how they are coping working from home during the COVID-19 pandemic,flexible work policies, the support they receive from their managers, and whatthe types of learning and development opportunities they would like to have offered. In 2019, we created a diversityOur executive Steering Committee monitors progress across key indicators such as representation, engagement, and inclusion steering committee that is creatingretention to guide strategies for promoting diversity and inclusion. To ensure that the work of the Steering Committee is fully integrated, we have dedicated team members within the people and legal teams to implement initiatives in this space. These initiatives include company-wide implicit bias training, internal events featuring eminent speakers, and sponsorship and mentorship opportunities for identity-based groups. We also leverage designated subject matter experts across each of our brands to ensure accountability and consistent execution of priorities company-wide with regards to marketing, suppliers, franchisees, and community engagement.
Developing talent includes evaluation, training, career planning and leadership development. We have a rigorous talent assessment process for restaurant support center and field employees built on specific competencies that we assess at both the employee and job level. This data allows us to more easily identify potential successors and illuminate potential opportunities for our employees in a more objective and unbiased way. Additionally, to help our employees and franchisee’s team members succeed in their roles, we emphasize continuous training and development opportunities and have a formal mentoring program that connects employees from our restaurant support centers around the world to facilitate career growth and development opportunities. These include, but are not limited to, safety and security protocols, updates on new products and service offerings and deployment of technologies. In 2020,2023, we piloted a new coaching program for womenconducted management and leadership training, including problem solving, feedback sessions, data analysis and spot learning opportunities to address specific business needs. We also brought back our brand service days, which allow corporate employees to work in our restaurants in a structured way that enables a better link between the corporate decisions we make and the operational deployment of them at the restaurant support centers to be paired with senior leaders to work on goal setting and building paths to achieve those goals and we expect to continue these initiatives.level.
Our approach to rewarding talent is through a combination of compensation, recognition, and wellness and benefits. We are committed to providing market-competitive pay and benefits, affirming our pay for performance philosophy while balancing retention risk. Restaurant support center and distribution employees are eligible for performance-based cash incentive programs. Each incentive

9

Table of Contents

plan reinforces and rewards individuals for achievement of specific business goals. All employees are also able to access telemedicine with no copay, as well as a 24/7 Employee Assistance Program. For corporate office and field-based employees, we offer a leading parental leave policy.
Underpinning all of these initiatives is a strong reliance on data. We leverage aour people analytics team and a newly implemented human capital management system to assess our achievements in each of our four pillars to identify areas for improvement. A team of experienced People Business Partnerspeople business partners work closely with their client groups to provide counsel on people issues and help roll out people initiatives directly to employees.
While much of the work mentioned above relates to our corporate workforce, we also have adopted employee guidelines and policies applicable to our restaurant employees and encourage our franchisees to adopt similar guidelines and policies.
Philanthropic Foundations
RBI is committed to strengthening and giving back to the communities we serve through our brand foundations and by supporting local programs and issues that are close to our guests’ hearts. Our philanthropic foundations include:
Tim Hortons Foundation Camps and Smile Cookie Initiative: Created in 1974, Tim Hortons Foundation Camps are helping youth aged 12-16 from disadvantaged circumstances discover the strengths within themselves. Through December 31, 2023, the Tim Hortons Foundation’s annual Camp Day has sent hundreds of thousands of youth to a multi-year camp-based program at one of seven Tims Camps in Canada and the U.S. In addition, the Tim Hortons annual Smile Cookie initiative is empowering restaurant owners to

11

Table of Contents

sell special Smile Cookies for a full week and donate 100% of the proceeds to the charities they select. Since the first-ever Smile Cookie campaign in 1996, this charitable campaign has raised millions of dollars for local charities, hospitals, and community programs.
The Burger King Foundation: Established in 2005, the Burger King Foundation creates brighter futures by empowering individuals and feeding potential through education and emergency relief. Since its inception, hundreds of thousands of children and families have been supported through educational programs and employee emergency relief grants, with the Burger King Scholars Program awarding millions in scholarship funds alone.
The Popeyes Foundation: The mission of the Popeyes Foundation is to strengthen communities with food and support in times of need. The Popeyes Foundation contributes to communities through third-party initiatives and, since 2018, has provided millions of meals to children in local communities. The Foundation additionally supports the Popeyes family directly through the Popeyes Foundation Family Fund. This fund supports U.S. employees who may be victims of natural disasters or other emergency hardship situations.
Firehouse Subs Public Safety Foundation: Both the U.S. and Canadian foundations are committed to supporting public safety in our communities through funding in four distinct areas: providing lifesaving equipment to first responders, delivering prevention education to promote safety, offering scholarships for careers in public safety, and providing disaster relief assistance. We strive to make a tangible impact in the communities we serve by supporting and empowering the heroes who work so tirelessly to keep us safe.

Available Information
We make available free of charge on or through the Investor Relations section of our internet website at www.rbi.com,, all materials that we file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including this annual reportAnnual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing or furnishing such material with the SEC and with the Canadian Securities Administrators. This information is also available at www.sec.gov, an internet site maintained by the SEC that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, and on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”)SEDAR+ at www.sedar.com,www.sedarplus.ca, a website maintained by the Canadian Securities Administrators. The references to our website address, the SEC’s website address and the website maintained by the Canadian Securities Administrators do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained in these websites and should be not considered part of this document.
A copy of our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Ethics and Conduct for Non-Restaurant Employees, Code of Ethics for Executive Officers, Code of Conduct for Directors and the Charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, Conflicts Committee and Operations and StrategyConflicts Committee of the board of directors of RBI are posted in the Investor Relations section of RBI’s website at www.rbi.com.www.rbi.com.
Our principal executive offices are located at 130 King Street West, Suite 300, Toronto, Ontario M5X 1E1, Canada. Our telephone number is (905) 339-6011.

1012

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors
Risks Related to Our Business Operations
We face intense competition in our markets, which could negatively impact our business.
The restaurant industry is intensely competitive and we compete with many well-established food service companies on the basis of product choice, quality, affordability, service and location. With few barriers to entry, our competitors include a variety of independent local operators, in addition to well-capitalized regional, national and international restaurant chains and franchises, and new competitors such as virtual brands and dark kitchens, may emerge at any time. Furthermore, delivery aggregators and food delivery services provide consumers with convenient access to a broad range of competing restaurant chains and food retailers, particularly in urbanized areas, and may form a closer relationship with our customers and increase costs.costs to us. Each of our brands also competes for qualified franchisees, suitable restaurant locations and management and personnel.
Our ability to compete will depend on the success of our plans to effectively respond to consumer preferences, improve existing products, develop and roll-out new products, and manage the complexity of restaurant operations as well as the impact of our competitors’ actions. In addition, our long-term success will depend on our ability to strengthen our customers' digital experience through mobile ordering, delivery, kiosks, loyalty programs, and social interaction. Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial resources, higher revenues and greater economies of scale than we do. These advantages may allow them to implement their operational strategies more quickly or effectively than we can or benefit from changes in technologies, which could harm our competitive position. These competitive advantages may be exacerbated in a difficult economy, thereby permitting our competitors to gain market share. We may be unable to successfully respond to changing consumer preferences, including with respect to new technologies and alternative methods of delivery. In addition, online platforms and aggregators may direct potential customers to other options based on paid placements, online reviews or other factors. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position, we could experience lower demand for products, downward pressure on prices, reduced margins, an inability to take advantage of new business opportunities, a loss of market share, reduced franchisee profitability and an inability to attract qualified franchisees in the future.
Failure to preserve the value and relevance of our brands could negatively impact our financial results.
We depend in large part on the value of the TH, BKTim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and PLKFirehouse Subs brands. To be successful in the future, we must preserve, enhance and leverage the value of our brands. Brand value is based in part on consumer tastes, preferences and perceptions on a variety of factors, including the nutritional content, methods of production and preparation of our products and our business practices, including with respect to animal welfare, natural resources, sustainability and other environmental or social concerns. Consumer acceptance of our products may be influenced by or subject to change for a variety of reasons. For example, adverse publicity associated with nutritional, health and other scientific studies and conclusions, which constantly evolve and often have contradictory implications, may drive popular opinion against quick service restaurants in general, which may impact the demand for our products. Moreover, health campaigns against products we offer in favor of foods that are perceived as healthier may affect consumer perception of our product offerings and impact the value of our brands.
In addition, adverse publicity related to litigation, regulation (including initiatives intended to drive consumer behavior) or incidents involving us, our franchisees, competitors or suppliers may impact the value of our brands by discouraging customers from buying our products. Perceptions may also be affected by activist campaigns to promote adverse perceptions of the quick service restaurant industry or our brands and/or our operations, suppliers, franchisees or other partners such as campaigns aimed at sustainability or living-wage opinions. Consumer demand for our products and our brand equity could diminish if we, our employees or our franchisees or other business partners fail to preserve the quality of our products, act or are perceived to act as unethical, illegal, racially-biased or in a socially irresponsible manner, including with respect to the sourcing, content or sale of our products or the use of consumer data for general or direct marketing or other purposes, fail to comply with laws and regulations, publicly take controversial positions or actions or fail to deliver a consistently positive consumer experience in each of our markets. If we are unsuccessful in addressing consumer adverse perceptions, our brands and our financial results may suffer.
Economic conditions have and may continue to adversely affect consumer discretionary spending which could negatively impactand our business and operating results.
We believe that our restaurant sales, guest traffic and profitability are strongly correlated to consumer discretionary spending, which is influenced by general economic conditions, unemployment levels, the availability of discretionary income, inflation, and, ultimately, consumer confidence. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in significant increases in unemployment and a reduction in discretionary spending. A protracted economic slowdown, increased unemployment and underemployment of our customer base, decreased salaries and wage rates, inflation, rising interest rates or other industry-wide cost pressures adversely affect consumer behavior by weakening consumer confidence and decreasing consumer spending for restaurant dining occasions. Governmental or other responses to economic challenges may be unable to restore or maintain consumer confidence. As a result, of these factors, duringwe and our franchisees could experience reduced sales and profitability.

1113

Table of Contents

recessionary periods we and our franchisees may experience reduced sales and profitability, which may cause our business and operating results to suffer.
Our results can be adversely affected by unforeseen events, such as adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, war or terrorist attacks, or threats, pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, or other catastrophic events.
Unforeseen events, such as adverse weather conditions, natural disasters or catastrophic events, can adversely impact restaurant sales. Natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and severe adverse weather conditions, earthquakes, hurricanes and healthother natural disasters, wars or terrorist attacks, pandemics whether occurringor catastrophic events, as well as the actions taken in Canada, the United States or abroad,response to these unforeseen events can keep customers in the affected area from dining out, cause damage to or closure of restaurants and result in lost opportunitiessales for our restaurants.
For example, measures implemented to reduce the spread of COVID-19 have adversely affected workforces, customers, consumer sentiment, supply chains, economies and financial markets, and, along with decreased consumer spending, have led to an economic downturn and increased inflation in many of our markets. As a result of COVID-19, we and our franchisees have experienced significant store closures and instances of reduced store-level operations, including reduced operating hours and dining-room closures. While many markets have reopened for dine-in guests, the capacity may be limited, and local conditions may lead again to closures or increased limitations. As a result of COVID-19, restaurant traffic and system-wide sales have been significantly negatively impacted.
We cannot predict the duration or scope of the COVID-19 pandemic or when operations will cease to be affected by it. Furthermore, we cannot predict the effects thatIn addition, actual or threatened armed conflicts, such as the war in Ukraine and conflicts in the Middle East, terrorist attacks, efforts to combat terrorism, or heightened security requirements will have onand may in the future adversely affect our future operations. Because a significant portion of our restaurant operating costs are fixed or semi-fixed in nature, the loss of sales and increases in labor, energy and commodity costs during these periods hurtshurt our and our franchisees’ operating margins and can result in restaurant operating losses and our loss of royalties. We expect the COVID-19 pandemic to continue to negatively impact our financial results and based on the duration and scope, such impact could be material.
Our results depend on effective marketing and advertising, successful new product launches and the successful development and launch of new products.digital engagement.
Our revenues are heavily influenced by brand marketing and advertising and by our ability to develop and launch new and innovative products. OurIf our marketing and advertising programs mayare not be successful, or we may fail to develop commercially successful new products, which may adversely affect our ability to attract new guests and retain existing guests and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, becauseoperations could be materially adversely affected. Because franchisees contribute to advertising funds based on a percentage of gross sales at their franchisefranchised restaurants, advertising fund expenditures generally are dependent upon restaurant sales volumes at system-wide restaurants.volumes. If system-wide sales decline, the amountamounts available for our marketing and advertising programs will be reduced.reduced unless we contribute to advertising spend, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Also, to the extent that we use value offerings in our marketing and advertising programs to drive traffic, the low price offerings may condition our guests to resist higher prices in a more favorable economic environment.
In addition, we continue to focus on transforming the restaurant experience through technology and digital engagement to improve our service model and strengthen relationships with customers, including through digital channels, loyalty initiatives, mobile ordering and payment systems, social media engagement, and delivery initiatives. These initiativesIf our digital commerce platforms do not meet customers’ expectations in terms of security, privacy, speed, attractiveness or ease of use, customers may be less inclined to return to those platforms, which could negatively impact the same store sales of our brands. Also, utilizing third-party delivery services may not havebe as profitable as sales directly to our guests and may also introduce food quality and customer satisfaction risks outside of our control. If the anticipated impactthird-party delivery services that we utilize cease or curtail their operations, increase their fees or give greater priority or promotions on their platforms to our franchisecompetitors, our delivery business and our sales may be negatively impacted. The delivery business is also the subject of increased scrutiny from federal, state, and therefore welocal regulators, which may not fully realizeresult in additional costs and expenses that the intended benefits of these significant investments.delivery business may seek to pass through to participating restaurants, including through increased fees.
The global scope of our business subjects us to risks and costs andthat may cause our profitability to decline.
Our global operations expose us to risks in managing the differing cultural, regulatory, geopolitical and economic environments in the countries where our restaurants operate. These risks, which can vary substantially by market and may increase in importance as each of our brands enter into new markets and our franchisees expand operations in international markets, are described in many of the risk factors discussed in this sectionreport and include the following:
governmental laws, regulations and policies adopted to manage national economic conditions, such as increases in taxes, austerity measures that impact consumer spending, monetary policies that may impact inflation rates and currency fluctuations;
the imposition of import restrictions or controls;
the effects of legal and regulatory changes and the burdens and costs of our compliance with a variety of foreign laws;
changes in the laws and policies that govern foreign investment and trade in the countries in which we operate;operate, including the imposition of import restrictions or controls;
compliance with U.S., Canadian and other anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, including compliance by our employees, contractors, licensees or agents and those of our strategic partners and joint ventures;
risks and costs associated with political and economic instability, corruption, anti-American or anti-Canadian sentiment, boycotts and social and ethnic unrest in the countries in which we operate;

12

Table of Contents

the risks of operating in developing or emerging markets in which there are significant uncertainties regarding the interpretation, application and enforceability of laws, and regulations, and the enforceability of contract rights and intellectual property rights;
risks arising from the significant and rapid fluctuations in currency exchange markets and the decisions and positions that we take to hedge such volatility;
the impact of labor costs on our franchisees' margins given changing labor conditions and difficulties experienced by our franchisees in staffing their international operations; and

14

Table of Contents

the impact of labor costs on our franchisees’ margins given their labor-intensive business model and the long-term trend toward higher wages in both mature and developing markets and the potential impact of union organizing efforts on day-to-day operations of our franchisees’ restaurants; and
the effects of increases in the taxes we pay and other changes in applicable tax laws.
The conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East may continue to adversely impact economic conditions in those regions and elsewhere including through decreased demand for brands associated with the U.S. or Canada and/or increased commodity, labor and energy costs, and/or delays or disruptions in supply chains that may adversely affect us and our franchisees’ restaurants.
Our operations are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates.
We reportBecause our results inreporting currency is U.S. dollars, whichour international revenue that is our reporting currency. The operations of TH, BK, and PLK that are denominatedgenerated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar areis translated to U.S. dollars for our financial reporting purposes andpurposes. These international revenues are therefore impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in currency regulations. In addition, fluctuations in interest rates may affect our business.business and the availability of financing for franchisees to open more restaurants. Although we attempt to minimize these risks through geographic diversification and the utilization of derivative financial instruments, our risk management strategies may not be effective and our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Increases in food, equipment and commodity costs or shortages or interruptions in the supply or delivery of our foodthereof could harm our operating results and the results of our franchisees.
Our profitability and theThe profitability of our franchisees will dependand us depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food, andequipment, commodity and supply costs. With respect to our TH business, volatility in connection with certain key commodities that we purchase in the ordinary course of business can impact our revenues, costs and margins. If commodity prices rise, franchisees may experience reduced sales due to decreased consumer demand at retail prices that have been raised to offset increased commodity prices, which may reduce franchisee profitability. In addition,For example, the markets for beef and chicken are subject to significant price fluctuations due to seasonal shifts, climate conditions, the cost of grain, disease, industry demand, international commodity markets, food safety concerns, product recalls, government regulation, labor availability and cost, and other factors, all of which are beyond our control and, in many instances unpredictable. Increases, especially rapid increases, in commodity prices may adversely affect the profitability of our TH supply business and lead to reduced franchisee profitability to the extent prices cannot be proportionately increased without adversely affecting consumer demand. Such increases in commodity costs may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
We and our franchisees are dependent on frequent deliveries of fresh food products that meet our specifications. Shortages or interruptions in the supply of fresh food products or equipment caused by unanticipated demand, natural disasters or unforeseen events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic,pandemics, problems in production or distribution, inclement weather, delays or restrictions on shipping and/or manufacturing, closures of supplier or distributor facilities, or financial distress or insolvency of suppliers or distributors, or other conditions have and in the future could adversely affect the availability, quality and cost of ingredients and equipment, which wouldcould adversely affect our operating results. Burger King and Popeyes restaurants in the U.S. and Canada utilize purchasing cooperatives to negotiate supplier contracts for food and packaging. We do not control these purchasing cooperatives and if they do not properly manage suppliers or cease operations, the relevant supply chain could experience significant disruption. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we have only a few distributors that service the most of our BKBurger King, Popeyes and PLKFirehouse Subs operations in the U.S., and our operations could be adversely affected if any of these distributors were unable to fulfill their responsibilities and we were unable to locatesecure a substitute distributor in a timely manner.
Our supply chain operations subject us to additional risks and may cause our profitability to decline.
We operate a vertically integrated supply chain for our TH business in which we manufacture, warehouse, and distribute certain food and restaurant supplies to THTim Hortons restaurants. Risks associated with this vertical integration growth strategy include:
delays and/or difficulties associated with, or liabilities arising from, owning a manufacturing, warehouse and distribution business;
maintenance, operations and/or management of the facilities, equipment, employees and inventories;
limitations on the flexibility of controlling capital expenditures and overhead;
the need for skills and techniques that are outside our traditional core expertise;
increased transportation, shipping, food and other supply costs;
inclement weather or extreme weather events;
shortages or interruptions in the availability or supply of high-quality coffee beans, perishable food products and/or their ingredients;
variations in the quality of food and beverage products and/or their ingredients; and
political, physical, environmental, labor, or technological disruptions (such as from cybersecurity incidents) in our or our suppliers’ manufacturing and/or warehousing plants, facilities, or equipment.

1315

Table of Contents

If we do not adequately address the challenges related to these vertically integrated operations or the overall level of utilization or production decreases for any reason, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely impacted. Decreased sales from the COVID-19 pandemic may continue to affect supply chain revenue and profitability. Moreover, interruptions in the availability and delivery of food, beverages and other supplies to our restaurants or retailers arising from shortages or greater than expected demand, may increase costs or reduce revenues. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we have only one or a few suppliers to service each category of products sold at our THTim Hortons restaurants in the U.S. and Canada, and the loss of any one of these suppliers would likely adversely affect our business.
We and our franchisees may be unable to secure and renew desirable restaurant locations to maintain and effectively grow our restaurant portfolios.
The success of any restaurant depends in substantial part on its location. The current locations of our restaurants may not continue to be attractive as demographic patterns change. Neighborhood or economic conditions where our restaurants are located could decline in the future thusas demographic patterns change, resulting in potentially reduced sales in those locations. Competition for restaurant locations can also be intense and there may be delaydelays or cancellation of new site developments by developers and landlords or difficulties renewing existing sites, which may be exacerbated by factors related to the commercial real estate or credit markets. If franchisees cannot obtain and renew desirable locations for their restaurants at reasonable prices due to, among other things, higher than anticipated acquisition, construction and/or development costs of new restaurants, difficulty negotiating leases with acceptable terms, onerous land use or zoning restrictions, or challenges in securing required governmental permits, then their ability to execute their respective growth strategies may be adversely affected.
The market for retail real estate is highly competitive. Based on their size advantage and/or their greater financial resources, some of our competitors may have the ability to negotiate more favorable lease terms than we can and some landlords and developers may offer priority or grant exclusivity to some of our competitors for desirable locations. As a result, we or our franchisees may not be able to obtain new leases or renew existing leases on acceptable terms, if at all, which could adversely affect our sales and brand-building initiatives.
Our ownership and leasing of significant amounts of real estate exposes us to possible liabilities, losses, and risks.
Many of our Company and franchised restaurants are located on leased premises. As leases underlying these restaurants expire, we or our franchisees may be unable to negotiate a new lease or lease extension, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us or our franchisees to close restaurants in desirable locations. As a result, our revenues and our brand-building initiatives could be adversely affected. In general, we cannot cancel existing leases; therefore, if an existing or future restaurant is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may still be committed to perform under the applicable lease. In addition, the value of our owned real estate assets could decrease, and/or our costs could increase, because of changes in the investment climate for real estate, demographic trends, demand for restaurant sites and other retail properties, and exposure to or liability associated with environmental contamination and reclamation.
Typically, the costs of insurance, taxes, maintenance, utilities, and other property-related costs due under a prime lease with a third-party landlord are passed through to the franchisee under our sublease. If a franchisee fails to perform the obligations passed through under the sublease, we will be required to perform these obligations resulting in an increase in our leasing and operational costs and expenses. In addition, the rent a franchisee pays us under the sublease may be based on a percentage of gross sales. If gross sales at a certain restaurant are less than we project we may pay more rent to a third-party landlord under the prime lease than we receive from the franchisee under the sublease. These events could result in increased leasing and operational costs to us.
Food safety concerns and concerns about the health risk of fast food may have an adverse effect onadversely affect our business.
Food safety is a top priority for us and we dedicate substantial resources to ensure that our customers enjoy safe, high-quality food products. However, food-borne illnesses and other food safety issues have occurred in the food industry in the past and could occur in the future. Also, our reliance on third-party food suppliers, distributors and food delivery aggregators increases the risk that food-borne illness incidents could be caused by factors outside of our control and that multiple locations would be affected rather than a single restaurant. Any occurrence of food-borne illness or any report or publicity, including through social media, linking us or one of our franchisees or suppliers to instances of food-borne illness or other food safety issues, including food tampering, adulteration or contamination, could require us to temporarily close restaurants, reduce sales and profits and adversely affect our brands and reputation as well as our sales and profits.reputation. Such occurrence at restaurants of competitors could adversely affect sales as a result of negative publicity about the industry generally. The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or food safety issues, at our franchisees' restaurants or those of our competitors, could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, which could result in disruptions in our supply chain, significantly increase costs and/or lower margins for us and our franchisees.
Some of our products contain caffeine, dairy products, fats, sugar and other compounds and allergens, the health effects of which are the subject of public scrutiny, including suggesting that excessive consumption of caffeine, beef, sugar and other compoundsthese ingredients can lead to a variety of adverse health effects. An unfavorable report on the health effects of caffeine or otherany compounds present in our products, or negative publicity or litigation arising from other health risks such as obesity, could significantly reduce the

14

Table of Contents

demand for our beverages and food products. A decrease in customer traffic as a result of these health concerns or negative publicity could materially and adversely affect our brands and our business.
Materially increasing the number of restaurants that we operate could expose us to additional risk and adversely affect our operating margins and cash flows.
Historically, we operated a nearly fully franchised business model. However, in connection with the acquisition of Carrols, which we expect to complete in the second quarter of 2024, we will acquire approximately 1,100 restaurants, the vast majority of which are BK restaurants. In addition, we have recently acquired approximately 125 BK restaurants unrelated to the acquisition of Carrols, 38 of which were acquired in January 2024. Upon completing the Carrols acquisition, we will operate approximately 18% of our BK restaurants in the U.S. and Canada and 4% of our total restaurants. We expect to operate these acquired restaurants before refranchising most of them.
Operating a material portfolio of restaurants can expose us to additional risks or exacerbate those risks to which we are already exposed as a franchisor. For example, as a result of the Carrols acquisition, we expect to increase our number of employees by approximately 24,000. This increase in employees may expose us to additional liability and costs, such as risks associated with minimum wage increases and other mandated benefits, increased costs arising from third party and self-insured health care insurance, employment and labor liability, and regulatory compliance risks. We could also be subject to additional liability such as property,

16

Table of Contents

environmental and other liability as a result of being a direct operator and lessee of additional restaurants and liability arising from regulatory compliance. Furthermore, risks arising from increases in commodity prices, fuel prices or other costs associated with operating restaurants could adversely affect our operating margins if we are unable to increase pricing proportionately.
Additionally, as we previously announced, we plan to fund the remodel of substantially all BK restaurants acquired in the Carrols acquisition utilizing Carrols restaurants’ operating cash flow. Any future adverse pressure on acquired Carrols restaurants’ cash flow may delay these plans or impact consolidated RBI cash flow if we need to use funds from other sources to complete these remodels.
If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property, the value of our brands and our business may be harmed.
Our brands, which represent approximately 45%46% of the total assets on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2020,2023, are very important to our success and our competitive position. We rely on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, service marks, trade secrets, patents, industrial designs, and other intellectual property rights to protect our brands and the respective branded products. While we have registered certain trademarks in Canada, the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, not all of the trademarks that our brands currently use have been registered in all of the countries in which we do business, and they may never be registered in all of these countries. We may not be able to adequately protect our trademarks, and our use of these trademarks may result in liability for trademark infringement, trademark dilution or unfair competition. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property in Canada, the U.S. and in foreignother countries may not be adequate and we may, from time to time, be required to institute litigation to enforce our trademarks or other intellectual property rights or to protect our trade secrets. Further, third parties may assert or prosecute infringement claims against us. In these cases, our proprietary rights could be challenged, circumvented, infringed or invalidated. Any such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our revenue, profitability and prospects regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce our rights. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of Canada and the U.S.
Changes in regulations may adversely affect restaurant operations and our financial results.
Our restaurants are subject to licensing and regulation by health, sanitation, safety and other agencies in the state, province and/or municipality in which the restaurant is located. Federal, state, provincial and local government authorities have enacted and may enact laws, rules or regulations that impact restaurant operations and may increase the cost of doing business. In developing markets, we face the risks associated with new and untested laws and judicial systems. If we fail to comply with existing or future laws, we may be subject to governmental fines and sanctions.
We are subject to various provincial, state and foreign laws that govern the offer and sale of a franchise, including an FTC rule in the U.S., to an FTC rule. Various provincial, state and foreign laws regulate certain aspects of the franchise relationship, including terminations and the refusal to renew franchises. The failure to comply with these laws and regulations in any jurisdiction or to obtain required government approvals could result in a ban or temporary suspension on future franchise sales, fines and penalties or require us to make offers of rescission or restitution, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We could also face lawsuits by franchisees based upon alleged violations of these laws.
Additionally, we, our franchisees and our supply chain are subject to risks and costs arising from the effects of climate change, greenhouse gases, and diminishing energy and water resources. These risks include the increased public focus, including by governmental and nongovernmental organizations, on these and other environmental sustainability matters, such as packaging and waste, animal health and welfare, deforestation and land use. Also, we face increased pressure to make commitments, set targets or establish additional goals and take actions to meet them which could expose us to market, operational and execution costs or risks. If we are unable to effectively manage the risks associated with our complex regulatory environment, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
We outsourceand our franchisees may be adversely affected by climate change.
We, our franchisees, and our supply chain are subject to risks and costs arising from the effects of climate change, greenhouse gases, and diminishing energy and water resources. Climate change may have a negative effect on agricultural productivity which may result in decreased availability or less favorable pricing for certain aspectscommodities used in our products, such as beef, chicken, coffee beans and dairy. Climate change may also increase the frequency or severity of weather-related events and natural disasters. Such adverse weather-related impacts may disrupt our operations, cause restaurant closures or delay the opening of new restaurants, and/or increase the costs of (and decrease the availability of) food and other supplies needed for our operations. In turn this could result in reduced profitability for our franchisees and our Company restaurants and reduced system-wide sales and franchise revenue for us. In addition, various legislative and regulatory efforts to combat climate change may increase in the future, which could result in additional taxes, increased expenses and otherwise disrupt or adversely impact our business and/or our growth prospects.
We are subject to increasing and evolving requirements and expectations with respect to social, governance and environmental sustainability matters, which could expose us to numerous risks.
There has been an increased focus, including from investors, the public and governmental and nongovernmental authorities, on social, governance and environmental sustainability matters, such as climate change, greenhouse gases, packaging and waste, human

17

Table of Contents

rights, diversity, sustainable supply chain practices, animal health and welfare, deforestation, land, energy and water use and other corporate responsibility matters. We and our franchisees are and may become subject to changing rules, regulations and consumer or investor expectations with respect to these matters. As the result of these evolving requirements and increased expectations, as well as our commitment to sustainability matters, we may continue to establish or expand goals, commitments or targets, take actions to meet such goals, commitments and targets and provide expanded disclosure on these matters. These goals could be difficult and expensive to implement, the technologies needed to implement them may not be cost effective and may not advance at a sufficient pace, we may be criticized for the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of disclosures and we are not able to mandate compliance by our franchisees with any of these goals. Further, goals may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, assumptions that are subject to change, and other risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our businesscontrol. If our data, processes and reporting with respect to social and environmental matters are incomplete or inaccurate, or if we fail to achieve progress with respect to these goals on a timely basis, or if our franchisees are not able to meet consumer or investor expectations, consumer and investor trust in our brands may suffer which could diminish the value of our brands and adversely affect our business.
Outsourcing certain functions to third-party vendors which subjects us to risks, including disruptions in our business and increased costs.
We have outsourced certain administrative functions for our business, certain information technology support services and benefit plan administration to third-party service providers. In the future, we may outsource other functions to achieve cost savings and efficiencies. If the outsourced service providers to which we outsource these functions do not perform effectively, we may not be able to achieve the expected cost savings and may have to incur additional costs in connection with such failure to perform. Depending on the function involved, such failures may also lead to business disruption, transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, the loss of sales and customers, the loss of or damage to intellectual property through security breach, and the loss of sensitive data through security breach or otherwise. Any such damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause us to face significant fines, customer notice obligations or costly litigation, harm our reputation with our customers or prevent us from paying our collective suppliers or employees or receiving payments on a timely basis.

15

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Nearly Fully Franchised Business Model
Our nearly fully franchised business model presents a number of disadvantages and risks.
SubstantiallyNearly all of our restaurants are owned and operated by franchisees. Under our fully franchised business model,Therefore, our future prospects depend on (i) our ability to attract new franchisees for each of our brands that meet our criteria and (ii) the willingness and ability of franchisees to open restaurants in existing and new markets. We may be unable to identify franchisees who meet our criteria, or iffranchisees we identify such franchisees, they may not successfully implement their expansion plans.
Our nearly fully franchised business model presents a number of other drawbacks, such as limited influence over franchisees,franchisee operations, limited ability to facilitate changes in restaurant ownership, limitations on enforcement of franchise obligations due to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, and reliance on franchisees to participate in our strategic initiatives. While we can mandate certain strategic initiatives through enforcement of our franchise agreements, we will need the active support of our franchisees if the implementation of these initiatives is to be successful. The failure of these franchisees to support our marketing programs and strategic initiatives could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy and could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. On occasion we have encountered, and may in the future encounter, challenges in receiving specific financial and operational results from our franchisees in a consistent and timely manner, which can negatively impact our business and operating results.
Our principal competitors that have a significantly higher percentage of company-operated restaurants than we do may have greater influence over their respective restaurant systems and greater ability to implement operational initiatives and business strategies, including their marketing and advertising programs. As part of our growth strategy, we may decide to increase or decrease the number of Company-owned stores, either by purchasing existing franchised stores or by refranchising existing company-operated stores. Our failure to successfully execute these transactions could have an adverse effect on our operating results and could cause our stock price to decline.
The ability of our franchisees and prospective franchisees to obtain financing for development of new restaurants or reinvestment in existing restaurants depends in part upon financial and economic conditions which are beyond their control. If our franchisees are unable to obtain financing on acceptable terms or otherwise do not devote sufficient resources to develop new restaurants or reinvest in existing restaurants, our business and financial results could be adversely affected.
Our franchisees are also dependent upon their ability to attract Also, investments in restaurant remodels and retain qualified employees in an intensely competitive employee market. The inability of our franchisees to recruit and retain qualified individuals or increased costs to do so, including due to increases in legally required wages, may delay the planned openings of new restaurantsupgrades by our franchisees and could adversely impact existing franchise restaurants and franchisee profitability, which could slow our growth. In addition,us may not have the riskexpected results with respect to consumer sentiment, increased traffic or perceived riskreturn on investment.

18

Table of contracting COVID-19 could adversely affect the ability, or the cost, of staffing restaurants, which could be exacerbated to the extent that we or our franchisees have employees who test positive for the virus. Moreover, we may also face liability for employment-related claims of our franchisees’ employees based on theories of joint employer liability with our franchisees or other theories of vicarious liability, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.Contents

Our results are closely tied to the success of independent franchisees, and we have limited influence over their operations.
We generate revenues in the form of royalties, fees and other amounts from our franchisees. As a result,franchisees and our operating results are closely tied to the success of our franchisees.their success. However, our franchisees are independent operators and we cannot control many factors that impact the profitability of their restaurants. The impact of COVID-19 has,At times, we have and is expected to continue to have, an adverse effect on our franchisees’ liquidity. As a result, we provided, where appropriate,may in the future provide cash flow support to franchisees in the U.S. and Canada by extending loans, advancing cash payments andand/or providing rent relief where we have property control, some of which is continuing in 2021.control. These actions have and may continue toin the future adversely affect our cash flow and financial results. In addition to these actions, we may decide to take additional steps to assist in the financial stabilization of our franchisees, which could impact our liquidity and our financial results. In addition, we delayed certain capital expenditure obligations of our franchisees relating to new restaurants, remodels and significant equipment deployments, which could adversely affect our growth once the COVID-19 pandemic has passed.
If sales trends or economic conditions worsen for franchisees, their financial results may deteriorate, which could result in, among other things, restaurant closures;closures, delayed or reduced payments to us of royalties, advertising contributions, rents and, delayed or reduced payments for THTim Hortons products and supplies;supplies, and an inability for such franchisees to obtain financing to fund development, restaurant remodels or equipment initiatives on acceptable terms or at all. Also, franchisees may not be willing or able to renew their franchise agreements with us due to low sales volumes, high real estate costs, or the failure to secure lease renewals. If our franchisees fail to renew their franchise agreements our royalty revenues may decrease, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Franchisees and sub-franchisees may not successfully operate restaurants in a manner consistent with our established procedures, standards and requirements or standards set by applicable law, including sanitation and pest control standards.standards, or data processing, privacy and cybersecurity requirements. Any operational shortcoming of a franchise or sub-franchise restaurant is likely to be attributed by guests to the entire brand and may be

16

Table of Contents

shared widely through social media, thus damaging the brand’s reputation and potentially affecting our revenues and profitability. We may not be able to identify problems and take effective action quickly enough and, as a result, our image and reputation may suffer, and our franchise revenues and results of operations could decline.
Labor challenges for franchisees or being liable as a joint employer could adversely affect our business.
Our franchisees are dependent upon their ability to attract and retain qualified employees in an intensely competitive labor market. The inability of our franchisees to recruit and retain qualified individuals or increased costs to do so, including due to labor market dynamics or increases in legally required wages, may delay openings of new restaurants by our franchisees and could adversely impact existing franchised restaurant operations and franchisee profitability, which could slow our growth. Boycotts, protests, work stoppages or other campaigns by labor organizations at either franchisee or company restaurants could increase costs, decrease flexibility or otherwise disrupt the business and responses to labor organizing efforts by our franchisees or us could negatively impact brand perception and our business and financial results. In September 2023, California passed legislation setting the minimum wage for fast food restaurant employees at $20 per hour effective April 1, 2024 and establishing a council to set future wage increases and to make recommendations to state agencies for other sector-wide workplace standards. This law and other labor related laws enacted or currently proposed at the federal, state, provincial or local level could increase our franchisees’ labor costs and decrease profitability.
Joint employer status is a developing area of franchise and labor and employment law that could be subject to changes in legislation, administrative agency interpretation or jurisprudential developments that may increase franchisor liability. In October 2023, the National Labor Relations Board issued its final rule addressing the standard for determining joint-employer status under the National Labor Relations Act. Under the new standard, effective February 26, 2024, a party may assert a joint-employment relationship to establish joint-employer status by using evidence of indirect and reserved forms of control bearing on an employee’s essential terms and conditions of employment. The rule is facing legal challenges, but if it becomes effective in its current form, we could potentially be liable for unfair labor practices and other violations by franchisees or we could be required to conduct collective bargaining negotiations regarding employees of franchisees, who are independent employers. In such event, our operating costs may increase as a result of required modifications to business practices, increased litigation, governmental investigations or proceedings, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil liability. Employee claims that are brought against us as a result of joint employer standards and status may also, in addition to legal and financial liability, create negative publicity that could adversely affect our brands and divert financial and management resources. A significant increase in the number of these claims, or an increase in the number of successful claims, could adversely impact our brands’ reputation, which may cause significant harm.
Our future growth and profitability will depend on our ability to successfully accelerate international development with strategic partners and joint ventures.
We believe that the future growth and profitability of each of our brands will depend on our ability to successfully accelerate international development with strategic partnersmaster franchisee and joint venturesventure partners in new and existing international markets. New markets may have different competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets. As a result, new restaurants in those markets may have lower average restaurant sales than restaurants in existing markets and may take longer than expected to reach target sales and profit levels (oror may never do so).so. We will need to build brand awareness in those new markets

19

Table of Contents

we enter through advertising and promotional activity, and those activities may not promote our brands as effectively as intended, if at all.
We have adopted a master franchise development model for all of our brands, which in markets with strong growth potential may include participating in strategic joint ventures, to accelerate international growth. These new arrangements may give our joint venture partners and/or master franchise partnersfranchisees the exclusive right to develop and manage our restaurants in a specific country or countries, including, in some cases, the right to sub-franchise. A joint venture partnership involves special risks, including the following: our joint venture partners may have economic, business or legal interests or goals that are inconsistent with those of the joint venture or us, or our joint venture partners may be unable to meet their economic or other obligations and we may be required to fulfill those obligations alone. Our master franchise arrangements present similar risks and uncertainties. We cannot control the actions of our joint venture partners or master franchisees, including any nonperformance, default or bankruptcy of joint venture partners or master franchisees. While sub-franchisees are required to operate their restaurants in accordance with specified operations, safety and health standards, we are not party to the agreements with the sub-franchisees and are dependent upon our master franchisees to enforce these standards with respect to sub-franchised restaurants. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any sub-franchised restaurant rests with the master franchisee and the sub-franchisee. In addition, the termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee or a lack of expansion by certain master franchisees has and may in the future result in the delay or discontinuation of the development of franchisefranchised restaurants, or an interruption in the operation of our brand in a particular market or markets. We may not be able to find another operator to resume development activities in such market or markets. Any such delay, discontinuation or interruption could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Risks related to Information Technology
If we are unable to protect the personal information that we gather or fail to comply with privacy and data protection laws and regulations, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties, suffer reputational harm and incur substantial costs.
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, process, transmit, disclose, and retain personal information regarding our employees and their families, our franchisees and their employees, vendors, contractors, and guests (which can include social security numbers, social insurance numbers, banking and tax identification information, health care information for employees, and credit card information) and our franchisees collect similar information. In recent years we expanded our development and management of our brands’ mobile apps, online ordering platforms, and in-restaurant kiosks and home market loyalty programs. While our deployment of such technology facilitates our primary goals of generating incremental sales and improving operations at our franchisees’ restaurants as well as additional customer awareness and interest in our brands, such deployment also means that we are collecting and entrusted with additional personal information, in some cases including geo-location tracking information, about our customers.
In connection with the collection and retention of this information, we are subject to legal and compliance risks and associated liability related to privacy and data protection requirements. These types of legislation, which include the Canadian Consumer Privacy Protection Act, the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, Quebec's Law 25, the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”) and the U.K. General Data Protection Regulation, can impose stringent data protection requirements, provide for costly penalties for noncompliance (eg. up to 4% of annual worldwide revenue for a breach of the GDPR), and confer the right upon data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies, and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations. In China, the Personal Information Protection Law (“PIPL”), has established personal information processing rules, data subject rights, and obligations for personal information processors, among other things. In addition to the PIPL, China’s Data Security Law regulates data processing activities associated with personal and non-personal data. Due to enhanced scrutiny from the general public, these regulations as well as their interpretation and criteria for enforcement continue to be subject to frequent change, and there are likely to be other jurisdictions that propose or enact new or emerging data privacy requirements in the future.
The complexity of these privacy and data protection laws may result in significant costs arising from compliance and from any non-compliance, whether or not due to our negligence, and could affect our brand reputation and our results of operations. We have and are expected to continue to have significant investments arising from compliance with these regulatory regimes due to changes in the scope of our operations and the ever-changing techniques and sophistication used to conduct cyber-attacks and breaches. In addition, to the extent that we are not in compliance with these laws or experience a major breach, theft, or loss of personal information that is held by us, or third parties on our behalf (whether or not due to our failure to comply with data security rules and standards), we could be subject to substantial fines, penalties, indemnification claims, and potential litigation which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. For example, in Canada, we have been the subject of government investigation and purported class action lawsuits based on the use of certain geolocation data for Tim Hortons mobile app users. As a result of any breach, we may incur additional expenditures arising from additional security technologies, personnel, experts, and credit monitoring services for those whose data has been breached. These costs could adversely impact our results of operations during the period in which they are incurred. In addition, negative publicity regarding a breach or potential security vulnerabilities in our systems or those of our franchisees or vendors, has and in the future could adversely affect the reputation of our brands and acceptance of digital engagement by our customers which in turn could adversely affect our future results of operations.

20

Table of Contents

Information technology system failures or interruptions or breaches of our network security may interrupt our operations, cause reputational harm, subject us to increased operating costs and expose us to litigation.
We rely heavily on information technology systems and infrastructure, including third-party vendors’ systems to whom we outsource certain functions across operations including, but not limited to, point-of-sale processing at our restaurants and in our mobile apps. Despite implementation of security measures, security incidents or breaches may occur involving our systems, the systems of the parties with whom we communicate or collaborate (including franchisees) or the systems of third-party providers. These may include damage, disruption or failures due to physical damage, power loss, telecommunications failure, or other catastrophic events, as well as from problems with transitioning systems, internal and external security breaches, malicious cyber-attacks including the introduction of malware or ransomware or other disruptive behavior by hackers, which may be exacerbated by artificial intelligence. Such damage, disruption or failures could adversely impact our results of operations and our reputation. From time to time, we have been notified by third party vendors of security incidents or breaches that affect their systems and their ability to provide services to us at expected service levels. If any of our or our vendors' systems were to fail or become subject to ransomware and we were unable to recover in a timely way, we could experience material and adverse impacts to our results of operations. To the extent that some of our worldwide reporting systems require or rely on manual processes, it could increase the risk of a breach due to human error.
Further, the standards for systems currently used for transmission and approval of electronic payment transactions, and the technology utilized in electronic payment themselves, all of which can put electronic payment data at risk, are determined and controlled by the payment card industry. If someone can circumvent our data security measures or those of third parties, including our franchisees, they could destroy or steal valuable information received as part of electronic payments. Such destruction or loss could expose us to litigation or liability and could impact our results of operations. Any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our or our brands’ reputations.
Finally, we may need to continue to expend substantial resources to enhance our existing restaurant management systems, financial and management controls, information systems and personnel to accurately capture and reflect the financial and operational activities at our franchised restaurants. On occasion we have encountered, and may in the future encounter, challenges in receiving these results from our franchisees in a consistent and timely manner as a number of our systems relating to tracking the financial and operational activities and processes at our franchised restaurants are not fully integrated worldwide. Further, the information we receive from franchisees, including regarding their profitability, may not be audited or subject to a similar level of internal controls as our processes. To the extent that we are not able to obtain transparency into our operations from these systems, it could impair the ability of our management to react quickly when appropriate and our operating results could be negatively impacted.
Risks Related to our Indebtedness
Our substantial leverage and obligations to service our debt could adversely affect our business.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $12,631$13,043 million, including senior secured term loan facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $6,028$6,450 million, senior secured first lien notes in an aggregate principal amount of $2,775$2,800 million and senior secured second lien notes in an aggregate principal amount of $3,650 million. Subject to restrictions set forth in these instruments, we may also incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, some of which may be secured debt. This may have the effect of increasing our total leverage.
Our substantial leverage could have important potential consequences, including, but not limited to:
increasing our vulnerability to, and reducing our flexibility to respond to, changes in our business and general adverse economic and industry conditions;
requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to our debt service, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, joint ventures, product research, dividends, and distributions, unit and RBI share repurchases or other corporate purposes;
increasing our vulnerability to a downgrade of our credit rating, which could adversely affect our cost of funds, liquidity and access to capital markets;
placing us at a competitive disadvantage as compared to certain of our competitors who are not as highly leveraged;
restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates asfor variable interest rate borrowings under our credit facilities are subject to variable rates of interest;
the discontinuation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) after June 2023 and the replacement with an alternative reference rate may adversely impact interest rates and our interest rate hedging strategy;facilities;
making it more difficult for us to repay, refinance or satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt;
limiting our ability to borrow additional funds in the future and increasing the cost of any such borrowing;
imposing restrictive covenants that may hinder our ability to finance future operations and capital needs or to pursue certain business opportunities and activities, and which, in the event of non-compliance without cure or waiver, could result in an event of default and the acceleration of the applicable debt and any debt subject to cross-acceleration;

1721

Table of Contents

requiring repayment or an offer to repurchase in the event of a change of control that may delay or prevent such change of control; and
exposing us to risks related to fluctuations in foreign currency as we earn profits in a variety of currencies around the world and substantially all of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to pay indebtedness and other funding needs or refinance our indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all, our financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
Our indebtedness limits our ability to take certain actions and could delay or prevent a future change of control.
The terms of our indebtedness include a number of restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness or guarantee or prepay indebtedness; pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock; make investments or acquisitions; create liens or use assets as security in other transactions; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of substantially all of our or our subsidiaries’ assets; make intercompany transactions; and enter into transactions with affiliates. These limitations may hinder our ability to finance future operations and capital needs and our ability to pursue business opportunities and activities that may be in our interest. In addition, our ability to comply with these covenants and restrictions may be affected by events beyond our control.
A breach of the covenants under our indebtedness could result in an event of default under the applicable agreement allowing the debt holders to accelerate repayment of such debt as well as any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, default under our senior secured credit facilities would also permit the lenders thereunder to terminate all other commitments to extend additional credit thereunder, including under the revolver. Similarly, in the event of a change of control, pursuant to the terms of our indebtedness, we may be required to repay our credit facilities, or offer to repurchase the senior secured first lien and second lien notes as well as future indebtedness. Such current and future terms could have the effect of delaying or preventing a future change of control or may discourage a potential acquirer from proposing or completing a transaction that may otherwise have presented a premium to our equity holders.
Following the occurrence of either an event of default or change of control, we may not have sufficient resources to repurchase, repay or redeem our obligations, as applicable, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing to satisfy these obligations on terms favorable to us or at all. Also, if we were unable to repay the amounts due under our secured indebtedness, the holders of such indebtedness could proceed against the collateral that secures such indebtedness. In the event our creditors accelerate the repayment of our secured indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.
Risks Related to Taxation
Unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect the taxes we pay and our profitability.
We are subject to income and other taxes in Canada, the United States, and numerous foreign jurisdictions. A taxation authority may disagree with certain of our views, including, for example, the allocation of profits by tax jurisdiction, and the deductibility of our interest expense, and may take the position that material income tax liabilities, interest, penalties, or other amounts are payable by us, in which case, we expect to contest such assessment. Contesting such an assessment may be lengthy and costly and, if we were unsuccessful, the implications could be materially adverse to us and affect our effective income tax rate and/or operating income.
From time to time, we are subject to additional state and local income tax audits, international income tax audits and sales, franchise and value-added tax audits. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. There can be no assurance that theThe Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”), the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and/or foreign tax authorities willmay not agree with our interpretation of the tax aspects of reorganizations, initiatives, transactions, or any related matters associated therewith that we have undertaken.
The results of a tax audit or related litigation could result in us not being in a position to take advantage of the effective income tax rates and the level of benefits that we anticipated to achieve as a result of corporate reorganizations, initiatives and transactions, and the implications could have a material adverse effect on our effective income tax rate, income tax provision, net income (loss) or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made.
RBI and Partnership may be treated as U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could subject us and Partnership to substantial additional U.S. taxes.
As Canadian entities,Because RBI and Partnership generally would beare organized under the laws of Canada, we are classified as foreign entities (and, therefore, non-U.S. tax residents) under general rules of U.S. federal income taxation. Section 7874taxation that an entity is considered a tax resident in the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation. Even so, the Code, however, contains rulesIRS may assert that result in a non-U.S. corporation being taxedwe should be treated as a U.S. corporation (and, therefore, a U.S. tax resident) for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless certain tests, applied atpursuant to complex rules under Section 7874 of the timeU.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In addition, a retroactive or prospective change to U.S. tax laws in this area could adversely impact this classification. If we were to be treated as a U.S. corporation for federal tax purposes, we could be subject to substantially greater U.S. tax liability than currently contemplated as a non-U.S. corporation.
Future changes to Canadian, U.S. and other foreign tax laws, including future regulations and other interpretive guidance of such tax laws, could materially affect RBI and/or Partnership, and adversely affect their anticipated financial positions and results.
Our effective tax rate, cash taxes and financial results could be adversely impacted by changes in applicable tax laws (including regulatory, administrative, and judicial interpretations and guidance relating to such laws) in the jurisdictions in which we operate.
The 2021 Canadian Federal Budget proposed various tax law changes, including a new limitation on the deductibility of interest and similar expenses; revised draft legislation was released on November 21, 2023, with a proposed effective date for taxation years beginning on or after October 1, 2023. The proposed rules have not yet been enacted. In general, the draft legislation proposes to limit the deductibility of interest and other financing-related expenses to the extent that such expenses, net of interest and financing-related income, exceed a fixed ratio of the entity’s tax EBITDA, with a specified carry-back limit and an indefinite carry-forward limit. The

1822

Table of Contents

acquisition, regarding ownership of such entities (as relevant here, ownership by former Burger King shareholders) or level of business activities (as relevant here, business activities in Canada by usproposed rules and our affiliates, including Partnership), were satisfied at such time. The U.S. Treasury Regulations apply these same rules to non-U.S. publicly traded partnerships, such as Partnership. These statutory and regulatory rules are relatively new, their application is complex and there is little guidance regarding their application.
If it were determined that we and/or Partnership should be taxed as U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we and Partnership could be liable for substantial additional U.S. federal income tax. For Canadian tax purposes, we and Partnership are expected, regardless of any application of Section 7874 of the Code, to be treated as a Canadian resident company and partnership, respectively. Consequently, if we and/or Partnership did not satisfy either of the applicable tests, we might be liable for both Canadian and U.S. taxes, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Future changes to U.S. and non-U.S. tax laws including future regulations and other interpretive guidance of U.S. and Non-U.S. tax laws could materially affect RBI and/or Partnership, including their status as foreign entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and adversely affect their anticipated financial positions and results.
Changes to the rules in sections 385 and 7874 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, or other changes in law, could adversely affect our and/or Partnership’s status as a non-U.S. entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, our effective income tax rate or future planning based on current law, and any such changes could have prospective or retroactive application to us and/or Partnership. It is presently uncertain whether any such legislative proposals will be enacted into law and, if so, what impact such legislation would have on us. The timing and substance of any such further action is presently uncertain. Any such change of law or regulatory action which could apply retroactively or prospectively, could adversely impact our tax position as well as our financial position and results in a material manner. The precise scope and application of any such regulatory proposals will not be clear until proposed Treasury Regulations are issued, and, accordingly, until such regulations are promulgated and fully understood, we cannot be certain that there will be no such impact. In addition, we would be impacted by any changes in tax law in response to corporate tax reforms and other policy initiatives in the U.S. and elsewhere.
Moreover, the U.S. Congress, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development ("OECD") and other government agencies in jurisdictions where RBI and its affiliates do business have had an extended focus on issues related to the taxation of multinational corporations. Specific attention has been paid to “base erosion and profit shifting” ("BEPS"), where payments are made between affiliates from a jurisdiction with high tax rates to a jurisdiction with lower tax rates. As a result, the tax laws in the countries in which we do business could change on a prospective or retroactive basis, and any such change could adversely affect us.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The provisions of the Tax Act are complex and continue to be the subject of further regulatory and administrative guidance, which maycould materially increase our future income taxes if enacted, adversely affectimpacting our effective tax rate and results of operations. Additionally, other jurisdictions have and are considering variousfinancial results.
On November 21, 2023, Canada released revised, proposed legislation that would impose a 2% equity buyback tax reform initiatives as well as initiatives related to COVID-19for net equity repurchase transactions that may adversely impact us ifoccur on or after January 1, 2024, however, this legislation has not yet been enacted.
Risks related to Information Technology
The personal information thatOrganization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) and many countries in which we collect may be vulnerableoperate have committed to breach, theft,enacting substantial changes to numerous long-standing tax principles impacting how large multinational enterprises are taxed in an effort to limit perceived base erosion and profit shifting incentives, including a 15% global minimum tax applied on a country-by-country basis, likely applicable to periods beginning on or loss that couldafter December 31, 2023. The OECD has issued model rules with respect to various aspects of such proposed changes and ongoing public consultation with additional guidance expected. On November 21, 2023, Canada released initial draft enabling legislation with respect to aspects of such OECD model rules. The enactment, timing and many details regarding such potential tax law changes remain uncertain as Canada and other individual countries evaluate and pursue their respective approaches to enacting the principles underlying such model rules. Certain countries in which we operate have enacted legislation (with subsequent guidance and details expected to follow) to adopt the “Pillar Two” framework effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024, including Switzerland, which will increase our future taxes, adversely affectimpacting our reputation, results of operations,effective tax rate and financial condition.
Inresults. We will continue to evaluate the ordinary coursepotential impact on future periods of our business, we collect, process, transmit, and retain personal information regarding our employees and their families, our franchisees, vendors, contractors, and consumers, which can include social security numbers, social insurance numbers, banking and tax identification information, health care information, and credit card information and our franchisees collect similar information. For example, in 2019 and 2020, we expanded our development and management of our brands’ mobile apps, online ordering platforms, and in-restaurant kiosks. While our deployment of such technology facilitates our primary goals of generating both incremental sales at our franchisees’ restaurants as wellthe “Pillar Two” framework as additional customer awareness and interest in our brands, such deployment also means that we are collecting and responsible for additional personal information about our customers. Canadian privacy officials are investigating the use of certain geolocation data for TH mobile app users and we have been served with several purported class action lawsuits in Canada alleging we violated mobile app users' privacy rights. While we are fully cooperating with the investigation and vigorously defending the lawsuits, negative publicity regarding these matters could adversely affect our reputation and our brands. Some of this personal informationguidance is also held and managed by our franchisees and certain of our vendors. A third-party may be able to circumvent the security and business controls we and/or our vendors use to limit access and use of personal information, which could result in a breach of employee, consumer, or franchisee privacy.
A major breach, theft, or loss of the personal information described above that is held by us or our vendors could adversely affect our reputation and restaurant operations as well as result in substantial fines, penalties, indemnification claims, and potential litigation against us which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. For example, under the European

19

Table of Contents

Union's General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), companies must meet certain requirements regarding the handling of personal data or face penalties of up to 4% of worldwide revenue. Furthermore, the collection and safeguarding of personal information has increasingly attracted enhanced scrutiny from the general public in the United States and Canada, which has resulted in additional actual and proposed legislative and regulatory rules at the federal, provincial and state levels (e.g., the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, California's Proposition 24 of 2020, and Canada's Bill C-11). These regulations have been subject to frequent change, and there may be other jurisdictions that propose or enact new or emerging data privacy requirements in the future. As a result of such legislative and regulatory rules, we may be required to notify the owners of the personal information of any data breaches, which could harm our reputation and financial results, as well as subject us to litigation or actions by regulatory authorities. Furthermore, media or other reports of existing or perceived security vulnerabilities in our systems or those of our franchisees or vendors, or misuse of personal data, even if no breach has been attempted or has occurred, has and in the future may lead to investigations and litigation and may adversely impact our brand, reputation, and business.
Significant capital investmentsreleased and other expenditures could be required to remedy a breach and prevent future problems, including costs associated with additional security technologies, personnel, experts, and credit monitoring services for those whose data has been breached. These costs, which could be material, could adversely impact our results of operations during the period in which they are incurred. The techniques and sophistication used to conduct cyber-attacks and breaches, as well as the sources and targets of these attacks, change frequently and are often not recognized untilindividual countries adopt such attacks are launched or have been in place for a period of time. Accordingly, our expenditures to prevent future cyber-attacks or breaches may not be successful.
Information technology system failures or interruptions or breaches of our network security may interrupt our operations, cause reputational harm, subject us to increased operating costs and expose us to litigation.
We rely heavily on our computer systems and network infrastructure across operations including, but not limited to, point-of-sale processing at our restaurants, as well as the systems of our third-party vendors to whom we outsource certain administrative functions. Despite our implementation of security measures, all of our technology systems are vulnerable to damage, disruption or failures due to physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, or other catastrophic events, as well as from problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems, internal and external security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms, and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. If any of our technology systems were to fail and we were unable to recover in a timely way, we could experience an interruption in our operations. Furthermore, if unauthorized access to or use of our systems were to occur, data related to our proprietary information could be compromised. The occurrence of any of these incidents could have a material adverse effect on our future financial condition and results of operations. To the extent that some of our worldwide reporting systems require or rely on manual processes, it could increase the risk of a breach due to human error.
Further, the standards for systems currently used for transmission and approval of electronic payment transactions, and the technology utilized in electronic payment themselves, all of which can put electronic payment data at risk, are determined and controlled by the payment card industry, not by us. If someone is able to circumvent our data security measures or those of third parties with whom we do business, including our franchisees, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, liability, and could seriously disrupt our operations. Any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our reputation and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Finally, we have expended and may need to continue to expend substantial financial and managerial resources to enhance our existing restaurant management systems, financial and management controls, information systems and personnel to accurately capture and reflect the financial and operational activities at our franchise restaurants. On occasion we have encountered, and may in the future encounter, challenges in receiving these results from our franchisees in a consistent and timely manner as a number of our systems and processes are not fully integrated worldwide. To the extent that we are not able to obtain transparency into our operations from our systems and manual estimations and effectively manage the information demands associated with significant growth, it could impair the ability of our management to react quickly to changes in the business or economic environment and our business and operating results could be negatively impacted.enabling legislation.
Risks Related to our Partnership Exchangeable Units
3G RBH owns approximately 31%28% of the combined voting power with respect to RBI, and its interests may conflict with or differ from the interests of the other equity holders.
3G Restaurant Brands Holdings LP (“3G RBH”) currently owns approximately 92% of the Partnership exchangeable units and approximately 31%28% of the combined voting power with respect to RBI. The interests of 3G RBH and its principals may not always be aligned with the interests of the other holders of Partnership exchangeable units. So long as 3G RBH continues to directly or indirectly own a significant amount of the voting power of RBI, it will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control the business decisions of RBI and Partnership. 3G RBH and its principals may have interests that are different from those of the other

20

Table of Contents

holders of Partnership exchangeable units, and 3G RBH may exercise its voting and other rights in a manner that may be adverse to the interests of the other holders of Partnership exchangeable units.
In addition, this concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of RBI or Partnership, which could cause the market price of RBI’s common shares or Partnership exchangeable units to decline or prevent the shareholders or unitholders from realizing a premium over the market price for their RBI common shares or Partnership exchangeable units.
3G RBH is affiliated with 3G Capital Partners, Ltd. a global investment firm (“3G Capital”). 3G Capital is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time in the future pursue opportunities, acquire or develop controlling interests in businesses engaged in the QSR industry that complement or directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. As a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
A unitholder’s percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of RBI common shares or Partnership exchangeable units, which could reduce the influence of our unitholders over matters on which they are entitled to vote.
The board of directors of RBI has the authority, without action or vote of RBI’s shareholders or our unitholders, to issue an unlimited number of additional RBI common shares or Partnership exchangeable units, including in connection with investments and acquisitions. The number of RBI common shares or Partnership exchangeable units issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of the then-outstanding RBI common shares or Partnership exchangeable units, and could materially dilute the ownership of our unitholders. Issuances of RBI common shares or Partnership exchangeable units would reduce the influence of holders of Partnership exchangeable units over matters on which they are entitled to vote.
An active trading market for Partnership exchangeable units may not be sustained and they may not trade equally with RBI common shares.
Partnership exchangeable units are not listed on a national exchange in the United States. Although Partnership exchangeable units are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange, an active public market for Partnership exchangeable units may not be sustained, and such market is not as liquid as for RBI common shares. If an active public market is not sustained, it may be difficult for investors who hold Partnership exchangeable units to sell their exchangeable units at a price that is attractive to them, or at all.

23

Table of Contents

Although exchangeable, the Partnership exchangeable units and the RBI common shares are distinct securities. The Partnership exchangeable units and RBI common shares will at all times trade separately, and the public market for Partnership exchangeable units is not as liquid as for the RBI common shares. In addition, if a holder of Partnership exchangeable units exercises its exchange right, RBI, in its capacity as the general partner of Partnership and in its sole discretion, may cause Partnership to repurchase each Partnership exchangeable unit submitted for exchange in consideration for cash (in an amount determined in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement) in lieu of exchanging for common shares. As such, Partnership exchangeable units may not trade equally with RBI common shares, and could trade at a discount to the market price of RBI common shares, which discount could possibly be material.
The exchange of Partnership exchangeable units into RBI common shares is subject to certain restrictions and the value of RBI common shares received in any exchange may fluctuate.
Holders of Partnership exchangeable units are entitled to require Partnership to exchange all or any portion of such holder’s Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares either on a one-for-one basis or for cash (in an amount determined in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement) at the sole election of RBI, in its capacity as the general partner of Partnership.
The RBI common shares for which Partnership exchangeable units may be exchanged may be subject to significant fluctuations in value for many reasons, including our operating and financial performance and prospects; general market conditions; the risks described in this report; changes to the competitive landscape in the industries or markets in which we operate; the arrival or departure of key personnel; and speculation in the press or the investment community.
If a holder of Partnership exchangeable units elects to exchange his or her Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares, the exchange generally will be taxable for Canadian and U.S. federal income tax purposes.
In certain circumstances, a Limited Partner may lose its limited liability status.
The Limited Partnerships Act (Ontario) (the “Ontario Limited Partnerships Act”) provides that a limited partner benefits from limited liability unless, in addition to exercising rights and powers as a limited partner, such limited partner takes part in the control of

21

Table of Contents

the business of a limited partnership of which such limited partner is a partner. Subject to the provisions of the Ontario Limited Partnerships Act and of similar legislation in other jurisdictions of Canada, the liability of each limited partner for the debts, liabilities and obligations of Partnership will be limited to the limited partner’s capital contribution, plus the limited partner’s share of any undistributed income of Partnership. However, pursuant to the Ontario Limited Partnerships Act, where a limited partner has received the return of all or part of that limited partner’s capital contribution, the limited partner would be liable to Partnership or, where Partnership is dissolved, to its creditors, for any amount, not in excess of the amount of capital contribution returned with interest, necessary to discharge the liabilities of Partnership to all creditors who extended credit or whose claims otherwise arose before the return of the capital contribution. A limited partner holds as trustee for the limited partnership any money or other property that is paid or conveyed to the limited partner as a return of the limited partner’s contribution that is made contrary to the Ontario Limited Partnerships Act.
The limitation of liability conferred under the Ontario Limited Partnerships Act may be ineffective outside Ontario except to the extent it is given extra-territorial recognition or effect by the laws of other jurisdictions. There may also be requirements to be satisfied in each jurisdiction to maintain limited liability. If limited liability is lost, limited partners may be considered to be general partners (and therefore be subject to unlimited liability) in such jurisdiction by creditors and others having claims against Partnership.
General Risks
The loss of key management personnel or our inability to attract and retain new qualified personnel could hurt our business.
We are dependent on the efforts and abilities of our senior management, including the executives managing each of our brands, and our success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain additional qualified employees. Failure to attract personnel sufficiently qualified to execute our strategy, or to retain existing key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Also, integration of strategic transactions such as the acquisition of Firehouse Subs and pending acquisition of Carrols, may divert management’s attention from other initiatives, and effectively executing our growth strategy.
We have been, and in the future may be, subject to litigation that could have an adverse effect on our business.
We may from time to time,are regularly involved in the ordinary course of business, be subject to litigation relating to matters including but not limitedrelated to disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees, team members, and customers, as well as disputes over our advertising claims about our food and over our intellectual property. For example, there have been multiple purported class action lawsuits filed against us regardingSee the no-poaching provision our franchise agreements for BKdiscussion of Legal Proceedings in the U.S.Note 16, “Commitments and TH in Canada, regarding certain purported privacy-related concerns with respect to geo-location data and our mobile application in Canada and regarding certain disclosuresContingencies,” to the market, includingConsolidated Financial Statements included in connection with secondary offeringsItem 8 of RBI's shares.this

24

Table of Contents

Form 10-K. Active and potential disputes with franchisees could damage our brand reputation and our relationships with our broader franchise base. Such litigation may be expensive to defend, harm our reputation and divert resources away from our operations and negatively impact our reported earnings. Also, legal proceedings against a franchisee or its affiliates by third parties, whether in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, may include claims against us by virtue of our relationship with the franchisee. We, or our business partners, may become subject to claims for infringement of intellectual property rights and we may be required to indemnify or defend our business partners from such claims. Should management’s evaluation of our current exposure to legal matters pending against us prove incorrect and if such claims are successful, our exposure could exceed expectations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although some losses may be covered by insurance, if there are significant losses that are not covered, or there is a delay in receiving insurance proceeds, or the proceeds are insufficient to offset our losses fully, our financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity risk management and strategy
We recognize the critical importance of maintaining the trust and confidence of our customers, franchisees and employees. Consequently, our cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices are embedded within our overall enterprise risk management (“ERM”) program.
Our operations utilize multiple information systems, including accounting software, human resources management software, back of house systems, supply chain software, our brands’ mobile apps, online ordering platforms, in-restaurant kiosks, point-of-sale software, and back-of-house software. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, process, transmit, disclose, and retain personal information regarding our employees, our franchisees, vendors, contractors, and guests (which can include social security numbers, social insurance numbers, banking and tax identification information, health care information for employees, and credit card information) and our franchisees collect similar information.
To protect the information that we gather and the availability of our information systems from cybersecurity threats, we have an ongoing cybersecurity risk mitigation program, which includes maintaining up-to-date detection, prevention and monitoring systems and contracting with outside cybersecurity firms to provide continuous monitoring of our systems as well as threat-detection services. We define a cybersecurity threat as any potential unauthorized occurrence on or conducted through our information systems or information systems of a third party that we utilize in our business that may result in adverse effects on the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information systems or any information residing therein. Our cybersecurity policies, standards, processes, and practices are based on recognized frameworks established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology and include the following components:

Collaborative Approach: We have implemented a comprehensive, cross-functional approach to identifying, preventing, and mitigating cybersecurity threats and incidents, while also implementing controls and procedures that provide for the prompt escalation of certain cybersecurity incidents so that decisions regarding the public disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made by management in a timely manner.
Deployment of Technical Safeguards: We deploy technical safeguards that are designed to protect our information systems from cybersecurity threats, including firewalls, intrusion prevention and detection systems, anti-malware functionality and access controls, which are evaluated and improved through vulnerability assessments and cybersecurity threat intelligence.
Development and Periodic Testing of Incident Response and Recovery Planning: We have developed and maintain comprehensive incident response and recovery plans that address our response to cybersecurity threats, and such plans are tested and evaluated on a regular basis. Our periodic testing of these plans includes a wide range of activities, including audits, assessments, tabletop exercises, threat modeling, vulnerability testing and other exercises focused on evaluating the effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures and planning. We engage third parties to perform assessments on our cybersecurity measures, including information security maturity assessments, audits and independent reviews of our information security control environment and operating effectiveness. The results of such assessments, audits and reviews are reported to the Audit Committee, and we adjust cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices as necessary based on the information provided by these assessments, audits and reviews.
Third-Party Risk Management: We maintain a comprehensive, risk-based approach to identifying and overseeing cybersecurity risks presented by third parties, including vendors, service providers, franchisees and other external

2225

Table of Contents

users of our systems, as well as the systems of third parties that could adversely impact our business in the event of a cybersecurity incident affecting those third-party systems.
Implementation of Regular and Mandatory Employee Training and Awareness Programs: We provide regular, mandatory training for our personnel regarding cybersecurity threats as a means to equip them with effective tools to detect and address cybersecurity threats, and to communicate our evolving information security policies, standards, processes and practices.
Governance
Our Audit Committee oversees our ERM process, including the management of risks arising from cybersecurity threats. The Audit Committee regularly receives presentations and reports on cybersecurity risks, which address a wide range of topics including recent developments, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party and independent reviews, the threat environment, technological trends and information security considerations arising with respect to our peers and third parties. Our Internal Audit function performs periodic audits of our cyber security program and reports results to the Audit Committee. On a periodic basis, the Audit Committee discusses our approach to cybersecurity risk management with our Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”).
Our CISO works in coordination with our senior management and leaders at each of our brands to implement a program designed to protect our information systems from cybersecurity threats and to promptly respond to any cybersecurity incidents in accordance with our incident response and recovery plans. Our CISO and the internal security team monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity threats and incidents in real time, and report such threats and incidents to the Audit Committee when appropriate. We also use a Managed Security Service Provider (MSSP) to provide continuous monitoring of our systems and supplement our internal security team.
As of December 31, 2023, our CISO has served in various roles in information technology and information security for over 37 years, as an IT auditor and an IT security executive. He has been in various industries including Finance, Manufacturing and Retail. The CISO has both the CISA and CRP designations.
While cybersecurity threats as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents have not materially affected our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition, future incidents may interrupt our operations, cause reputational harm, subject us to increased operating costs and/or expose us to litigation.

Executive Officers of Restaurant Brands International, Inc., General Partner of Registrant
Set forth below is certain information about our executive officers. Ages areofficers as of the date hereof.February 20, 2024.
NameAge  Position
José E. CilJ. Patrick Doyle5160Executive Chairman
Joshua Kobza37Chief Executive Officer
Matthew Dunnigan3740Chief Financial Officer
Joshua Kobza34Chief Operating Officer
Axel Schwan4750President, Tim Hortons AmericasCanada & U.S.
Christopher FinazzoThomas B. Curtis3960President, Burger King AmericasU.S. & Canada
Sami Siddiqui3639President, Popeyes AmericasU.S. & Canada
David Shear3739President, International
Fernando MachadoDuncan Fulton4648Chief MarketingCorporate Officer
Jeff Housman42Chief People & Services Officer
Jill Granat5558General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Jacqueline Friesner4851Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
José E. Cil.Patrick Doyle. Mr. CilDoyle has served as Executive Chair of our Board since January 2023 and was appointed Chief Executive OfficerChairman of RBI in January 2019, and previously served as President, Burger King since December 2014. Mr. Cil served as Executive Vice President and President of Europe, the Middle East and Africa for Burger King Worldwide and its predecessor from November 2010 until December 2014. Prior to this role, Mr. Cil was Vice President and Regional General Manager for Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. in Florida from February 2010 to November 2010. From September 2008 to January 2010, Mr. Cil served as Vice President of Company Operations of Burger King Corporation and from September 2005 to September 2008,2022. Most recently, he served as Division Vice President, Mediterranean and NW Europe Divisions, EMEAan executive partner focused on the consumer sector of the Carlyle Group, a subsidiary of Burger King Corporation.
Matthew Dunnigan. Mr. Dunnigan was appointed Chief Financial Officer of RBI in January 2018. From October 2014 until January 2018, Mr. Dunnigan held the position of Treasurer, where he took on increasing responsibilities and successfully led all of RBI's capital markets activities. Before he joined RBI, Mr. Dunnigan served as Vice President of Crescent Capital Group LP,global diversified investment firm from September 20132019 through October 2014, where he evaluated investments across the credit markets.November 2022, Prior to that Mr. Dunnigan spent three yearshe served as a private equity investment professional for H.I.G. Capital.the chief executive officer of Domino’s Pizza from March 2010 to June 2018, having served as president from 2007 to 2010, as executive vice president of Domino’s Team USA from 2004 to 2007 and as executive vice president of Domino’s International form 1999 to 2004.
Joshua Kobza. Mr. Kobza was appointed Chief OperatingExecutive Officer of RBI in January 2019.effective March 1, 2023. Prior to that, Mr. Kobza served as Chief Operating Officer of RBI from January 2019 to March 2023, as Chief Technology Officer and Development Officer of RBI from January 2018 to January 2019, and as Chief Financial Officer of RBI from December 2014 to January 2018. From April 2013 to December 2014, Mr. Kobza served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Burger King Worldwide. Mr. Kobza

26

Table of Contents

joined Burger King Worldwide in June 2012 as Director, Investor Relations, and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Global Finance in December 2012.
Matthew Dunnigan. Mr. Dunnigan was appointed Chief Financial Officer of RBI in January 2018. From October 2014 until January 2011 until June 2012,2018, Mr. Kobza worked at SIPDunnigan held the position of Treasurer, where he took on increasing responsibilities and successfully led all of RBI’s capital markets activities. Before he joined RBI, Mr. Dunnigan served as Vice President of Crescent Capital a Sao Paulo based private investment firm,Group LP, from September 2013 through October 2014, where he evaluated investments across a number of industries and geographies. From July 2008 until December 2010,the credit markets. Prior to that, Mr. Kobza served as an analyst in the corporateDunnigan was a private equity area of the Blackstone Group in New York City.investment professional for H.I.G. Capital.
Axel Schwan. Mr. Schwan was appointed as President, of Tim Hortons AmericasCanada & US in October 2019. Mr. Schwan served2019 after serving as Global Chief Marketing Officer offor Tim Hortons fromsince October 20172017. Mr. Schwan first joined RBI as Marketing Director, Germany, Austria and Switzerland in 2011 and was then appointed as Vice President, Marketing and Communications, EMEA for Burger King before advancing to October 2019 and prior to that served as the role of Global Chief Marketing Officer of Burger King fromfor the brand in January 20142014. Prior to October 2017.joining RBI, Mr. Schwan led the Schwan family restaurant business, alongside his sister, and worked in various marketing roles at Unilever and Danone in Germany.
Christopher Finazzo. Tom Curtis.Mr. FinazzoCurtis was appointed President, of Burger King AmericasU.S. & Canada in December 2017. Mr. Finazzo served as Head of Marketing, North AmericaOctober 2021. From May 2021 to October 2021, he was the Chief Operating Officer, where he was responsible for Burger King from January 2017 to December 2017overseeing field operations, restaurant development and was Head of Development for Burger King from January 2016 to January 2017. Since joining Burger King in May 2014, he has held various roles in marketing and development.restaurant operations. Prior to joining Burger King,BKC, Mr. Finazzo was on the strategy teamCurtis spent 35-years at Macy’s.Domino’s Pizza, Inc., where he most recently served as Executive Vice President, U.S. Operations and Global Operations Support, overseeing both franchise and company-owned operations from March 2020 to April 2021. Prior to that, he served as Executive Vice President, Corporate Operations from July 2018 to March 2020, and as Vice President of Franchise Relations and Operations Innovation from March 2017 to July 2018. Mr. Curtis joined Domino’s in 2006, after being a Domino’s franchisee since 1987.
Sami Siddiqui. Mr. Siddiqui was appointed President, of Popeyes AmericasU.S. & Canada in September 2020. Prior to that Mr. Siddiqui served as President of Asia Pacific for RBI from February 2019 to September 2020 and as Chief Financial Officer for Burger King Corporation from October 2018 to February 2019.From September 2016 to September 2018, he was President of Tim Hortons and from April 2015 to September 2016, he was Executive Vice President, Finance for Tim Hortons. Mr. Siddiqui joined Burger King Corporation in 2013 and served various capacities within the Global Finance groups of Burger King Corporation prior to joining the Tim Hortons team.
David Shear. Mr. Shear was appointed President International of Restaurant Brands InternationalRBI in January 2021. Mr. Shear previously served as President EMEA beginning in September 2016. Mr. Shear joined the predecessor of the companyRBI in 2011, holding roles of increasing responsibility within the USBurger King U.S. marketing. He then held various roles in Asia Pacific, including serving as President of Burger King APAC from 2014 to 2016. Prior to joining Burger King, Corporation, DavidMr. Shear worked at strategy consulting firm Charles River Associates.

Duncan Fulton
23

Table. Mr. Fulton was appointed Chief Corporate Officer of Contents

Fernando Machado. RBI, in June 2018, overseeing global communications, North American franchising, government relations and ESG initiatives. Mr. Machado was appointedFulton also serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors for the Tim Hortons Foundation. Prior to joining RBI, Mr. Fulton held several positions with Canadian Tire Corporation (CTC) from November 2009 to March 2018, including Senior Vice President of Corporate Affairs, Chief Marketing Officer for FGL Sports and Mark’s Work Warehouse, and President of FGL Sports. Previously, Mr. Fulton was Senior Partner and General Manager of Fleishman-Hilliard from April 2002 to November 2009. Prior to his agency experience, Mr. Fulton served as a communication advisor and spokesman for several political leaders, including former Canadian Prime Minister Jean Chrétien, Ontario Premier Dalton McGuinty and New Brunswick Premier Frank McKenna.
Jeff Housman. Mr. Housman was appointed Chief People & Services Officer of RBI in January 2019. Mr. MachadoApril 2021 and previously served as Chief MarketingHuman Resources Officer of Burger King beginning July 2019 and prior to that servedin February 2017 as well as Head of Brand Marketing,Global Business Services from January 2015 to January 2017. Mr. Housman joined Burger King from October 2017 through June 2019in April 2013 serving in finance, real estate and Senior Vice President, Global Brand Management of Burger King from March 2014 to October 2017.business services roles. Prior to joining Burger King, Mr. Machado held several brand development positionsHousman worked in investment banking at Unilever.J.P. Morgan, and he holds an MBA from Columbia Business School and a Bachelor’s in Business Administration from Emory University.
Jill Granat. Ms. Granat was appointed General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of RBI in December 2014. Ms. Granat served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Burger King Worldwide and its predecessor since February 2011. Prior to this time, Ms. Granat was Vice President and Assistant General Counsel of Burger King Corporation from July 2009 until February 2011. Ms. Granat joined Burger King Corporation in 1998 as a member of the legal department and served in positions of increasing responsibility with Burger King Corporation.
Jacqueline Friesner. Ms. Friesner was appointed Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of RBI in December 2014. Ms. Friesner served as Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Burger King Worldwide and its predecessor from March 2011 until December 2014. Prior thereto, Ms. Friesner served in positions of increasing responsibility with Burger King Corporation. Before joining Burger King Corporation in October 2002, she was an audit manager at Pricewaterhouse Coopers in Miami, Florida.

27

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties
Our corporate headquarters is located in Toronto, Ontario and consists of approximately 65,000 square feet which we lease. Our U.S. headquarters is located in Miami, Florida and consists of approximately 150,000 square feet which we lease. We also lease office property in Switzerland, Singapore and Singapore. Related toJacksonville, Florida and additional office space in Canada.
The table below sets forth the real estate profile of each of our franchised restaurants and company restaurants by operating segment. As discussed in the Business section, our TH, business, we own seven distribution centers,BK, PLK and FHS segments include operations for each of which two are vacantthese brands in the U.S. and are held for sale asCanada while our INTL segment includes operations of December 31, 2020,each of our four brands outside of the U.S. and two manufacturing plants throughout Canada. In addition to our corporate headquarters in Toronto, Ontario,the restaurant properties below, we lease one officeown five distribution centers and own two manufacturing plants in Canada andwhich are included in our TH segment. We also lease one manufacturing plant in the U.S. In 2020, we completed two new distribution centerswhich is included in Western Canada, to replace two existing distribution centers, and renovated an existing warehouse in Eastern Canada to facilitate the supply of frozen and refrigerated products in those markets.our TH segment.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, our restaurant footprint was as follows:
THBKPLKTotal
Franchise Restaurants(1)
Sites owned by us and leased to franchisees761 662 33 1,456 
Sites leased by us and subleased to franchisees2,825 787 48 3,660 
Sites owned/leased directly by franchisees1,359 17,124 3,329 21,812 
Total franchise restaurant sites4,945 18,573 3,410 26,928 
Company Restaurants
Sites owned by us— 16 10 26 
Sites leased by us36 31 71 
Total company restaurant sites52 41 97 
Total system-wide restaurant sites4,949 18,625 3,451 27,025 
(1) Includes VIE restaurants.
THBKPLKFHSINTLTotal
Franchised Restaurants
Sites owned by us and leased to franchisees770 629 37 — 1,438 
Sites leased by us and subleased to franchisees2,771 670 56 — 3,503 
Sites owned/leased directly by franchisees976 5,707 3,260 1,226 14,734 25,903 
Total franchised restaurant sites4,517 7,006 3,353 1,226 14,742 30,844 
Company Restaurants
Sites owned by us31 10 — — 42 
Sites leased by us107 31 39 — 184 
Total company restaurant sites138 41 39 — 226 
Total system-wide restaurant sites4,525 7,144 3,394 1,265 14,742 31,070 
We believe that our existing headquarters and other leased and owned facilities are adequate to meet our current requirements.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business relating to matters including, but not limited to, disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees and customers, as well as disputes over our intellectual property.  
See Note 16, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on certain legal proceedings.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.


2428

Table of Contents


Part II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market for Our Partnership Exchangeable Units
The Partnership exchangeable units trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) under the ticker symbol “QSP”. RBI’s common shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and the TSX under the ticker symbol “QSR”. As of February 15, 2021,14, 2024, there were 4744 holders of record of Partnership exchangeable units.
Distribution Policy
On February 11, 2021,13, 2024, we announced that the RBI board of directors had declared a cash dividend of $0.53$0.58 per RBI common share for the first quarter of 2021.2024. The dividend will be paid on April 6, 20214, 2024 to RBI common shareholders of record on March 23, 2021.21, 2024. Partnership will also make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.53$0.58 per Partnership exchangeable unit, and the record date and payment date for distributions on Partnership exchangeable units are the same as the record date and payment date set forth above. To fund the RBI common share dividend, Partnership will also make a corresponding distribution in respect of the Class A common units (all of which are held by RBI) in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of dividends payable in respect of the RBI common shares.
RBI is targeting a total of $2.12$2.32 in declared dividends per common share and distributions in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit for 2021.2024.
We do not have a formal distribution policy. However, pursuant to the partnership agreement, RBI, as our general partner, must cause us to make distributions on our Class A common units and Partnership exchangeable units, when a dividend has been declared and is payable in respect of RBI common shares.
Although RBI’s board of directors declared a cash distribution on Partnership exchangeable units for each quarter of 20202023 and for the first quarter of 2021,2024, any future distributions on Partnership exchangeable units will be determined at the discretion of RBI’s board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, including the terms of the agreements governing our debt and any future indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors that RBI’s board of directors deems relevant. Although we are targeting a total of $2.12$2.32 in declared distributions per Partnership exchangeable unit for 2021,2024, there is no assurance that we will achieve our target total dividenddistributions for 20212024 and satisfy our debt service and other obligations.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
We distributed to RBI $500 million, $326 million and $551 million during 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, to repurchase RBI common shares.
During 2020,2023, we received exchange notices representing 10,393,8619,398,876 Partnership exchangeable units, including 7,098,893 during the fourth quarter of 2020.units. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, we satisfied the exchange notices by repurchasing 6,757,692 Partnership exchangeable units for approximately $380 million in cash and exchanging the remaining Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2019,2022, we received exchange notices representing 42,016,3921,996,818 Partnership exchangeable units and satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging the Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2018,2021, we received exchange notices representing 10,185,33310,119,880 Partnership exchangeable units. Weunits and satisfied the exchange notices by repurchasing 10,000,000 Partnership exchangeable units for approximately $561 million in cash and exchanging the remaining Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of our newly issued RBI common shares. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, the purchase price for the Partnership exchangeable units was based on the weighted average trading price of RBI'sRBI common shares on the NYSE for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last business day prior to the exchange date. Upon the exchange of Partnership exchangeable units, each such Partnership exchangeable unit was automatically deemed cancelled concurrently with such exchange.


2529

Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph
The following graph depicts the total return to the holders of Partnership exchangeable units from December 31, 20152018 through December 31, 2020,2023, relative to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s/TSX Composite Index and the Standard & Poor’s/TSX Capped Consumer Discretionary Index, a peer group. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in Partnership exchangeable units and each index on December 31, 20152018 and the reinvestment of distributions paid since that date. The price performance shown in the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

qsr-20201231_g1.jpg4653
12/31/201512/31/201612/31/201712/31/201812/31/201912/31/2020
12/31/201812/31/201812/31/201912/31/202012/31/202112/31/202212/31/2023
Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership (TSX)Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership (TSX)$100 $126 $153 $147 $178 $171 Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership (TSX)$100$121$116$120$140$171
S&P/TSX Composite Index (C$)S&P/TSX Composite Index (C$)$100 $121 $132 $120 $148 $156 S&P/TSX Composite Index (C$)$100$123$130$162$153$171
S&P/TSX Capped Consumer Discretionary Index (C$)S&P/TSX Capped Consumer Discretionary Index (C$)$100 $111 $136 $114 $132 $157 S&P/TSX Capped Consumer Discretionary Index (C$)$100$116$137$164$154$171



2630

Table of Contents

Item 6.Selected Financial Data
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “Partnership”, “we”, “us” or “our” refer to Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, collectively.
All references to “$” or “dollars” in this report are to the currency of the United States unless otherwise indicated. All references to “Canadian dollars” or “C$” are to the currency of Canada unless otherwise indicated.
Selected Financial Data
The following tables present our selected historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for each of the periods indicated. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and for 2020, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this report. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and for 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, which are not included in this report.
Effective January 1, 2019, we adopted the new lease accounting standard ("New Lease Standard"). Our consolidated financial statements for 2020 and 2019 reflect the application of the New Lease Standard, while our consolidated financial statements for periods prior to 2019 were prepared under the guidance of the previously applicable lease accounting standard. Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted the new revenue recognition accounting standard ("New Revenue Recognition Standard"). Our consolidated financial statements for 2020, 2019 and 2018 reflect the application of the New Revenue Recognition Standard, while our consolidated financial statements for periods prior to 2018 were prepared under the guidance of previously applicable accounting standards.
The selected historical consolidated financial data presented below contain all normal recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations as of and for the periods presented. The selected historical consolidated financial data included below and elsewhere in this report are not necessarily indicative of future results. The information presented in this section should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results ofOperations” in Part II, Item 7 and “Financial Statements and SupplementaryData” in Part II, Item 8 of this report.
2020201920182017(a)2016
 (In millions, except per unit data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues:
Sales$2,013 $2,362 $2,355 $2,390 $2,205 
Franchise and property revenues2,955 3,241 3,002 2,186 1,941 
Total revenues4,968 5,603 5,357 4,576 4,146 
Income from operations (b)1,422 2,007 1,917 1,735 1,667 
Net income (b)750 1,111 1,144 1,235 956 
Earnings per unit - Basic and Diluted:
Class A common units$2.41 $3.18 $3.03 $3.10 $1.71 
Partnership exchangeable units$1.62 $2.40 $2.46 $2.59 $1.48 
Distributions per unit:
Class A common units$3.12 $2.70 $2.23 $0.92 $0.72 
Partnership exchangeable units$2.08 $2.00 $1.80 $0.78 $0.62 
Other Financial Data:
Net cash provided by operating activities$921 $1,476 $1,165 $1,431 $1,214 
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(79)(30)(44)(858)27 
Net cash used for financing activities(821)(842)(1,285)(936)(591)

27

Table of Contents

 December 31,
 2020201920182017(a)2016
 (In millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents$1,560 $1,533 $913 $1,097 $1,436 
Total assets22,777 22,360 20,141 21,224 19,125 
Total debt and finance lease obligations12,823 12,148 12,140 12,123 8,723 
Total liabilities19,056 18,101 16,523 16,663 12,339 
Partnership preferred units— — — — 3,297 
Total equity3,721 4,259 3,618 4,561 3,489 
(a)On March 27, 2017, we acquired PLK. Statement of operations data and other financial data includes PLK results from the acquisition date through December 31, 2017. Balance sheet data includes PLK data as of December 31, 2017.
(b)Amount includes $16 million of Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees for 2020. Amount includes $31 million of Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees and $6 million of Office centralization and relocation costs for 2019. Amount includes $10 million of PLK Transaction costs, $25 million of Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees and $20 million of Office centralization and relocation costs for 2018. Amount includes $62 million of PLK Transaction costs and $2 million of Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees for 2017. Amount includes $16 million of integration costs for 2016 in connection with the implementation of initiatives to integrate the back-office processes of TH and BK to enhance efficiencies.
Operating Metrics
We evaluate our restaurants and assess our business based on the following operating metrics:
System-wide sales growth refers to the percentage change in sales at all franchise restaurants and Company restaurants (referred to as system-wide sales) in one period from the same period in the prior year.
Comparable sales refers to the percentage change in restaurant sales in one period from the same prior year period for restaurants that have been open for 13 months or longer for TH and BK and 17 months or longer for PLK. Additionally, if a restaurant is closed for a significant portion of a month, the restaurant is excluded from the monthly comparable sales calculation.
System-wide sales growth and comparable sales are measured on a constant currency basis, which means the results exclude the effect of foreign currency translation (“FX Impact”). For system-wide sales growth and comparable sales, we calculate the FX Impact by translating prior year results at current year monthly average exchange rates.
Unless otherwise stated, system-wide sales growth, system-wide sales and comparable sales are presented on a system-wide basis, which means they include franchise restaurants and Company restaurants. System-wide results are driven by our franchise restaurants, as approximately 100% of system-wide restaurants are franchised. Franchise sales represent sales at all franchise restaurants and are revenues to our franchisees. We do not record franchise sales as revenues; however, our royalty revenues are calculated based on a percentage of franchise sales.
Net restaurant growth refers to the net increase/(decrease) in restaurant count (openings, net of permanent closures) over a trailing twelve month period, divided by the restaurant count at the beginning of the trailing twelve month period.
These metrics are important indicators of the overall direction of our business, including trends in sales and the effectiveness of each brand’s marketing, operations and growth initiatives.


[Reserved]


28

Table of Contents

The following table presents our operating metrics for each of the periods indicated, which have been derived from our internal records. We evaluate our restaurants and assess our business based on these operating metrics. These metrics may differ from those used by other companies in our industry who may define these metrics differently.
202020192018
System-wide sales growth
Tim Hortons(17.5)%(0.3)%2.4 %
Burger King(11.1)%9.3 %8.9 %
Popeyes17.7 %18.5 %8.9 %
Consolidated(8.6)%8.3 %7.4 %
System-wide sales ($ in millions)
Tim Hortons$5,488 $6,716 $6,869 
Burger King$20,038 $22,921 $21,624 
Popeyes$5,143 $4,397 $3,732 
Consolidated$30,669 $34,034 $32,225 
Comparable sales
Tim Hortons(15.7)%(1.5)%0.6 %
Burger King(7.9)%3.4 %2.0 %
Popeyes13.8 %12.1 %1.6 %
Net restaurant growth
Tim Hortons0.3 %1.8 %2.1 %
Burger King(1.1)%5.9 %6.1 %
Popeyes4.1 %6.9 %7.3 %
Consolidated(0.2)%5.2 %5.5 %
System Restaurant count
Tim Hortons4,949 4,932 4,846 
Burger King18,625 18,838 17,796 
Popeyes3,451 3,316 3,102 
Consolidated27,025 27,086 25,744 


2931

Table of Contents


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion together with Part II, Item 6 “Selected Financial Data” of this Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2020 (our “Annual Report”) and our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of ourthis Annual Report.Report for the year ended December 31, 2023 (our “Annual Report”).
The following discussion includes information regarding future financial performance and plans, targets, aspirations, expectations, and objectives of management, which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and forward-looking information within the meaning of the Canadian securities laws as described in further detail under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” that is set forth below. Actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements because of a number of risks and uncertainties, including the matters discussed in the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” below. In addition, please refer to the risks set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” included in this Annual Report for a further description of risks and uncertainties affecting our business and financial results. Historical trends should not be taken as indicative of future operations and financial results. Other than as required under the U.S. Federal securities laws or the Canadian securities laws, we do not assume a duty to update these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or circumstances, changes in expectations or otherwise.
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP” or “GAAP”). However, this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations also contains certain non-GAAP financial measures to assist readers in understanding our performance. Non-GAAP financial measures either exclude or include amounts that are not reflected in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, we have provided the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, a reconciliation to GAAP measures and a discussion of the reasons why management believes this information is useful to it and may be useful to investors.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to “Partnership,” “we,” “us,” or “our” are to Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, collectively.
All references to “$” or “dollars” in this report are to the currency of the United States unless otherwise indicated. All references to “Canadian dollars” or “C$” are to the currency of Canada unless otherwise indicated.
Overview
We are an Ontario limited partnershipa Canadian corporation that serves as the indirect holding company for the entities that own and franchise the Tim Hortons®, Burger King®, Popeyes® and Popeyes and their consolidated subsidiaries.Firehouse Subs® brands. We are one of the world’s largest quick service restaurant (“QSR”) companies with approximately $31over $40 billion in annual system-wide sales and approximately 27,000over 30,000 restaurants in more than 100120 countries and territories as of December 31, 2020.2023. Our Tim Hortons®, Burger KingKing®®,Popeyes®, and PopeyesFirehouse Subs® ® brands have similar franchisefranchised business models with complementary daypart mixes and product platforms. Our threefour iconic brands are managed independently while benefiting from global scale and sharing of best practices.
Tim Hortons restaurants are quick service restaurants with a menu that includes premium blend coffee, tea, espresso-based hot and cold specialty drinks, fresh baked goods, including donuts, Timbits®, bagels, muffins, cookies and pastries, grilled paninis, classic sandwiches, wraps, soups and more. Burger King restaurants are quick service restaurants that feature flame-grilled hamburgers, chicken and other specialty sandwiches, french fries, soft drinks and other affordably-priced food items. Popeyes restaurants are quick service restaurants featuringthat distinguish themselves with a unique “Louisiana” style menu that includesfeaturing fried chicken, chicken sandwiches, chicken tenders, wings, fried shrimp and other seafood, red beans and rice and other regional items. Firehouse Subs restaurants are quick service restaurants featuring hot and hearty subs piled high with quality meats and cheese as well as chopped salads, chili and soups, signature and other sides, soft drinks and local specialties.
We have three

32

Table of Contents

Beginning with the fourth quarter of 2023, we are reporting results under five operating and reportable segments: (1) segments. This shift in reportable segments reflects how RBI's leadership oversees and manages the business. As a result of this change, our five operating and reportable segments consist of the following:
1.Tim Hortons – all operations of our Tim Hortons brand in Canada and the U.S. (“TH”); (2)
2.Burger King – all operations of our Burger King brand in the U.S. and Canada (“BK”); and (3)
3.Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen – all operations of our Popeyes brand in the U.S. and Canada (“PLK”);
4.Firehouse Subs – all operations of our Firehouse Subs brand in the U.S. and Canada (“FHS”); and
5.International – all operations of each of our brands outside the U.S. and Canada (“INTL”).
Prior year amounts presented have been reclassified to conform to this new segment presentation with no effect on previously reported consolidated results.
In addition, we transitioned our definition of segment income from Adjusted EBITDA to Adjusted Operating Income (“AOI”). Our business generates revenueAOI represents income from operations, adjusted to exclude (i) franchise agreement amortization as a result of acquisition accounting, (ii) (income) loss from equity method investments, net of cash distributions received from equity method investments, (iii) other operating expenses (income), net and, (iv) income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities. Unlike Adjusted EBITDA, our previous measure of segment income, AOI includes depreciation and amortization (excluding franchise agreement amortization) as well as share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense.
We generate revenues from the following sources: (i) sales, consisting primarily of (1) Tim Hortons supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales of consumer packaged goods (“CPG”), and (2) sales at Company restaurants; (ii) franchise revenues, consisting primarily of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchisefranchised restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (ii)(iii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iii)(iv) advertising revenues and other services, consisting primarily of (1) advertising fund contributions based on a percentage of sales atreported by franchised restaurants ownedto fund advertising expenses and (2) tech fees and revenues that vary by us (“Company restaurants”). In addition,market and partially offset expenses related to technology initiatives.
Operating costs and expenses for our segments include:
cost of sales comprised of (i) costs associated with the management of our Tim Hortons business generates revenue from sales to franchisees related to our supply chain, operations, including manufacturing, procurement, warehousingcost of goods, direct labor, depreciation, and distribution,cost of CPG products sold to retailers as well as (ii) food, paper and labor costs of Company restaurants;
franchise and property expenses comprised primarily of depreciation of properties leased to franchisees, rental expense associated with properties subleased to franchisees, amortization of franchise agreements, and bad debt expense (recoveries);
advertising expenses and other services comprised primarily of expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives, depreciation and amortization and other related support functions for the respective brands. We generally manage advertising expenses to retailers.equal advertising revenues in the long term, however in some periods there may be a mismatch in the timing of revenues and expenses or higher expenses due to our support initiatives behind marketing programs; and
COVID-19segment general and administrative expenses (“Segment G&A”) comprised primarily of salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, professional fees, information technology systems, general overhead for our corporate offices, share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization.
The global crisis resultingFirehouse Acquisition
We completed the acquisition of Firehouse Subs on December 15, 2021 for total consideration of approximately $1,016 million (the “Firehouse Acquisition”). Our 2023 and 2022 consolidated statement of operations includes FHS revenues and segment income for a full fiscal year. Our 2021 consolidated statement of operations included FHS revenues and segment income from the spreadacquisition date of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) had a substantial impact on our global restaurant operations in 2020. System-wide sales growth, system-wide sales, comparable sales and net restaurant growth were also negatively impactedDecember 15, 2021 through December 26, 2021, the 2021 fiscal year end for 2020 as a result of the impact of COVID-19. During 2020, substantially all TH, BK and PLK restaurants remained open in North America with limited operations, such as drive-thru, takeout and delivery (where applicable) and that currently remains the case. While certain markets have opened for dine-in guests, the capacity may be limited, and local conditions may lead to closures or increased limitations. Some international markets temporarily closed most or all restaurants and the restaurants that remained open orFHS.


3033

Table of Contents

have reopened may have limited operations. As of the end of December 2020, over 96% ofKey Operating Metrics
We evaluate our restaurants were open worldwide, including substantially all ofand assess our restaurants in North America and Asia Pacific and approximately 94% of our restaurants were open in Europe, Middle East and Africa.
Our operating results substantially depend upon our franchisees’ sales volumes, restaurant profitability, and financial stability. The financial impact of COVID-19 has had, and is expected to continue to have, an adverse effect on many of our franchisees’ liquidity and we have worked closely with our franchisees around the world to monitor and assist them with access to appropriate sources of liquidity in order to sustain their businesses throughout this crisis. During 2020, we offered rent relief programs to eligible TH franchisees in Canada and eligible BK franchisees in the U.S. and Canada who lease property from us. The rent relief program offered to eligible BK franchisees concluded during the third quarter of 2020 and the rent relief program offered to eligible TH franchisees was extended through the end of 2021. While in effect, these programs provided working capital support to franchisees and resulted in a reduction in our property revenues. See Note 9, Leases, to the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements.
We also provided cash flow support by extending loans to eligible BK franchisees in the U.S. during the second and third quarters of 2020, and by advancing certain cash payments to eligible TH franchisees in Canada during the second quarter of 2020. Additionally, we temporarily deferred franchisee capital investment commitments for restaurant renovations and new restaurant development globally,business based on the individual circumstancesfollowing operating metrics:
System-wide sales growth refers to the percentage change in sales at all franchised restaurants and Company restaurants (referred to as system-wide sales) in one period from the same period in the prior year.
Comparable sales refers to the percentage change in restaurant sales in one period from the same prior year period for restaurants that have been open for 13 months or longer for Tim Hortons, Burger King and Firehouse Subs and 17 months or longer for Popeyes. Additionally, if a restaurant is closed for a significant portion of relevant marketsa month, the restaurant is excluded from the monthly comparable sales calculation.
System-wide sales growth and comparable sales are measured on a constant currency basis, which means the results exclude the effect of foreign currency translation (“FX Impact”). For system-wide sales growth and comparable sales, we calculate the FX Impact by translating prior year results at current year monthly average exchange rates.
Unless otherwise stated, system-wide sales growth, system-wide sales and comparable sales are presented on a system-wide basis, which means they include franchised restaurants and Company restaurants. System-wide results are driven by our franchised restaurants, as nearly all system-wide restaurants are franchised. Franchise sales represent sales at all franchised restaurants and are revenues to our franchisees. We do not record franchise sales as revenues; however, our royalty revenues and advertising fund contributions are calculated based on a percentage of franchise sales.
Net restaurant owners.
During 2020, we recorded higher bad debt expense than 2019 and 2018. While these receivables remain contractually due and payablegrowth refers to us, the certaintynet change in restaurant count (openings, net of permanent closures) over a trailing twelve month period, divided by the restaurant count at the beginning of the amounttrailing twelve month period. In determining whether a restaurant meets our definition of a restaurant that will be included in our net restaurant growth, we consider factors such as scope of operations, format and timing of payments has been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Therefore,image, separate franchise agreement, and minimum sales thresholds. We refer to restaurants that do not meet our bad debt expense during 2020 reflects an adjustmentdefinition as “alternative formats.” These alternative formats are helpful to our historical collections experience to incorporate an estimatebuild brand awareness, test new concepts and provide convenience in certain markets.
These metrics are important indicators of the impactoverall direction of current economic conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. Actual collections may be materially higher or lower than this estimate reflects since it is reasonably possible the duration and future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, orincluding trends in sales and the effectiveness of each brand’s marketing, operations and growth initiatives.
In our franchisees may differ2022 financial reports, our key operating metrics included results from our assumptions.
Withfranchised Burger King restaurants in Russia, with supplemental disclosure provided excluding these restaurants. We did not generate any new profits from restaurants in Russia in 2022 and 2023. Consequently, beginning in the pandemic affecting consumer behavior,first quarter of 2023, our reported key operating metrics exclude the importance of digital sales, including delivery, has grown. We expect to continue to support enhancements of our digitalresults from Russia for 2023 and marketing capabilities. While we do not know2022. Key operating metrics for 2021 include the full future impact COVID-19 will have on our business, we expect to see a continued impactresults from COVID-19 on our results in 2021.
Recent Events and Factors Affecting Comparability
Transition to New Lease Accounting StandardRussia.

We transitioned to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), effective January 1, 2019 on a modified retrospective basis using the effective date transition method. Our consolidated financial statements reflect the application of ASC 842 guidance beginning in 2019, while our consolidated financial statements for prior periods were prepared under the guidance of a previously applicable accounting standard.

The most significant effect of this transition that affects comparability of our results of operations between 2019 and 2018 includes the recognition of lease income and lease cost on a gross basis for lessee reimbursements of costs such as property taxes and maintenance when we are the lessor in the lease. Although there was no net impact to our consolidated statement of operations from this change, the presentation resulted in total increases to both franchise and property revenues and franchise and property expenses of $130 million ($85 million related to our TH segment, $43 million related to our BK segment and $2 million related to our PLK segment) during 2019 compared to 2018, when such amounts were recorded on a net basis.
Corporate Restructuring and Tax Advisory Costs
We recorded $16 million, $31 million and $25 million of costs during 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which are classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, arising primarily from professional advisory and consulting services associated with certain transformational corporate restructuring initiatives that rationalize our structure and optimize cash movement within our structure, including consulting services related to the interpretation of final and proposed regulations and guidance issued by the U.S. Treasury, the IRS and state tax authorities in their ongoing efforts to interpret and implement comprehensive tax legislation, commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) and related state and local tax implications (“Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees”).
Popeyes Acquisition and PLK Transaction Costs
On March 27, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. (the "Popeyes Acquisition"). In connection with the Popeyes Acquisition, we incurred certain non-recurring fees and expenses (“PLK Transaction costs”) totaling $10 million during 2018 consisting primarily of professional fees and compensation related expenses, all of which are classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. We did not incur any PLK Transaction costs during 2020

3134

Table of Contents

The following table presents our key operating metrics for each of the periods indicated, which have been derived from our internal records. We evaluate our restaurants and 2019.assess our business based on these operating metrics. These metrics may differ from those used by other companies in our industry who may define these metrics differently.
Office Centralization
Key Business Metrics202320222021
System-wide sales growth
TH11.0 %11.7 %10.4 %
BK6.9 %2.8 %4.2 %
PLK10.5 %5.6 %4.8 %
FHS (b)7.1 %N/AN/A
INTL (c)17.6 %25.6 %28.9 %
Consolidated (a)12.2 %12.9 %13.8 %
FHS (b)N/A4.2 %25.1 %
System-wide sales ($ in millions)
TH$7,245 $6,732 $6,243 
BK$11,474 $10,747 $10,475 
PLK$5,886 $5,338 $5,086 
FHS (b)$1,194 $1,154 N/A
INTL (c)$17,087 $14,700 $13,691 
Consolidated (a)$42,886 $38,671 $35,495 
FHS (b)N/AN/A$1,091 
Comparable sales
TH10.4 %10.4 %10.6 %
BK7.4 %2.3 %4.8 %
PLK4.8 %(0.6)%(1.9)%
FHS (b)3.8 %N/AN/A
INTL (c)9.0 %15.4 %14.2 %
Consolidated (a)8.1 %7.9 %7.9 %
FHS (b)N/A0.6 %20.9 %
Net restaurant growth
TH0.1 %(1.1)%0.5 %
BK(3.3)%(0.6)%0.7 %
PLK4.9 %6.7 %6.4 %
FHS (b)3.0 %2.4 %N/A
INTL (c)8.9 %9.1 %7.8 %
Consolidated (a)3.9 %4.4 %4.5 %
FHS (b)N/AN/A1.6 %
System Restaurant count
TH4,525 4,519 4,571 
BK7,144 7,389 7,433 
PLK3,394 3,235 3,031 
FHS (b)1,265 1,242 1,213 
INTL (c)14,742 13,517 13,208 
Consolidated (d)31,070 29,902 29,456 
(a)Consolidated system-wide sales growth and Relocation Costsconsolidated comparable sales do not include the results of Firehouse Subs for 2022 and 2021. Consolidated system-wide sales and consolidated net restaurant growth do not include the results of Firehouse Subs for 2021.
(b)For 2022, FHS system-wide sales growth, system-wide sales, comparable sales and net restaurant growth are for the period from December 27, 2021 through December 31, 2022. FHS 2022 system-wide sales growth and comparable sales figures are shown for information purposes only. FHS figures for 2021 are shown for informational purposes only, consistent with its 2021 fiscal calendar. FHS system-wide sales and restaurant count include 14 FHS restaurants in Puerto Rico ("FHS PR") in 2022 and 2021 but not in 2023. For the purpose of calculating 2023 FHS system-wide sales growth, comparable sales and net restaurant growth, we exclude FHS PR in both the current and prior year periods.

35

Table of Contents

(c)INTL includes FHS PR beginning January 1, 2023. For the purposes of calculating 2023 INTL system-wide sales growth, comparable sales and net restaurant growth, we include FHS PR in both the current and prior year periods.
(d)As of December 31, 2023, we had 342 alternative format units open, which primarily includes TH self-serves and Tims Express outlets in China, which are not included in restaurant count.
Macro Economic Environment
During 2023 and 2022, there were increases in commodity, labor, and energy costs partially due to the macroeconomic impact of the War in Ukraine and residual impacts from COVID-19. This has resulted in increases in inflation, foreign exchange volatility, rising interest rates and general softening in the consumer environment which have been exacerbated by conflicts in the Middle East. These pressures could have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations if we and our franchisees are not able to manage costs effectively without negatively impacting consumers.
In connection withaddition, the centralizationglobal crisis resulting from the spread of COVID-19 impacted our restaurant operations during 2022 and relocation2021. Certain markets, including Canada and China, were significantly impacted as a result of our Canadian and U.S.governments mandated lockdowns. These lockdowns, which have since been lifted, resulted in restrictions to restaurant support centers to new officesoperations, such as reduced, if any, dine-in capacity, and/or restrictions on hours of operation in Toronto, Ontario, and Miami, Florida, respectively, we incurred certain non-operational expenses (“Office centralization and relocation costs”) totaling $6 million during 2019 and $20 million during 2018 consisting primarily of moving costs, relocation-driven compensation expenses, and duplicate rent expenses during 2018, which are classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. We did not incur any Office centralization and relocation costs during 2020.those markets.
Consolidated Results of Operations for 2023, 2022 and 2021
Tabular amounts in millions of U.S. dollars unless noted otherwise. SegmentTotal revenues and segment income for each segment may not calculate exactly due to rounding.
   2020 vs. 20192019 vs. 2018   2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
ConsolidatedConsolidated202020192018VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
Consolidated202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
   Favorable / (Unfavorable)   Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:Revenues:
SalesSales$2,013 $2,362 $2,355 $(349)$(20)$(329)$$(44)$51 
Sales
Sales
Franchise and property revenuesFranchise and property revenues2,955 3,241 3,002 (286)(29)(257)239 (52)291 
Advertising revenues and other services
Total revenuesTotal revenues4,968 5,603 5,357 (635)(49)(586)246 (96)342 
Operating costs and expenses:Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of salesCost of sales1,610 1,813 1,818 203 15 188 34 (29)
Cost of sales
Cost of sales
Franchise and property expensesFranchise and property expenses528 540 422 12 (118)(125)
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,264 1,264 1,214 — (3)(50)10 (60)
Advertising expenses and other services
General and administrative expenses
(Income) loss from equity method investments(Income) loss from equity method investments39 (11)(22)(50)— (50)(11)(3)(8)
Other operating expenses (income), netOther operating expenses (income), net105 (10)(115)(1)(114)18 (3)21 
Total operating costs and expensesTotal operating costs and expenses3,546 3,596 3,440 50 20 30 (156)45 (201)
Income from operationsIncome from operations1,422 2,007 1,917 (585)(29)(556)90 (51)141 
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net508 532 535 24 — 24 — 
Loss on early extinguishment of debtLoss on early extinguishment of debt98 23 — (75)— (75)(23)— (23)
Income before income taxesIncome before income taxes816 1,452 1,382 (636)(29)(607)70 (51)121 
Income tax expense66 341 238 275 (3)278 (103)12 (115)
Income tax (benefit) expense
Net incomeNet income$750 $1,111 $1,144 $(361)$(32)$(329)$(33)$(39)$
(a)We calculate the FX Impact by translating prior year results at current year monthly average exchange rates. We analyze these results on a constant currency basis as this helps identify underlying business trends, without distortion from the effects of currency movements.
    2020 vs. 20192019 vs. 2018
TH Segment202020192018VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$1,876 $2,204 $2,201 $(328)$(20)$(308)$$(44)$47 
Franchise and property revenues934 1,140 1,091 (206)(10)(196)49 (22)71 
Total revenues2,810 3,344 3,292 (534)(30)(504)52 (66)118 
Cost of sales1,484 1,677 1,688 193 15 178 11 34 (23)
Franchise and property expenses341 358 279 17 14 (79)(85)
Segment SG&A284 309 314 25 22 (1)
Segment depreciation and amortization (b)113 106 102 (7)(8)(4)(6)
Segment income (c)823 1,122 1,127 (299)(10)(289)(5)(22)17 

32

Table of Contents

(b)Segment depreciation and amortization consists of depreciation and amortization included in cost of sales and franchise and property expenses.
(c)TH segment income includes $9 million, $16 millionand $15 millionof cash distributions received from equity method investments for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
    2020 vs. 20192019 vs. 2018
BK Segment202020192018VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$64 $76 $75 $(12)$— $(12)$$— $
Franchise and property revenues1,538 1,701 1,576 (163)(18)(145)125 (30)155 
Total revenues1,602 1,777 1,651 (175)(18)(157)126 (30)156 
Cost of sales65 71 67 — (4)— (4)
Franchise and property expenses176 168 131 (8)— (8)(37)(38)
Segment SG&A588 600 577 12 11 (23)(26)
Segment depreciation and amortization (b)49 49 48 — — — (1)— (1)
Segment income (d)823 994 928 (171)(17)(154)66 (26)92 
(d)BK segment income includes $6 million and $5 million of cash distributions received from equity method investments for 2019 and 2018, respectively. No significant cash distributions were received from equity method investments in 2020.
2020 vs. 20192019 vs. 2018
PLK Segment202020192018VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
 Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$73 $82 $79 $(9)$— $(9)$$— $
Franchise and property revenues483 400 335 83 (1)84 65 (1)66 
Total revenues556 482 414 74 (1)75 68 (1)69 
Cost of sales61 65 63 — (2)— (2)
Franchise and property expenses11 14 12 — (2)— (2)
Segment SG&A273 225 193 (48)— (48)(32)— (32)
Segment depreciation and amortization (b)11 10 — (1)— (1)
Segment income218 188 157 30 (1)31 31 (1)32 

Comparable Sales
TH comparable sales were (15.7)% during 2020, including Canada comparable sales of (16.5)%.
BK comparable sales were (7.9)% during 2020, including U.S. comparable sales of (5.6)%.
PLK comparable sales were 13.8% during 2020, including U.S. comparable sales of 15.7%.



3336

Table of Contents

Sales and Cost of Sales
Sales include TH supply chain sales and sales from Company restaurants. TH supply chain sales represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment, as well as sales to retailers. Sales from Company restaurants, including sales by our consolidated TH Restaurant VIEs, represent restaurant-level sales to our guests.
Cost of sales includes costs associated withDuring 2023, the management of our TH supply chain, including cost of goods, direct labor and depreciation, as well as the cost of products sold to retailers. Cost of sales also includes food, paper and labor costs of Company restaurants.
During 2020, the decreaseincrease in sales was primarily driven primarily by a decreasean increase of $308$173 million in our TH segment, a decreasean increase of $12$26 million in our BK segment a decreaseand an increase of $9$11 million in our PLK segment, and an unfavorable FX impact of $20 million. The decrease in our TH segment was driven by a $312 million decrease in supply chain sales due to the decrease in system-wide sales, net of an increase in sales to retailers. The decrease in supply chain sales was partially offset by an increaseunfavorable FX Impact of $4 million in Company restaurant revenue due to an increase in the number of Company restaurants.$79 million.
During 2019,2022, the increase in sales was primarily driven by an increase of $47$460 million in our TH segment, primarily as a result of an increase in supply chain sales, an increase of $3$38 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, an increase of $14 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $1$6 million in our BK segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $44$79 million.
During 2020,2023, the decreaseincrease in cost of sales was driven primarily by a decrease of $178 million in our TH segment, a decrease of $6 million in our BK segment, a decrease of $4 million in our PLK segment and a $15 million favorable FX Impact. The decrease in our TH segment was driven primarily by a decrease of $185 million in supply chain cost of sales due to the decrease in system-wide sales, net of an increase in sales to retailers. The decrease in supply chain cost of sales was partially offset by a $7 million increase in Company restaurant cost of sales due to an increase in the number of Company restaurants.
During 2019, the decrease in cost of sales was driven primarily by a $34 million favorable FX Impact, partially offset by an increase of $23$163 million in our TH segment, an increase of $4$17 million in our BK segment and an increase of $2$8 million in our PLK segment. The increase in our TH segment, was driven primarilypartially offset by an increase in supply chain costa favorable FX Impact of sales due to$63 million.
During 2022, the increase in supply chain sales.
Franchise and Property
Franchise and property revenues consist primarilycost of royalties earned on franchise sales rents from real estate leased or subleased to franchisees, franchise fees, and other revenue. Franchise and property expenses consist primarily of depreciation of properties leased to franchisees, rental expense associated with properties subleased to franchisees, amortization of franchise agreements, and bad debt expense (recoveries).
During 2020, the decrease in franchise and property revenues was driven by a decrease of $196 million in our TH segment, a decrease of $145 million in our BK segment, and a $29 million unfavorable FX Impact, partially offset by an increase of $84 million in our PLK segment. The decrease in our TH segment was primarily driven by decreases in royalties and rent from decreases in system-wide sales and rent relief provided to eligible franchisees during the current period. The decrease in our BK segment was primarily driven by a decrease in royalties as a result of a decrease in system-wide sales. The increase in our PLK segment was primarily driven by an increase of $428 million in royalties as a result ofour TH segment, an increase of $34 million in system-wide sales.our FHS segment reflecting a full year, an increase of $14 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $7 million in our BK segment, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact of $62 million.
Franchise and Property
During 2019,2023, the increase in franchise and property revenues was primarily driven by an increase of $155$108 million in our INTL segment, an increase of $79 million in our TH segment, an increase of $44 million in our BK segment, an increase of $71$30 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $14 million in our FHS segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $33 million.
During 2022, the increase in franchise and property revenues was primarily driven by an increase of $105 million in our INTL segment, an increase of $82 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, an increase of $81 million in our TH segment, an increase of $20 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $15 million in our BK segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $84 million.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with 2022.
During 2022, the increase in franchise and property expenses was primarily driven by an increase of $17 million in our INTL segment, an increase of $8 million in our BK segment, an increase of $7 million in our TH segment, and an increase of $66$6 million in our PLKFHS segment reflecting a full year, partially offset by a $52 million unfavorablefavorable FX Impact. The increases in our BKimpact of $12 million.
Advertising and PLK segments were primarily driven by increases in royalties as a result of system-wide sales growth. Additionally,Other Services
During 2023, the increase in franchiseadvertising revenues and property revenues in all of our segments during 2019 reflected the gross recognition of property income from lessee reimbursements of costs such as property taxes and maintenance when we are the lessor in the lease as a result of the application of ASC 842 beginning January 1, 2019.
During 2020, the decrease in franchise and property expensesother services was driven by a decrease of $14 million in our TH segment, a decrease of $3 million in our PLK segment and a $3 million favorable FX Impact, partially offset by an increase of $8 million in our BK segment. Overall, the decrease was driven by a decrease in property expenses partially offset by an increase in bad debt expense.
During 2019, the increase in franchise and property expenses wasprimarily driven by an increase of $85$35 million in our FHS segment, an increase of $34 million in our TH segment, an increase of $38$32 million in our BK segment, and an increase of $2$32 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $17 million in our INTL segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $6 million.
During 2022, the increase in advertising revenues and other services was primarily driven by an increase of $45 million in our TH segment, an increase of $26 million in our PLK segment, an increase of $20 million in our BK segment, an increase of $13 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, and an increase of $13 million in our INTL segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $11 million.
During 2023, the increase in advertising expenses and other services was primarily driven by an increase of $76 million in our BK segment, an increase of $37 million in our FHS segment, an increase of $35 million in our TH segment, an increase of $34 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $19 million in our INTL segment, partially offset by a $7 million favorable FX Impact. TheImpact of $7 million.
During 2022, the increase in all of our segments during 2019advertising expenses and other services was primarily driven by the gross recognitionan increase of property expenses for$35 million in our BK segment, an increase of $28 million in our PLK segment, an increase of $14 million in our INTL segment, an increase of $14 million in our TH segment, and an increase of $12 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact of $13 million.


3437

Table of Contents

costs such as property taxes and maintenance paid by us and reimbursed by lessees when we are the lessor in the lease as a result of the application of ASC 842 beginning January 1, 2019.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Our selling, general and administrative expenses were comprised of the following:
    2020 vs. 20192019 vs. 2018
 202020192018$%$%
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
TH Segment SG&A$284 $309 $314 $25 8.1 %$1.6 %
BK Segment SG&A588 600 577 12 2.0 %(23)(4.0)%
PLK Segment SG&A273 225 193 (48)(21.3)%(32)(16.6)%
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense84 74 55 (10)(13.5)%(19)(34.5)%
Depreciation and amortization19 19 20 — — %5.0 %
PLK Transaction costs— — 10 — — %10 100.0 %
Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees16 31 25 15 48.4 %(6)(24.0)%
Office centralization and relocation costs— 20 100.0 %14 70.0 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses$1,264 $1,264 $1,214 $— — %$(50)(4.1)%
    2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
 202320222021$%$%
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Segment G&A (b):
TH$168 $151 $133 $(17)(11)%$(18)(14)%
BK145 126 110 (19)(15)%(16)(15)%
PLK86 72 64 (14)(19)%(8)(13)%
FHS58 52 (6)(12)%(51)NM
INTL190 160 142 (30)(19)%(18)(13)%
FHS Transaction costs19 24 18 21 %(6)(33)%
Corporate restructuring and advisory fees38 46 16 17 %(30)(188)%
General and administrative expenses$704 $631 $484 $(73)(12)%$(147)(30)%
NM - Not meaningful
(b)Segment selling,G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $194 million, $136 million and $102 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Segment G&A excludes income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities, such as FHS Transaction costs and Corporate restructuring and advisory fees (both as defined below).
During 2023, the increase in general and administrative expenses (“Segment SG&A”) include segment selling expenses, which consistwas primarily of advertising fund expenses,driven by higher share-based compensation and segment general and administrative expenses, which are comprised primarily ofnon-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, professional fees, information technology systems,largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising. During 2022, the increase in general overheadand administrative expenses was primarily driven by higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising, the increase in Segment G&A for our corporate offices. Segment SG&A excludesFHS segment driven by a full year of results in 2022 and an increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, PLK Transaction costs, Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees, and Office centralization and relocation costs.compensation.
During 2020, the decrease in Segment SG&A in our TH2023 and BK segments was primarily due to a decrease in advertising fund expenses. During 2020, the increase in Segment SG&A in our PLK segment was primarily due to an increase in advertising fund expenses resulting from an increase in advertising fund revenue.
During 2019, the increase in Segment SG&A in our BK and PLK segments is primarily due to an increase in advertising fund expenses.
During 2020 and 2019,2022, the increases in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense waswere primarily due to increasesan increase in the number of equity awards granted during 20202023 and 2019, respectively.2022, including equity awards granted to our executive chairman during the fourth quarter of 2022, an increase in expenses related to previously granted performance-based equity awards recognized in 2023, and the non-recurrence of equity award forfeitures during 2021. In addition, the increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense was also impacted by shorter vesting periods for equity awards granted beginning in 2021.
In connection with the Firehouse Acquisition, we incurred certain non-recurring fees and expenses (“FHS Transaction costs”) consisting of professional fees, compensation related expenses and integration costs. We do not expect to incur additional FHS Transaction costs in the future.
In connection with certain transformational corporate restructuring initiatives that rationalize our structure and optimize cash movement within our structure as well as services related to significant tax reform legislation and regulations, we incurred non-operating expenses primarily from professional advisory and consulting services (“Corporate restructuring and advisory fees”). The decrease in Corporate restructuring and advisory fees in 2023 reflects decreased costs associated with corporate restructuring initiatives in 2023 compared to 2022. The increase in Corporate restructuring and advisory fees in 2022 reflects increased costs associated with finalizing restructuring initiatives and execution of restructuring actions in 2022 compared to primarily planning activities in 2021.
(Income) Loss from Equity Method Investments
(Income) loss from equity method investments reflects our share of investee net income or loss, non-cash dilution gains or losses from changes in our ownership interests in equity method investees and basis difference amortization.impairment charges.
TheDuring 2023, the change in (income) loss from equity method investments during 2020was primarily related to our share of a gain recognized by one of our Burger King joint ventures on the sale of equity shares the joint venture held in a subsidiary and the non-recurrence of an impairment charge that we recognized in 2022. For additional information on equity method impairment charges, see

38

Table of Contents

Note 6,Equity Method Investments”, of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
During 2022, the change in (income) loss from equity method investments was primarily driven by an increase in equity method investment net losses and an impairment charge that we recognized during the current year, driven by the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the non-recurrence of an $11 million non-cash dilution gain during 2019 from the issuance of additional shares in connection with a merger by one of our equity method investees.
The change in (income) loss from equity method investments during 2019 was primarily driven by the recognition of a $20 million non-cash dilution gain during 2018 on the initial public offering by one of our equity method investees, partially offset by an $11 million non-cash dilution gain during 2019 from the issuance of additional shares in connection with a merger by one of our equity method investees.


35

Table of Contents

2022.
Other Operating Expenses (Income), net
Our other operating expenses (income), net were comprised of the following:
202020192018
2023202320222021
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisingsNet losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings$$$19 
Litigation settlements and reserves, netLitigation settlements and reserves, net11 
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchangeNet losses (gains) on foreign exchange100 (15)(33)
Other, netOther, net(8)(4)11 
Other operating expenses (income), netOther operating expenses (income), net$105 $(10)$
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures, and refranchisings represent sales of properties and other costs related to restaurant closures and refranchisings. Gains and losses recognized in the current period may reflect certain costs related to closures and refranchisings that occurred in previous periods. The amount for 2023 includes asset write-offs and related costs in connection with the discontinuance of an internally developed software project.
Litigation settlements and reserves, net primarily reflects accruals and payments made and proceeds received in connection with litigation matters.and arbitration matters and other business disputes.
In early 2022, we entered into negotiations to resolve business disputes that arose during 2021 with counterparties to the master franchise agreements for Burger King and Popeyes in China. Based on these discussions, we paid approximately $100 million in 2022, $5 million and $72 million of which was recorded as Litigation settlements and reserves, net in 2022 and 2021, respectively. The majority of this amount related to Popeyes, resolved our disputes, and allowed us to move forward in the market with a new master franchisee. Additionally, pursuant to this agreement we and our partners made equity contributions to the Burger King business in China.
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange isare primarily related to revaluation of foreign denominated assets and liabilities.
Other, net for 2023 and 2022 are primarily related to payments in connection with FHS area representative buyouts.
Interest Expense, net
202020192018
2023202320222021
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net$508 $532 $535 
Weighted average interest rate on long-term debtWeighted average interest rate on long-term debt4.4 %5.0 %5.0 %Weighted average interest rate on long-term debt5.0 %4.4 %4.2 %
During 2020,2023, interest expense, net decreasedincreased primarily due to a decreasean increase in the weighted average interest rate in the current year driven by the decreaseincreases in interest rates the 2019 refinancing ofwhich impacts our senior securedvariable rate debt and the 2020 refinancing of a portionimpact of our senior notes, partially offset bySeptember 2023 term loan refinancing.
During 2022, interest expense, net increased primarily due to an increase in long-term debt.
Interest expense, net for 2019 was consistent with 2018.
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
During 2020, we recorded a $98 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflectsand an increase in the payment of premiums and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costsweighted average interest rate driven by increases in connection with the redemption of the entire outstanding principal balance of $2,800 million of 5.00% second lien secured notes due October 15, 2025 and the redemption of $725 million of the original outstanding principal balance of $1,500 million of 4.25% first lien notes due May 15, 2024.
During 2019, we recorded a $23 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts and fees incurred in connection with the redemption of the entire outstanding principal balance of $1,250 million of 4.625% first lien secured notes due January 15, 2022, the partial principal amount prepayments ofinterest rates which impacts our existing senior secured term loan and the refinancing of our existing senior secured term loan.variable debt.
Income Tax Expense
Our effective tax rate was 8.0%(18.2)% in 20202023 and 23.5%(8.6)% in 2019.2022. The effective tax rate for the twelve months ended December 31, 20202023 reflects a $105$367 million increase in net deferred tax assets consisting of $64 million related to non-refundable tax credits and certain intangibles recognized in connection with intra-group reorganizations centralizing the analysismanagement of final guidance regarding a tax attribute carryfoward affected by the Tax Act received during 2020various international business and $41 million related to Swiss tax reform. This increase in deferred tax assetsfinancing operations, which reduced the effective tax rate by 12.9% during 2020.25.3%. The effective tax rate for 2019 reflects2023 and 2022 includes a $37net decrease in tax reserves of $91 million incomeand $364 million, respectively, related primarily to expiring statutes of limitations for certain prior tax expense provision adjustment related to a prior restructuring transaction not applicable to ongoing operationsyears which increaseddecreased the effective tax rate by 2.5% during 2019.
Our effective tax rate was 23.5% in 20196.2% and 17.2% in 2018. The effective tax rate was reduced by 2.2% and 5.0% for 2019 and 2018, respectively, as a result of benefits from stock option exercises. The comparison between 2019 and 2018 was also unfavorably impacted by 2018 reserve releases and settlements, which reduced the 2018 effective tax rate by a net 2.8%.26.7%, respectively. Additionally, theour effective tax rate for 2019 increased2023 was favorably impacted by 1.1% due to the impact of an increase in our tax provision related to revaluing our Swiss net deferred tax liability due to Swiss tax reform. In 2019, the beneficial impact of internal financing arrangements in various jurisdictions was offset by an increasestructural changes implemented in the provision for unrecognized tax benefits related to a financing arrangement that is not applicable to ongoing operations.latter part of 2022.

3639

Table of Contents


Our effective tax rate was (8.6)% in 2022 and 8.1% in 2021. The effective tax rate for 2022 and 2021 include net decreases in tax reserves of $364 million and $101 million, respectively, related primarily to expiring statutes of limitations for certain prior tax years which decreased the effective tax rate by 26.7% and 7.4%, respectively. The effective tax rates for 2022 and 2021 also reflect the mix of income from multiple tax jurisdictions, and the impact of internal financing arrangements and structural changes.
Net Income
We reported net income of $750$1,718 million for 20202023 compared to net income of $1,111$1,482 million for 2019.2022. The decreaseincrease in net income is primarily due to a $299$148 million decreaseincrease in income tax benefit, a $72 million increase in INTL segment income, a $53 million favorable change from the impact of equity method investments, a $33 million increase in TH segment income, a $171$16 million increase in PLK segment income, an $8 million decrease in BKCorporate restructuring and advisory fees, a $5 million decrease in FHS Transaction costs, a $5 million increase in FHS segment income and a $115$1 million unfavorable changedecrease in the results fromfranchise agreement amortization. These factors were partially offset by a $49 million increase in interest expense, net, a $30 million increase in other operating expenses (income), net, a $75$16 million increase in the loss on early extinguishment of debt in the current year, and a $37$10.0 million decrease in BK segment income. Amounts above include a total unfavorable FX Impact to net income of $34 million.
We reported net income of $1,482 million for 2022 compared to net income of $1,253 million for 2021. The increase in net income is primarily due to an income tax benefit of $117 million in 2022 compared to an income tax expense of $110 million in 2021, an $80 million increase in TH segment income, a $31 million increase in FHS segment income reflecting a full year, a $14 million increase in INTL segment income, the non-recurrence of an $11 million loss on early extinguishment of debt, and a $7 million increase in PLK segment income. These factors were partially offset by a $34 million unfavorable change from the impact of equity method investments, a $10 million increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, and a $4 million increase in depreciation and amortization. These factors were partially offset by a $275 million decrease in income tax expense, a $30 million increase in PLK segment income,Corporate restructuring and advisory fees, a $24$28 million decreaseincrease in interest expense, net, a $15$25 million decrease in Corporate restructuringBK segment income, an $18 million increase in other operating expenses (income), net, and tax advisory fees, and the non-recurrence ofa $6 million of Office centralization and relocationincrease in FHS Transaction costs. Amounts above include a total unfavorable FX Impact to net income of $32$82 million.
We reported net incomeSegment Results of $1,111 millionOperations for 2019 compared to net income of $1,144 million for 2018. The decrease in net income is primarily due to a $103 million increase in income tax expense, a $23 million loss on early extinguishment of debt in 2019, a $19 million increase in2023, 2022 and 2021
    2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
TH Segment202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$2,725 $2,631 $2,249 $94 $(79)$173 $381 $(78)$460 
Franchise and property revenues955 905 853 50 (28)79 52 (29)81 
Advertising revenues and other services292 266 229 26 (8)34 37 (8)45 
Total revenues3,972 3,801 3,331 171 (115)286 470 (116)586 
Cost of sales2,231 2,131 1,765 (100)63 (163)(366)62 (428)
Franchise and property expenses325 332 336 11 (4)11 (7)
Advertising expenses and other services309 282 277 (27)(35)(5)10 (14)
Segment G&A (a)168 151 133 (17)(22)(18)(22)
Adjustments:
Franchise agreement amortization (b)— — — (1)— (1)
Cash distributions received from equity method investments14 13 17 — — (4)(1)(3)
Segment income958 925 845 33 (28)61 80 (30)110 
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense a $14of $51 million, unfavorable change from$37 million and $32 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(b)Franchise agreement amortization is included in franchise and property expenses.

40

Table of Contents

System-wide Sales
During 2023, the impact of equity method investments, a $6 million increase in Corporate restructuringTH system-wide sales of 11.0% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 10.4%, including Canada comparable sales of 10.9%, and tax advisory fees,net restaurant growth of 0.1%.
Sales and a $5 million decreaseCost of Sales
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in TH segment income. These factorssales were primarily driven by increases in supply chain sales due to increases in system-wide sales as well as increases in commodity prices passed on to franchisees and increases in CPG sales, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in cost of sales were primarily driven by increases in supply chain sales and CPG sales, as well as increases in commodity prices, partially offset by a $66favorable FX Impact.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties and rent, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023 and 2022, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, and, to a lesser extent for 2023, revenues from new product and service launches, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023, the increase in advertising expenses and other services was driven primarily by expenses related to new product and service launches as well as increases in advertising revenues and other services. During 2022, the increase in advertising expenses and other services was driven primarily by increases in advertising revenues and other services. Additionally, during 2022, the increase was partially offset by the non-recurrence of our support behind the marketing program in Canada during 2021.
Segment G&A
During 2023, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact.
During 2022, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by an increase in professional services, higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation and higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact.

41

Table of Contents

    2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
BK Segment202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$97 $70 $64 $26 $— $26 $$— $
Franchise and property revenues731 688 674 43 (1)44 14 (1)15 
Advertising revenues and other services470 438 419 32 (1)32 19 (1)20 
Total revenues1,297 1,196 1,156 101 (2)103 40 (2)42 
Cost of sales90 74 66 (17)— (17)(7)— (7)
Franchise and property expenses144 144 137 — — — (7)— (8)
Advertising expenses and other services543 467 433 (75)(76)(35)(35)
Segment G&A (a)145 126 110 (19)— (19)(16)— (16)
Adjustments:
Franchise agreement amortization (b)11 11 11 — — — — — — 
Segment income386 396 421 (10)(1)(9)(25)(1)(24)
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $41 million, $30 million and $25 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in BK segment income,system-wide sales of 6.9% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 7.4%, including US comparable sales of 7.5%, partially offset by net restaurant growth of (3.3)%.
Sales and Cost of Sales
During 2023, the increases in sales and cost of sales was primarily driven by increases in Company restaurants due to franchisee restaurant acquisitions during 2023.
During 2022, sales and cost of sales remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, as a $31result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained consistent with the prior year. During 2022, the increase in franchise and property expenses was primarily related to bad debt expenses in 2022 compared to bad debt recoveries in 2021.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising expenses and other services were driven primarily by increases in advertising revenues and other services, increases in expenses related to our support behind the marketing program in the U.S. and technology initiatives.
Segment G&A
During 2023, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising.

42

Table of Contents

During 2022, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising, and higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation.
2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
PLK Segment202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
 Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$89 $78 $64 $11 $— $11 $14 $— $14 
Franchise and property revenues314 284 265 30 (1)30 19 (1)20 
Advertising revenues and other services289 256 230 32 — 32 26 — 26 
Total revenues692 619 559 73 (1)74 60 (1)60 
Cost of sales80 72 58 (8)— (8)(14)— (14)
Franchise and property expenses12 11 (1)— (1)(3)— (3)
Advertising expenses and other services295 261 233 (34)— (34)(28)— (28)
Segment G&A (a)86 72 64 (14)— (14)(8)— (8)
Adjustments:
Franchise agreement amortization (b)— — — — — — 
Segment income221 205 198 16 — 16 (1)
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $26 million, $20 million, and $14 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in PLK segment income,system-wide sales of 10.5% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 4.8%, including US comparable sales of 4.8%, and net restaurant growth of 4.9%.
Sales and Cost of Sales
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in sales and cost of sales was primarily driven by increases in comparable sales for Company restaurants.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023 and 2022, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising expenses and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising revenues and other services.
Segment G&A
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in Segment G&A were primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising.

43

Table of Contents

2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
FHS Segment202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$39 $40 $$— $— $— $38 $— $38 
Franchise and property revenues99 85 14 — 14 82 — 82 
Advertising revenues and other services48 13 — 35 — 35 13 — 13 
Total revenues187 138 49 — 49 133 — 133 
Cost of sales34 35 — (34)— (34)
Franchise and property expenses(1)— (1)(6)— (6)
Advertising expenses and other services49 12 — (37)— (37)(12)— (12)
Segment G&A (a)58 52 (6)— (6)(51)— (51)
Adjustments:
Franchise agreement amortization (b)— — — — — 
Segment income38 33 — 31 — 31 
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $17 million and $8 million for 2023 and 2022, respectively, with none recognized in 2021.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in FHS system-wide sales of 7.1% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 3.8%, including US comparable sales of 4.2%, and net restaurant growth of 3.0%.
Franchise and Property
During 2023, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023, the increases in advertising revenues and other services as well as advertising expenses and other services reflects modification of the advertising fund arrangements to be more consistent with those of our other brands and increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, with a corresponding increase in advertising expenses, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
Segment G&A
During 2023, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense.

44

Table of Contents

2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
INTL Segment202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$— $— $— $— $— $— $— $— $— 
Franchise and property revenues804 699 647 105 (3)108 52 (53)105 
Advertising revenues and other services70 51 41 19 17 10 (3)13 
Total revenues874 750 688 124 — 124 62 (55)118 
Cost of sales— — — — — — — — — 
Franchise and property expenses22 24 — (17)— (17)
Advertising expenses and other services77 54 43 (23)(3)(19)(11)(14)
Segment G&A (a)190 160 142 (30)(4)(26)(18)(22)
Adjustments:
Franchise agreement amortization (b)11 10 11 — — — (1)(1)— 
Cash distributions received from equity method investments— (1)— (1)(2)— (2)
Segment income597 525 511 72 (8)80 14 (49)63 
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $58 million, $41 million, and $31 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in INTL system-wide sales of 17.6% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 9.0% and net restaurant growth of 8.9%.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, primarily at Burger King, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, partially offset by an $18 million favorable changeunfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year. During 2022, the increase in franchise and property expenses was primarily related to Burger King due to bad debt expenses in 2022, inclusive of Russia, compared to bad debt recoveries in 2021.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees in the results fromlimited number of markets where we manage the advertising funds, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, and to a lesser extent an increase in tech revenues.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising expenses and other operating expenses (income), net,services were driven primarily by increases in advertising revenues and increases in technology initiatives.
Segment G&A
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in Segment G&A were primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a $14 million decrease in Office centralizationresult of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and relocation costs and the non-recurrencefranchising.


45

Table of $10 million of PLK Transaction costs incurred in the prior period. Amounts above include a total unfavorable FX Impact to net income of $39 million.Contents

Non-GAAP Reconciliations
The table below contains information regarding EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA,Operating Income, which areis a non-GAAP measures. Thesemeasure. This non-GAAP measures domeasure does not have a standardized meaning under U.S. GAAP and may differ from a similar captioned measuresmeasure of other companies in our industry. We believe that thesethis non-GAAP measures aremeasure is useful to investors in assessing our operating performance, as they provideit provides them with the same tools that management uses to evaluate our performance and areis responsive to questions we receive from both investors and analysts. By disclosing thesethis non-GAAP measures,measure, we intend to provide investors with a consistent comparison of our operating results and trends for the periods presented. EBITDAAdjusted Operating Income is defined as earnings (net income or loss) before interest expense, net, loss on early extinguishment of debt, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization and is used by management to measure operating performance of the business. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDAfrom operations excluding (i) the non-cash impactfranchise agreement amortization as a result of share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense,acquisition accounting, (ii) (income) loss from equity method investments, net of cash distributions received from equity method investments, (iii) other operating expenses (income), net and, (iv) income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities. For the periods referenced, thisincome/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities included costs(i) non-recurring fees and expense incurred in connection with the centralizationacquisition of Firehouse consisting of professional fees, compensation related expenses and relocation of our Canadianintegration costs; and U.S. restaurant support centers to new offices in Toronto, Ontario, and Miami, Florida, respectively,(ii) non-operating costs from professional advisory and consulting services associated with certain transformational corporate restructuring initiatives that rationalize our structure and optimize cash movements including consultingas well as services related to the interpretation of finalsignificant tax reform legislation and proposed regulations and guidance under the Tax Act and professional fees and compensation related expenses in connection with the Popeyes Acquisition.regulations. Management believes that these types of expenses are either not related to our underlying profitability drivers or not likely to re-occur in the foreseeable future and the varied timing, size and nature of these projects may cause volatility in our results unrelated to the performance of our core business that does not reflect trends of our core operations.
Adjusted Operating Income is used by management to measure operating performance of the business, excluding these non-cash and other specifically identified items that management believes are not relevant to management’s assessment of our operating performance. Adjusted Operating Income, as defined above, also represents our measure of segment income for each of our five operating segments.

37

Table of Contents

2020201920182020 vs. 20192019 vs. 2018
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Segment income:
TH$823 $1,122 $1,127 $(299)$(5)
BK823 994 928 (171)66 
PLK218 188 157 30 31 
Adjusted EBITDA1,864 2,304 2,212 (440)92 
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense84 74 55 (10)(19)
PLK Transaction costs— — 10 — 10 
Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees16 31 25 15 (6)
Office centralization and relocation costs— 20 14 
Impact of equity method investments (a)48 11 (3)(37)(14)
Other operating expenses (income), net105 (10)(115)18 
EBITDA1,611 2,192 2,097 (581)95 
Depreciation and amortization189 185 180 (4)(5)
Income from operations1,422 2,007 1,917 (585)90 
Interest expense, net508 532 535 24 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt98 23 — (75)(23)
Income tax expense66 341 238 275 (103)
Net income$750 $1,111 $1,144 $(361)$(33)
2023202220212023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Income from operations$2,051 $1,898 $1,879 $153 $19 
Franchise agreement amortization31 32 32 — 
FHS Transaction costs19 24 18 (6)
Corporate restructuring and advisory fees38 46 16 (30)
Impact of equity method investments (a)59 25 53 (34)
Other operating expenses (income), net55 25 (30)(18)
Adjusted Operating Income$2,200 $2,084 $1,977 $116 $107 
Segment income:
TH$958 $925 $845 $33 $80 
BK386 396 421 (10)(25)
PLK221 205 198 16 
FHS38 33 31 
INTL597 525 511 72 14 
Adjusted Operating Income$2,200 $2,084 $1,977 $116 $107 
(a)Represents (i) (income) loss from equity method investments and (ii) cash distributions received from our equity method investments. Cash distributions received from our equity method investments are included in segment income.
The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for 2020 reflects the decreases in segment income in our TH and BK segments, partially offset by an increase in segment income in our PLK segment. Segment income in our TH and BK segments for 2020 includes a decrease of $24 million related to the timing of advertising fund revenue and expenses.Operating Income.
The increase in Adjusted EBITDAOperating Income for 20192023 reflects the increasesan increase in INTL segment income, in our BKTH segment income, PLK segment income and PLK segments,FHS segment income, partially offset by decreases in our TH segment.
The decrease in EBITDA for 2020 is primarily due to decreases in segment income in our TH and BK segments and unfavorable results from other operating expenses (income), net, the impact of equity method investments, and an increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, partially offset by an increase in segment income in our PLK segment, a decrease in Corporate restructuringBK segment income and tax advisory fees, and the non-recurrenceincludes an unfavorable FX Impact of Office centralization and relocation costs.$37 million.
The increase in EBITDAAdjusted Operating Income for 2019 is primarily due to2022 reflects an increase in TH segment income, the inclusion of a full year of FHS in our BK2022 compared to the period December 15 through December 26 in 2021, and increases in INTL segment income and PLK segments, favorable results from other operating expenses (income), net,segment income, partially offset by a decrease in office centralization and relocation costs, and the non-recurrence of PLK Transaction costs, partially offset by an increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, unfavorable results from the impact of equity method investments, an increase in Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees, and a decrease inBK segment income in our TH segment.and includes an unfavorable FX Impact of $80 million.



3846

Table of Contents


Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash generated by operations and borrowings available under our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below). We have used, and may in the future use, our liquidity to make required interest and/or principal payments, to make distributions to RBI for RBI to repurchase its common shares, to repurchase Class B exchangeable limited partnership units (“Partnership exchangeable units”), to voluntarily prepay and repurchase our or one of our affiliate’s outstanding debt, to fund ouracquisitions and other investing activities, such as capital expenditures and joint ventures, and to make distributions on Class A common units and distributions on the Partnership exchangeable units. As a result of our borrowings, we are highly leveraged. Our liquidity requirements are significant, primarily due to debt service requirements.
At December 31, 2020,2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,560$1,139 million and working capital of $663 million. In addition, at December 31, 2020, we had borrowing availability of $998$1,248 million under our Revolving Credit Facility (defined below).
During 2020, we received exchange notices representing 10,393,861 Partnership exchangeable units, including 7,098,893 received during the fourth quarter of 2020. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, we satisfied the exchange notices by repurchasing 6,757,692 Partnership exchangeable units on October 2, 2020 for approximately $380 million in cash and exchanging the remaining Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of our newly issued RBI common shares.
On April 7, 2020, two of our subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) entered into an indenture (the “2020 5.75% Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $500 million of 5.75% first lien notes due April 15, 2025 (the “2020 5.75% Senior Notes”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 2020 5.75% Senior Notes were used for general corporate purposes.
On October 5, 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “2020 4.00% Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $1,400 million of 4.00% second lien notes due October 15, 2030 (the “October 2020 4.00% Senior Notes”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the October 2020 4.00% Senior Notes were used to redeem $1,350 million of our existing $2,800 million 2017 5.00% Senior Notes (due October 15, 2025) and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses.
On November 2, 2020, the Borrowers issued $1,500 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.00% second lien notes due October 15, 2030 (the "November 2020 4.00% Senior Notes" and together with the October 2020 4.00% Senior Notes, the "2020 4.00% Senior Notes"), which were issued as additional notes under the 2020 4.00% Senior Notes Indenture. The November 2020 4.00% Senior Notes are treated as a single series with the October 2020 4.00% Senior Notes and have the same terms for all purposes under the 2020 4.00% Senior Notes Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The net proceeds from the offering of the November 2020 4.00% Senior Notes were used to redeem the remaining $1,450 million principal amount outstanding of the 2017 5.00% Senior Notes and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses.
On November 9, 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “2020 3.50% Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.50% first lien notes due February 15, 2029 (the “2020 3.50% Senior Notes”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 2020 3.50% Senior Notes were used to redeem $725 million of our 4.25% first lien notes due 2024 and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses.
Facility. Based on our current level of operations and available cash, we believe our cash flow from operations, combined with our availability under our Revolving Credit Facility, will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, debt service requirements and capital spending over the next twelve months.
Our operating results substantially depend uponOn September 21, 2023, two of our franchisees’subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) entered into a seventh amendment (the “7th Amendment”) to the credit agreement governing our senior secured term loan A facility (the “Term Loan A”), our senior secured term loan B facility (the “Term Loan B” and together with the Term Loan A, the “Term Loan Facilities”) and our senior secured revolving credit facility (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan Facilities, the “Credit Facilities”). Under the 7th Amendment we (i) amended the existing Revolving Credit Facility to increase the availability from $1,000 million to $1,250 million and extended the maturity of the facility to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate); (ii) increased the Term Loan A to $1,275 million and extended the maturity of the Term Loan A to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR; (iii) increased the Term Loan B to $5,175 million, extended the maturity of the Term Loan B to September 21, 2030, and changed the interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B to term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%; and (iv) made certain other changes as set forth therein, including removing the 0.10% adjustment to the term SOFR rate across the facilities and changes to certain covenants to provide increased flexibility. On December 28, 2023, we entered into an eighth amendment (the “8th Amendment” and together with the 7th Amendment, the “2023 Amendments”) to the credit agreement whereby Partnership and its subsidiaries became guarantors, subject to the covenants applicable to the Credit Facilities. The 2023 Amendments made no other material changes to the terms of the credit agreement.
In September 2022, Burger King shared the details of its “Reclaim the Flame” plan to accelerate sales volumes,growth and drive franchisee profitability. We are investing $400 million over the life of the plan, comprising $150 million in advertising and digital investments (“Fuel the Flame”) and $250 million in high-quality remodels and relocations, restaurant profitability,technology, kitchen equipment, and financial stability.building enhancements (“Royal Reset”). During 2023, we funded $60 million toward the Fuel the Flame investment and $44 million toward our Royal Reset investment and as of December 31, 2023, we have funded a total of $73 million toward the Fuel the Flame investment and $61 million toward our Royal Reset investment.
On January 16, 2024, we announced that we have reached an agreement to acquire all of Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (“Carrols”) issued and outstanding shares that are not already held by RBI or its affiliates for $9.55 per share in an all cash transaction, or an aggregate total enterprise value of approximately $1.0 billion. The financial impacttransaction is expected to be completed in the second quarter of COVID-19 has had,2024 and is subject to customary closing conditions, including approval by the holders of the majority of common stock held by Carrols stockholders excluding shares held by RBI and its affiliates and officers of Carrols in addition to approval by holders of a majority of outstanding common stock of Carrols. The transaction is not subject to a financing contingency and is expected to continuebe financed with cash on hand of approximately $200 million and term loan debt of approximately $750 million for an uncertain period to have, an adverse effect on our franchisees’ liquidity and we have worked closely with our franchisees around the world to monitor and assist them with access to appropriate sources of liquidity in order to sustain their businesses throughout this crisis. We provided cash flow support by extending loans to eligible BK franchisees in the U.S. during the second and third quarters of 2020 and by advancing certain cash payments to eligible TH franchisees in Canada during the second quarter of 2020. Also, during 2020, we offeredwhich RBI has received a rent relief program for eligible TH franchisees in Canada and BK franchisees in the U.S. and Canada and temporarily extended payment terms for eligible TH and BK franchisees in Canada and the U.S. who lease property from us. The rent relief program offered to eligible BK franchisees concluded during the third quarter of 2020 and the rent relief program offered to eligible TH franchisees was extended through the end of 2021. We also temporarily deferred franchisee capital investment commitments for restaurant renovations and new restaurant

39

Table of Contents

development globally, based on individual circumstances of relevant markets and restaurant owners. These actions are expected to adversely affect our cash flow and financial results at least through the end of 2021. In addition to these actions, we may decide to take additional steps to assist in the financial stabilization of our franchisees, which could impact our liquidity and our financial results.financing commitment.
On August 2, 2016,31, 2023, the RBI board of directors approved a share repurchase authorization that allowswherein RBI tomay purchase up to $300$1,000 million of RBI common shares through July 2021.until September 30, 2025. Repurchases under thisRBI's authorization will be made in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. On August 6, 2020, RBI announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “TSX”) had accepted the notice of RBI's intention to renew the normal course issuer bid. Under this normal course issuer bid, RBI is permitted to repurchase up to 30,000,015 RBI common shares for the one-year period commencing on August 8, 2020 and ending on August 7, 2021, or earlier if RBI completes the repurchases prior to such date. Share repurchases under the normal course issuer bid will be made through the facilities of the TSX, the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) and/or other exchanges and alternative Canadian or foreign trading systems, if eligible, or by such other means as may be permitted by the TSX and/or the NYSE under applicable law. Partnership unitholders and RBI shareholders may obtain a copy of the prior notice, free of charge, by contacting us. If RBI repurchases any RBI common shares, pursuant to the partnership agreement, Partnership will, immediately prior to such repurchase, make a distribution to RBI on its Class A common units in an amount sufficient for RBI to fund such repurchase. During 2023, RBI repurchased and cancelled 7,639,137 RBI common shares on the open market for $500 million. During 2022, RBI repurchased and cancelled 6,101,364 RBI common shares on the open market for $326 million. During 2021, RBI repurchased and cancelled 9,247,648 RBI common shares on the open market for $551 million. Partnership made a distribution to RBI in an amount sufficient for RBI to fund these repurchases. As of the date of this report, there have been noDecember 31, 2023, RBI commonhad $500 million remaining under its share repurchases under the normal course issuer bid.repurchase authorization.
We generally provide applicable deferred taxes based on the tax liability or withholding taxes that would be due upon repatriation of cash associated with unremitted earnings. We will continue to monitor our plans for such cash and related foreign earnings but our expectation is to continue to provide taxes on unremitted earnings.earnings that we expect to distribute.

47

Table of Contents

Debt Instruments and Debt Service Requirements
As of December 31, 2020,2023, our long-term debt consists primarily of borrowings under our Credit Facilities, amounts outstanding under our 2017 4.25%3.875% First Lien Senior Notes 2019 3.875%due 2028, 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes 2020 5.75%due 2025, 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes 2020 3.50%due 2029, 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes 2019 4.375%due 2028, 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes 2020 4.00% Senior Notes anddue 2030 (together, the “Senior Notes”), TH Facility, RE Facility (each as defined herein)below), and obligations under finance leases. For further information about our long-term debt, see Note 8, “Long Term Debt,” of the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
Credit Facilities
As of December 31, 2020,2023, there was $6,028$6,450 million outstanding principal amount under our senior secured term loan facilities (the “TermTerm Loan Facilities”)Facilities with a weighted average interest rate of 1.84%7.41%. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan A and Revolving Credit Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin varying from 0.00% to 0.50%, or (ii) Term SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin varying between 0.75% to 1.50%, in each case, determined by reference to a net first lien leverage based pricing grid. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.25%, or (ii) Term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%.
Based on the amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facilities and LIBORSOFR as of December 31, 2020,2023, subject to a floor of 0.00%, required debt service for the next twelve months is estimated to be approximately $112$484 million in interest payments and $72$52 million in principal payments. In addition, based on LIBORSOFR as of December 31, 2020,2023, net cash settlements that we expect to payreceive on our $4,000 million interest rate swaps are estimated to be approximately $90$136 million for the next twelve months. The Term Loan A matures on October 7, 2024 and the Term Loan B matures on November 19, 2026, and weWe may prepay the Term Loan Facilities in whole or in part at any time. Additionally, subject to certain exceptions, the Term Loan Facilities may be subject to mandatory prepayments using (i) proceeds from non-ordinary course asset dispositions, (ii) proceeds from certain incurrences of debt or (iii) a portion of our annual excess cash flows based upon certain leverage ratios.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had no amounts outstanding under our secured revolving credit facilityRevolving Credit Facility (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan Facilities, the “Credit Facilities”), had $2 million of letters of credit issued against the Revolving Credit Facility, and our borrowing availability was $998$1,248 million. Funds available under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used to repay other debt, finance debt or RBI share repurchases, fund acquisitions or capital expenditures, and for other general corporate purposes. We have a $125 million letter of credit sublimit as part of the Revolving Credit Facility, which reduces our borrowing availability thereunder by the cumulative amount of outstanding letters of credit. We are also required to pay (i) letters of credit fees on the aggregate face amounts of outstanding letters of credit plus a fronting fee to the issuing bank and (ii) administration fees. The interest rate applicable to amounts drawn under each letter of credit ranges from 0.75% to 1.50%, depending on our net first lien leverage ratio.
On April 2, 2020, the Borrowers entered into a fifth amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) governing our Term Loan Facilities and Revolving Credit Facility. The Fifth Amendment provides the Borrowers with the option to comply with a $1,000 million minimum liquidity covenant in lieu of the 6.50:1.00 net first lien senior secured leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant for the period after June 30, 2020 and prior to September 30, 2021. Additionally, for the periods ending September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021, to determine compliance with the net first lien senior secured leverage ratio, we are permitted to annualize the Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the three months ending September 30,

40

Table of Contents

2021 and six months ending December 31, 2021, respectively, in lieu of calculating the ratio based on Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four quarters. There were no other material changes to the terms of the Credit Agreement.
The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan A and Revolving Credit Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin varying from 0.00% to 0.50%, or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin varying between 0.75% to 1.50%, in each case, determined by reference to a net first lien leverage based pricing grid. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 0.75% or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.75%.
Obligations under the Credit Facilities are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the direct parent company of one of the BorrowersPartnership and substantially all of its Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries, including The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Corporation,Company LLC, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc., FRG, LLC and substantially all of their respective Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries (the “Credit Guarantors”). Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facilities are secured on a first priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all of the present and future property (subject to certain exceptions) of each Borrower and Credit Guarantor.
Senior Notes
In May 2017, theThe Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “2017 4.25% Senior Notes Indenture”)indentures in connection with the issuance of $1,500 million of 4.25% first lien senior secured notes due May 15, 2024 (the “2017 4.25% Senior Notes”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 2020 3.50% Senior Notes were used to redeem $725 million of our 4.25% first lien notes due 2024 and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses.
On September 24, 2019, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the "2019 3.875% Senior Notes Indenture") in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 3.875% first lienfollowing senior notes due January 15, 2028 (the "2019 3.875% Senior Notes"(collectively the “Senior Notes Indentures”). :
Amount (in millions)Interest RateLien PriorityDue Date
$1,5503.875%First lienJanuary 15, 2028
$5005.75%First lienApril 15, 2025
$7503.50%First lienFebruary 15, 2029
$7504.375%Second lienJanuary 15, 2028
$2,9004.00%Second lienOctober 15, 2030
No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually.
On November 19, 2019, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the "2019 4.375% Senior Notes Indenture" and together with the above indentures, including the indentures entered into during 2020, the "Senior Notes Indentures") in connection with the issuance

48

Table of $750 million of 4.375% second lien senior notes due January 15, 2028 (the "2019 4.375% Senior Notes"). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually.Contents

The Borrowers may redeem a series of senior notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to May 15, 2020 forat the 2017 4.25%redemption prices set forth in the applicable Senior Notes April 15, 2022 forIndenture; provided that if the 2020 5.75% Senior Notes, September 15, 2022 for the 2019 3.875% Senior Notes, November 15, 2022 for the 2019 4.375% Senior Notes,redemption is prior to February 15, 2024 for the 2020 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes, and October 15, 2025 for the 2020 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes, it will instead be at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. In addition, the Borrowers may redeem, in whole or in part, the 2017 4.25% Senior Notes, 2020 5.75% Senior Notes, 2019 3.875% Senior Notes, 2019 4.375% Senior Notes, 2020 3.50% Senior Notes and 2020 4.00% Senior Notes on or after the applicable date noted above, at the redemption prices set forth in the applicable Senior Notes Indenture. The Senior Notes Indentures also contain redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
Based on the amounts outstanding at December 31, 2020,2023, required debt service for the next twelve months on all of the Senior Notessenior notes outstanding is approximately $266$264 million in interest payments.
TH Facility and RE Facility
One of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of C$225 million with a maturity date of October 4, 2025 (the “TH Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the TH Facility is the Canadian Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus an applicable margin equal to 1.40% or the Prime Rate plus an applicable margin equal to 0.40%, at our option. Obligations under the TH Facility are guaranteed by four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the TH Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had approximately C$182 million outstanding C$222 million under the TH Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 1.86%6.84%.
One of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of $50 million with a maturity date of October 12, 2028 (the “RE Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the RE Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of0.50%, plus an applicable margin of 0.50% or (ii) Adjusted Term SOFR (Adjusted Term SOFR is calculated as Term SOFR plus a margin based on duration), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.50%. Obligations under the RE Facility are guaranteed by four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the RE Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $4 million outstanding under the RE Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 6.95%.
Based on the amounts outstanding under the TH Facility as of December 31, 2020,2023, required debt service for the next twelve months is estimated to be approximately $3$9 million in interest payments and $7$15 million in principal payments.

41

Table Based on the amounts outstanding under the RE Facility as of Contents

December 31, 2023, required debt service for the next twelve months is not material.
Restrictions and Covenants
Our Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures contain a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness; incur liens; engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; sell assets; pay dividends and make other payments in respect of capital stock; make investments, loans and advances; pay or modify the terms of certain indebtedness; and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. In addition, underUnder the Credit Facilities, and subject to the provisions of the Fifth Amendment described above, the Borrowers are not permitted to exceed a net first lien senior secured leverage ratio of 6.50 to 1.00 when, as of the end of any fiscal quarter beginning with the first quarter of 2020, any amounts are outstanding under the Term Loan A and/or outstanding revolving loans, swingline loans and certain letters of credit exceed 30.0% of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. As indicated above, the Fifth Amendment provides the Borrowers with the option to comply with a $1,000 million minimum liquidity covenant in lieu of the 6.50:1.00 net first lien senior secured leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant for the period after June 30, 2020 and prior to September 30, 2021.
The restrictions under the Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures have resulted in substantially all of our consolidated assets being restricted.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we were in compliance with all applicable financial debt covenants under the Credit Facilities, the TH Facility, RE Facility and the Senior Notes Indentures, and there were no limitations on our ability to draw on the remaining availability under our Revolving Credit Facility.
Cash Distributions
On January 5, 2021,4, 2024, RBI paid a dividend of $0.52$0.55 per RBI common share and Partnership made a distribution on the same day to RBI as holder of Class A common units in the amount of the aggregate dividends paid by RBI on RBI common shares. On January 5, 2021,4, 2024, Partnership also made a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.52$0.55 per Partnership exchangeable unit.
On February 11, 2021,13, 2024, we announced that the RBI board of directors had declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.53$0.58 per common share for the first quarter of 2020,2023, payable on April 6, 20214, 2024 to RBI shareholders of record on March 23, 2021.21, 2024. Partnership will make a distribution to RBI as holder of Class A common units in the amount of the aggregate dividends declared and paid by RBI on RBI common shares. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, each Partnership exchangeable unit is entitled to distributions from Partnership in an amount equal to any dividends or distributions that have been declared and are payable in respect

49

Table of Contents

of an RBI common share. The record date and payment date for these distributions on the Partnership exchangeable units are to be the same as the relevant record date and payment date for the corresponding dividends on RBI common shares. Accordingly, Partnership will also make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.53$0.58 per Partnership exchangeable unit, and the record date and payment date for distributions on Partnership exchangeable units are the same as the record date and payment date set forth above.
RBI and Partnership are targeting a total of $2.12$2.32 in declared dividends per common share and distributions in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit for 2021.2024.
Because we are a holding company, our ability to pay cash distributions on our Partnership exchangeable units may be limited by restrictions under our debt agreements.
Outstanding Security Data
As of February 15, 2021,14, 2024, we had outstanding 202,006,067 Class A common units issued to RBI and 155,113,338133,597,764 Partnership exchangeable units. One special voting share of RBI is held by a trustee, entitling the trustee to that number of votes on matters on which holders of RBI common shares are entitled to vote equal to the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. The trustee is required to cast such votes in accordance with voting instructions provided by holders of Partnership exchangeable units. At any shareholder meeting of RBI, holders of RBI common shares vote together as a single class with the special voting share except as otherwise provided by law. For information on our share-based compensation and RBI’s outstanding equity awards, see Note 13 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
Since December 12, 2015, theThe holders of Partnership exchangeable units have had the right to require Partnership to exchange all or any portion of such holder’s Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares at a ratio of one share for each Partnership

42

Table of Contents

exchangeable unit, subject to RBI’s right as the general partner of Partnership to determine to settle any such exchange for a cash payment in lieu of RBI common shares.
Comparative Cash Flows
Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $921$1,323 million in 2020,2023, compared to $1,476$1,490 million in 2019.2022. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was driven by an increase in interest payments, an increase in cash used for working capital, an increase in income tax payments, and a decrease in BK segment income, partially offset by increases in INTL, TH, PLK and FHS segment income.
Cash provided by operating activities was $1,490 million in 2022, compared to $1,726 million in 2021. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was driven by a decrease in TH segmentcash provided by working capital, an increase in interest payments, an increase in income tax payments, and a decrease in BK segment income, partially offset by increases in TH, FHS, PLK and INTL segment income.
Investing Activities
Cash provided by investing activities was $11 million in 2023, compared to cash used for investing activities of $64 million in 2022. This change was primarily driven by an increase in cash usednet proceeds from derivatives, a decrease in payments for working capitalother investing activities, the non-recurrence of payments in connection with the acquisition of Firehouse Subs in the prior year, and an increase in income tax payments. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in interest payments, a decrease in tenant inducements paid to franchisees and an increase in PLK segment income.
Cash provided by operating activities was $1,476 million in 2019, compared to $1,165 million in 2018. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was driven by a decrease in income tax payments, primarily due to the 2018 paymentnet proceeds from disposal of accrued income taxes related to the December 2017 redemption of RBI preferred shares, an increase in BK and PLK segment income and a decrease in cash used for working capital. These factors wereassets, partially offset by an increase in interest payments and a decrease in TH segment income.
Investing Activitiescapital expenditures.
Cash used for investing activities was $79$64 million in 2020,2022, compared to $30$1,103 million in 2019.2021. The change in investing activities was driven by an increase in capital expenditures during the current period.
Cashcash used for investing activities was $30 millionprimarily driven by the Firehouse Subs acquisition in 2019, compared to $44 million2021, partially offset by an increase in 2018. The change in investing activities was driven primarily by a decrease in capital expenditures.proceeds from derivatives.
Financing Activities
Cash used for financing activities was $821$1,374 million in 2020,2023, compared to $842$1,307 million in 2019.2022. The decreasechange in cash used for financing activities was driven primarily by an increase in proceeds from issuancedistributions to RBI for repurchases of long-term debt,RBI common shares, payment of financing costs in the current year, and an increase in distributions to unitholders. These factors were partially offset by an increase in repayments of long-term debt and finance leases, the repurchase of Partnership exchangeable units in 2020, payments from derivatives in 2020 compared to proceeds from derivatives in 2019,and an increase in RBI common share dividends and distributions on Partnership exchangeable units, and a decrease in proceeds from stock option exercises.long-term debt.

50

Table of Contents

Cash used for financing activities was $842$1,307 million in 2019,2022, compared to $1,285$1,093 million in 2018.2021. The change in cash used for financing activities was driven primarily by a decrease in proceeds from the Term Loan Aissuance of debt, partially offset by a decrease in repayments of debt and the issuances of the 2019 3.875% Senior Notesfinance leases, a decrease in distributions to RBI to repurchase RBI common shares, and the 2019 4.375% Senior Notes during 2019, an increase in proceeds from stock option exercises, proceeds from derivatives andin the non-recurrence ofcurrent year compared to payments from derivatives in the 2018 payments in connection with the December 2017 redemption of preferred shares. These factors were partially offset by the redemption of the 2015 4.625% Senior Notes during 2019, Term Loan B prepayments and refinancing during 2019, an increase in RBI common share dividends and distributions on Partnership exchangeable units and payment of financing costs.prior year.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Our significant contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2020 are shown2023 include:
Debt Obligations and Interest Payments — Refer to Note 8, “Long-Term Debt,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of our Annual Report for further information on our obligations and the following table.

 Payment Due by Period
Contractual ObligationsTotalLess Than
1 Year
1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than
5 Years
 (In millions)
Credit Facilities, including interest (a)$6,654 $186 $390 $964 $5,114 
Senior Notes, including interest8,445 266 532 1,733 5,914 
Other long-term debt190 10 26 154 — 
Operating lease obligations (b)1,677 198 361 303 815 
Purchase commitments (c)539 507 30 — 
Finance lease obligations488 50 95 86 257 
Total$17,993 $1,217 $1,434 $3,242 $12,100 


43

Tabletiming of Contents

(a)expected payments. Future interest payments on our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2023 total $4,355 million, with $759 million due within the next twelve months. We have estimated our interest payments through the maturity of our Credit Facilities based on LIBORSOFR as of December 31, 2020.2023.
(b)Operating and Finance LeasesOperating lease payment — Refer to Note 9, “Leases,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of our Annual Report for further information on our obligations have not been reduced byand the amounttiming of payments due in the future under subleases.expected payments.
(c)Purchase CommitmentsIncludes open purchase orders, as well as — Purchase obligations include commitments to purchase green coffee, certain food ingredients, and advertising expenditures, and obligations related to information technology and service agreements.
We have not included inpurchase obligations of approximately $542 million at December 31, 2023, with approximately $530 million due within the next 12 months.
Unrecognized Tax Benefit — Our contractual obligations tableand commitments include approximately $620$69 million of gross liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties relating to various tax positions we have taken. These liabilities may increase or decrease over time primarily as a result of tax examinations, and given the status of the examinations, we cannot reliably estimate the period of any cash settlement with the respective taxing authorities. For additional information on unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 10, Income Taxes”, of the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
Other Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
From time to time, we enter into agreements under which we guarantee loans made by third parties to qualified franchisees. As of December 31, 2020,2023, no material amounts are outstanding under these guarantees.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
This discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, as well as related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis and we base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions we deem reasonable to the situation. These estimates and assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in our estimates could materially impact our results of operations and financial condition in any particular period.
We consider our critical accounting policies and estimates to be as follows based on the high degree of judgment or complexity in their application:
Business Combinations
Business acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, or acquisition accounting, in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. The acquisition method of accounting involves the allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This allocation process involves the use of estimates and assumptions made in connection with estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed including cash flows expected to be derived from the use of the asset, the timing of such cash flows, the remaining useful life of assets and applicable discount rates. Acquisition accounting allows for up to one year to obtain the information necessary to finalize the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

51

Table of Contents

In the event that actual results vary from the estimates or assumptions used in the valuation or allocation process, we may be required to record an impairment charge or an increase in depreciation or amortization in future periods, or both.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions. Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of the Tim Hortons brand, the Burger King brand, the Popeyes brand and the PopeyesFirehouse Subs brand (each a “Brand” and together, the “Brands”). Goodwill and the Brands are tested for impairment at least annually as of October 1 of each year and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change, which indicate impairment might exist. Our annual impairment tests of goodwill and the Brands may be completed through qualitative assessments. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to a quantitative impairment test, for any reporting unit or Brand, in any period. We can resume the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit or Brand in any subsequent period.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for goodwill consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting units, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test that requires us to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we will measure any goodwill impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. We use an income approach and a market approach, when available, to estimate a reporting unit’s fair value, which discounts the reporting unit’s projected cash flows using a discount rate we determine from a market participant's perspective under the income approach or utilizing similar publicly traded companies as guidelines for determining fair value under the market approach. We make significant assumptions when estimating a reporting unit’s projected cash flows, including revenue, driven primarily by net restaurant growth, comparable sales growth and average royalty rates, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures and income tax rates.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for the Brands consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a Brand’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for any of our Brands, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a Brand exceeds its fair value, we estimate the fair value of the Brand and compare it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. We use an income approach to estimate a Brand’s fair value, which discounts the

44

Table of Contents

projected Brand-related cash flows using a discount rate we determine from a market participant's perspective. We make significant assumptions when estimating Brand-related cash flows, including system-wide sales, driven by net restaurant growth and comparable sales growth, average royalty rates, brand maintenance costs and income tax rates.
We completed our impairment reviews for goodwill and the Brands as of October 1, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021 and no impairment resulted. The estimates and assumptions we use to estimate fair values when performing quantitative assessments are highly subjective judgments based on our experience and knowledge of our operations. Significant changes in the assumptions used in our analysis could result in an impairment charge related to goodwill or the Brands. Circumstances that could result in changes to future estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, expectations of lower system-wide sales growth, which can be caused by a variety of factors, increases in income tax rates and increases in discount rates. Based on the annual impairment tests performed in 2020, the fair values of all of our reporting units and Brands were substantially in excess of their carrying amounts.
Long-lived Assets
Long-lived assets (including intangible assets subject to amortization and lease right-of-use assets) are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets are grouped for recognition and measurement of impairment at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets.
The impairment test for long-lived assets requires us to assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets by comparing their net carrying value to the sum of undiscounted estimated future cash flows directly associated with and arising from our use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the net carrying value of a group of long-lived assets exceeds the sum of related undiscounted estimated future cash flows, we would be required to record an impairment charge equal to the excess, if any, of net carrying value over fair value.
When assessing the recoverability of our long-lived assets, we make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors. Some of these assumptions involve a high degree of judgment and also bear a significant impact on the assessment conclusions. Included among these assumptions are estimating undiscounted future cash flows, including the projection of rental income, capital requirements for maintaining property and residual values of asset groups. We formulate estimates from historical experience and assumptions of future performance, based on business plans and forecasts, recent economic and business trends, and

52

Table of Contents

competitive conditions. In the event that our estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record an impairment charge.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We record income tax liabilities utilizing known obligations and estimates of potential obligations. A deferred tax asset or liability is recognized whenever there are future tax effects from existing temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. When considered necessary, we record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the balance that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. We must make estimates and judgments on future taxable income, considering feasible tax planning strategies and taking into account existing facts and circumstances, to determine the proper valuation allowance. When we determine that deferred tax assets could be realized in greater or lesser amounts than recorded, the asset balance and income statement reflect the change in the period such determination is made. Due to changes in facts and circumstances and the estimates and judgments that are involved in determining the proper valuation allowance, differences between actual future events and prior estimates and judgments could result in adjustments to this valuation allowance.
On December 28, 2021, the U.S. Treasury Department released final regulations (T.D. 9959, published in the Federal Register on January 4, 2022) restricting the ability to credit certain foreign taxes, applicable prospectively starting January 1, 2022. Due to these new regulations, we released a portion of the valuation allowance on our foreign tax credit carryforwards during 2022. Based on our current analysis, we do not expect these regulations to have a material, ongoing impact as we anticipate being in an excess credit position prospectively. On November 18, 2022, the U.S. Treasury Department released proposed regulations including additional guidance with respect to the reattribution asset rule for purposes of allocating and apportioning foreign taxes, the cost recovery requirement, and the attribution rule for withholding taxes on royalty payments. We will continue to evaluate the potential effect of these proposed regulations as further guidance becomes available.
We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, provincial, state, local and foreign jurisdictions. We are subject to routine examination by taxing authorities in these jurisdictions. We apply a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate available evidence to determine if it appears more-likely-than-not that an uncertain tax position will be sustained on an audit by a taxing authority, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settling the uncertain tax position.
Although we believe we have adequately accounted for our uncertain tax positions, from time to time, audits result in proposed assessments where the ultimate resolution may result in us owing additional taxes. We adjust our uncertain tax positions in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the completion of a tax audit, expiration of a statute of limitations, the refinement of an estimate, and interest accruals associated with uncertain tax positions until they are resolved. We believe that our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and that we have adequately provided for these matters. However, to the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

45

Table of Contents

In prior periods, we provided deferred taxesWe are generally permanently reinvested on certain undistributed foreign earnings. Under our transition toany potential outside basis differences except for unremitted earnings and profits and thus do not record a modified territorial tax system whereby all previously untaxed undistributed foreign earnings are subject to a transition tax charge at reduced rates and future repatriations of foreign earnings will generally be exempt from U.S. tax, we wrote off the existing deferred tax liability on undistributed foreignfor such outside basis differences. To the extent of unremitted earnings and recordedprofits, we generally review various factors including, but not limited to, forecasts and budgets of financial needs of cash for working capital, liquidity and expected cash requirements to fund our various obligations and record deferred taxes to the impact of the new transition tax charge on foreign earnings.extent we expect to distribute. We will continue to monitor available evidence and our plans for foreign earnings and expect to continue to provide any applicable deferred taxes based on the tax liability or withholding taxes that would be due upon repatriation of amounts not considered permanently reinvested.
We use an estimate of the annual effective income tax rate at each interim period based on the facts and circumstances available at that time, while the actual effective income tax rate is calculated at year-end.
See Note 10, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report for additional information about accounting for income taxes.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies – New Accounting Pronouncements,” of the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report for a discussion ofadditional information about new accounting pronouncements.

53

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks associated with currency exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and inflation. In the normal course of business and in accordance with our policies, we manage these risks through a variety of strategies, which may include the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge our underlying exposures. Our policies prohibit the use of derivative instruments for speculative purposes, and we have procedures in place to monitor and control their use.
Currency Exchange Risk
We report our results in U.S. dollars, which is our reporting currency. TheOur operations of each of TH, BK, and PLK that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in currency regulations. The majority of TH’s operations, income, revenues, expenses and cash flows are denominated in Canadian dollars, which we translate to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Royalty payments from BKINTL franchisees in our European markets and in certain other countries are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Furthermore, franchise royalties from each of TH’s, BK’s, and PLK's internationalnon U.S. franchisees are calculated based on local currency sales; consequently, franchise revenues are still impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Each of their respective revenues and expenses are translated using the average rates during the period in which they are recognized and are impacted by changes in currency exchange rates.
We have numerous investments in our foreign subsidiaries, the net assets of which are exposed to volatility in foreign currency exchange rates. We have entered into cross-currency rate swaps to hedge a portion of our net investment in such foreign operations against adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. We designated cross-currency rate swaps with a notional value of $5,000 million between Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar and cross-currency rate swaps with a notional value of $2,100$2,750 million between the Euro and U.S. dollar, as net investment hedges of a portion of our equity in foreign operations in those currencies. The fair value of the cross-currency rate swaps is calculated each period with changes in the fair value of these instruments reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) to economically offset the change in the value of the net investment in these designated foreign operations driven by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The net fair value of these derivative instruments was a liability of $434$220 million as of December 31, 2020.2023. The net unrealized losses,loss, net of tax, related to these derivative instruments included in AOCI totaled $365$265 million as of December 31, 2020.2023. Such amounts will remain in AOCI until the complete or substantially complete liquidation of our investment in the underlying foreign operations.
We use forward currency contracts to manage the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on U.S. dollar purchases and payments, such as coffee and certain intercompany purchases, made by our TH Canadian operations. However, for a variety of reasons, we do not hedge our revenue exposure in other currencies. Therefore, we are exposed to volatility in those other currencies, and this volatility may differ from period to period. As a result, the foreign currency impact on our operating results for one period may not be indicative of future results.

46

Table of Contents

During 2020,2023, income from operations would have decreased or increased approximately $73$114 million if all foreign currencies uniformly weakened or strengthened 10% relative to the U.S. dollar, holding other variables constant, including sales volumes. The effect of a uniform movement of all currencies by 10% is provided to illustrate a hypothetical scenario and related effect on operating income. Actual results will differ as foreign currencies may move in uniform or different directions and in different magnitudes.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to changes in interest rates related to our Term Loan Facilities and Revolving Credit Facility, which bear interest at LIBORSOFR plus a spread, subject to a LIBORSOFR floor. Generally, interest rate changes could impact the amount of our interest paid and, therefore, our future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. To mitigate the impact of changes in LIBORSOFR on interest expense for a portion of our variable rate debt, we have entered into interest rate swaps. We account for these derivatives as cash flow hedges, and as such, the unrealized changes in market value are recorded in AOCI and reclassified into earnings during the period in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. At December 31, 2020,2023, we had a series of receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in the interest payments on $4,000 million of our Term Loan Facilities. The total notional value of these interest rate swaps is $4,000 million, of which $3,500 million expire on November 19, 2026October 31, 2028 and $500 million expire on September 30, 2026.
Based on the portion of our variable rate debt balance in excess of the notional amount of the interest rate swaps and LIBORSOFR as of December 31, 2020,2023, a hypothetical 1.00% increase in LIBORSOFR would increase our annual interest expensepaid by approximately $20$25 million.
The discontinuation

54

Table of LIBOR after June 2023 and the replacement with an alternative reference rate may adversely impact interest rates and our interest expense could increase.Contents

Commodity Price Risk
We purchase certain products, which are subject to price volatility that is caused by weather, market conditions and other factors that are not considered predictable or within our control. However, in our TH business, we employ various purchasing and pricing contract techniques, such as setting fixed prices for periods of up to one year with suppliers, in an effort to minimize volatility of certain of these commodities. Given that we purchase a significant amount of green coffee, we typically have purchase commitments fixing the price for a minimum of six to twelve months depending upon prevailing market conditions. We also typically hedge against the risk of foreign exchange on green coffee prices.
We occasionally take forward pricing positions through our suppliers to manage commodity prices. As a result, we purchase commodities and other products at market prices, which fluctuate on a daily basis and may differ between different geographic regions, where local regulations may affect the volatility of commodity prices.
We do not make use of financial instruments to hedge commodity prices. As we make purchases beyond our current commitments, we may be subject to higher commodity prices depending upon prevailing market conditions at such time. Generally, increases and decreases in commodity costs are largely passed through to franchisee owners, resulting in higher or lower revenues and higher or lower costs of sales from our business. These changes may impact percentage margins as many of these products are typically priced based on a fixed-dollar mark-up. We and our franchisees have some ability to increase product pricing to offset a rise in commodity prices, subject to acceptance by franchisees and guests.
Impact of Inflation
We believe that our results of operations are not materially impacted by moderate changes in theWhile inflation rate. Inflation did not have a material impact on our operations in 2020, 2019 or 2018. However, severe2021, inflationary pressures in 2023 and 2022 were significant and may continue going forward. Further significant increases in inflation could affect the global, Canadian and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If several of the various costs in our business experience inflation at the same time, such as commodity price increases beyond our ability to control and increased labor costs, we and our franchisees may not be able to adjust prices to sufficiently offset the effect of the various cost increases without negatively impacting consumer demand.

4755

Table of Contents

Disclosures Regarding Partnership Pursuant to Canadian Exemptive Relief
RBI is the sole general partner of Partnership. To address certain disclosure conditions to the exemptive relief that Partnership received from the Canadian securities regulatory authorities, RBI provides a summary of certain terms of the Partnership exchangeable units in its annual report on Form 10-K. The same summary is provided below. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by the complete text of the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement, dated December 11, 2014, as amended, between RBI, 8997896 Canada Inc. and each person who is admitted as a Limited Partner in accordance with the terms of the agreement (the “partnership agreement”) and the Voting Trust Agreement, dated December 12, 2014, between RBI, Partnership and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (the “voting trust agreement”), copies of which are available on SEDARSEDAR+ at www.sedar.comwww.sedarplus.ca and at www.sec.gov.
The Partnership Exchangeable Units
The capital of Partnership consists of three classes of units: the Partnership Class A common units, the Partnership preferred units and the Partnership exchangeable units. The interest of RBI, as the sole general partner of Partnership, is represented by Class A common units and preferred units. The interests of the limited partners is represented by the Partnership exchangeable units.
Summary of Economic and Voting Rights
The Partnership exchangeable units are intended to provide economic rights that are substantially equivalent, and voting rights with respect to RBI that are equivalent, to the corresponding rights afforded to holders of RBI common shares. Under the terms of the partnership agreement, the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Partnership exchangeable units include the following:
 
The Partnership exchangeable units are exchangeable at any time, at the option of the holder (the “exchange right”), on a one-for-one basis for common shares of RBI (the “exchanged shares”), subject to RBI’s right as the general partner (subject to the approval of the conflicts committee in certain circumstances) to determine to settle any such exchange for a cash payment in lieu of RBI common shares. If RBI elects to make a cash payment in lieu of issuing common shares, the amount of the cash payment will be the weighted average trading price of the common shares on the NYSE for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last business day prior to the exchange date (the “exchangeable units cash amount”). Written notice of the determination of the form of consideration shall be given to the holder of the Partnership exchangeable units exercising the exchange right no later than ten business days prior to the exchange date.
If a dividend or distribution has been declared and is payable in respect of a common share of RBI, Partnership will make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in an amount equal to the dividend or distribution in respect of a common share. The record date and payment date for distributions on the Partnership exchangeable units will be the same as the relevant record date and payment date for the dividends or distributions on RBI common shares.
If RBI issues any common shares in the form of a dividend or distribution on the RBI common shares, Partnership will issue to each holder of Partnership exchangeable units, in respect of each exchangeable unit held by such holder, a number of Partnership exchangeable units equal to the number of common shares issued in respect of each common share.
If RBI issues or distributes rights, options or warrants or other securities or assets of RBI to all or substantially all of the holders of its common shares, Partnership is required to make a corresponding distribution to holders of the Partnership exchangeable units.
No subdivision or combination of RBI’s outstanding common shares is permitted unless a corresponding subdivision or combination of Partnership exchangeable units is made.
RBI and its board of directors are prohibited from proposing or recommending an offer for its common shares or for the Partnership exchangeable units unless the holders of the Partnership exchangeable units and the holders of common shares are entitled to participate to the same extent and on an equitably equivalent basis.
Upon a dissolution and liquidation of Partnership, if Partnership exchangeable units remain outstanding and have not been exchanged for RBI common shares, then the distribution of the assets of Partnership between holders of RBI common shares and holders of Partnership exchangeable units will be made on a pro rata basis based on the numbers of common shares and Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. Assets distributable to holders of Partnership exchangeable units will be distributed directly to such holders. Assets distributable in respect of RBI common shares will be distributed to RBI. Prior to this pro rata distribution, Partnership is required to pay to RBI sufficient amounts to fund RBI’s expenses or other obligations (to the extent related to RBI’s role as the general partner or its business and affairs that are conducted through Partnership or its subsidiaries) to ensure that any property and cash distributed to RBI in respect of the common shares will be available for distribution to holders of common shares in an amount per share equal to distributions in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit. The terms of the Partnership exchangeable units do not provide for an automatic exchange of Partnership exchangeable units into common shares upon a dissolution or liquidation of Partnership or RBI.

4856

Table of Contents

Approval of holders of the Partnership exchangeable units is required for an action (such as an amendment to the partnership agreement) that would affect the economic rights of a Partnership exchangeable unit relative to a common share of RBI.
The holders of Partnership exchangeable units are indirectly entitled to vote in respect of matters on which holders of RBI common shares are entitled to vote, including in respect of the election of RBI’s directors, through a special voting share of RBI. The special voting share is held by a trustee, entitling the trustee to that number of votes on matters on which holders of common shares are entitled to vote equal to the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. The trustee is required to cast such votes in accordance with voting instructions provided by holders of Partnership exchangeable units. The trustee will exercise each vote attached to the special voting share only as directed by the relevant holder of Partnership exchangeable units and, in the absence of instructions from a holder of an exchangeable unit as to voting, will not exercise those votes. Except as otherwise required by the partnership agreement, voting trust agreement or applicable law, the holders of the Partnership exchangeable units are not directly entitled to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the unitholders of Partnership or to vote at any such meeting.
Exercise of Optional Exchange Right
In order to exercise the exchange right referred to above, a holder of Partnership exchangeable units must deliver to Partnership’s transfer agent a duly executed exchange notice together with such additional documents and instruments as the transfer agent and Partnership may reasonably require. The exchange notice must (i) specify the number of Partnership exchangeable units in respect of which the holder is exercising the exchange right and (ii) state the business day on which the holder desires to have Partnership exchange the subject units, provided that the exchange date must not be less than 15 business days nor more than 30 business days after the date on which the exchange notice is received by Partnership. If no exchange date is specified in an exchange notice, the exchange date will be deemed to be the 15th business day after the date on which the exchange notice is received by Partnership. An exercise of the exchange right may be revoked by the exercising holder by notice in writing given to Partnership before the close of business on the fifth business day immediately preceding the exchange date. On the exchange date at Partnership's option, (i) RBI will deliver or cause the transfer agent to deliver for and on behalf of Partnership, to the relevant holder the applicable number of exchanged shares, or (ii) Partnership will deliver or cause the transfer agent to deliver to the relevant holder, as applicable (i) the applicable number of exchanged shares, or (ii) a cheque representing the applicable exchangeable units cash amount, in each case, less any amounts withheld on account of tax.
Offers for Units or Shares
The partnership agreement contains provisions to the effect that if a take-over bid is made for all of the outstanding Partnership exchangeable units and not less than 90% of the Partnership exchangeable units (other than units of Partnership held at the date of the take-over bid by or on behalf of the offeror or its associates, affiliates or persons acting jointly or in concert with the offeror) are taken up and paid for by the offeror, the offeror will be entitled to acquire the Partnership exchangeable units held by unitholders who did not accept the offer on the terms offered by the offeror. The partnership agreement further provides that for so long as Partnership exchangeable units remain outstanding, (i) RBI will not propose or recommend a formal bid for RBI common shares, and no such bid will be effected with the consent or approval of RBI’s board of directors, unless holders of Partnership exchangeable units are entitled to participate in the bid to the same extent and on an equitably equivalent basis as the holders of RBI’s common shares, and (ii) RBI will not propose or recommend a formal bid for Partnership exchangeable units, and no such bid will be effected with the consent or approval of RBI’s board of directors, unless holders of the RBI common shares are entitled to participate in the bid to the same extent and on an equitably equivalent basis as the holders of Partnership exchangeable units. Canadian securities regulatory authorities may intervene in the public interest (either on application by an interested party or by staff of a Canadian securities regulatory authority) to prevent an offer to holders of RBI common shares, Preferred Shares or Partnership exchangeable units being made or completed where such offer is abusive of the holders of one of those security classes that are not subject to that offer.
Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets
As long as any Partnership exchangeable units are outstanding, RBI cannot consummate a transaction in which all or substantially all of its assets would become the property of any other person or entity. This does not apply to a transaction if such other person or entity becomes bound by the partnership agreement and assumes RBI’s obligations, as long as the transaction does not impair in any material respect the rights, duties, powers and authorities of other parties to the partnership agreement.
Mandatory Exchange
Partnership may cause a mandatory exchange of the outstanding Partnership exchangeable units into RBI common shares in the event that (1) at any time there remain outstanding fewer than 5% of the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding as of the effective time of the Merger (other than Partnership exchangeable units held by RBI and its subsidiaries and as such number of Partnership exchangeable units may be adjusted in accordance with the partnership agreement); (2) any one of the following occurs: (i) any person, firm or corporation acquires directly or indirectly any voting security of RBI and immediately after such acquisition, the acquirer has voting securities representing more than 50% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding voting securities of

57

Table of Contents

RBI on a fully diluted basis, (ii) the shareholders of RBI shall approve a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of

49

Table of Contents

RBI, other than any transaction which would result in the holders of outstanding voting securities of RBI immediately prior to such transaction having at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction, with the voting power of each such continuing holder relative to other continuing holders not being altered substantially in the transaction; or (iii) the shareholders of RBI shall approve a plan of complete liquidation of RBI or an agreement for the sale or disposition of RBI of all or substantially all of RBI’s assets, provided that, in each case, RBI, in its capacity as the general partner of Partnership, determines, in good faith and in its sole discretion, that such transaction involves a bona fide third party and is not for the primary purpose of causing the exchange of the Partnership exchangeable units in connection with such transaction; or (3) a matter arises in respect of which applicable law provides holders of Partnership exchangeable units with a vote as holders of units of Partnership in order to approve or disapprove, as applicable, any change to, or in the rights of the holders of, the Partnership exchangeable units, where the approval or disapproval, as applicable, of such change would be required to maintain the economic equivalence of the Partnership exchangeable units and the RBI common shares, and the holders of the Partnership exchangeable units fail to take the necessary action at a meeting or other vote of holders of Partnership exchangeable units to approve or disapprove, as applicable, such matter in order to maintain economic equivalence of the Partnership exchangeable units and the RBI common shares.

5058

Table of Contents

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain information contained in our Annual Report, including information regarding future financial performance and plans, targets, aspirations, expectations, and objectives of management, constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and forward-looking information within the meaning of the Canadian securities laws. We refer to all of these as forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are forward-looking in nature and, accordingly, are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of words such as “believe”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “continue”, “will”, “may”, “could”, “would”, “target”, “potential” and other similar expressions and include, without limitation, statements regarding our expectations or beliefs regarding (i) our ability to become one of the most efficient franchised QSR operators in the world; (ii) the benefits of our fully franchised business model; (iii) the domestic and international growth opportunities for the Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and PopeyesFirehouse Subs brands, both in existing and new markets; (iv)(iii) our ability to accelerate international development through joint venture structures and master franchise and development agreements and the impact on future growth and profitability of our brands; (v) our continued use of joint ventures structures and master franchise and development agreements in connection with our domestic and international expansion; (vi)(iv) the impact of our strategies on the growth of our Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and PopeyesFirehouse Subs brands and our profitability; (vii)(v) our commitment to technology and innovation, our continued investment in our technology capabilities and our plans and strategies with respect to digital sales, our information systems and technology offerings and investments; (viii)(vi) the correlation between our sales, guest traffic and profitability to consumer discretionary spending and the factors that influence spending; (ix)(vii) our ability to drive traffic, expand our customer base and allow restaurants to expand into new dayparts through new product innovation; (x)(viii) the benefits accrued from sharing and leveraging best practices among our Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and PopeyesFirehouse Subs brands; (xi)(ix) the drivers of the long-term success for and competitive position of each of our brands as well as increased sales and profitability of our franchisees; (xii)(x) the impact of our cost management initiatives at each of our brands; (xiii)(xi) the continued use of certain franchise incentives andincluding contributions toward the cost of restaurant remodeling, their impact on our financial results; (xiv) the impact of our modern image remodel initiativeresults and our ability to mitigate such impact; (xii) our expectation that we will continue to enter into master franchise agreements or development agreements in our INTL segment; (xiii) our expectation that the negativeCarrols transaction will be completed in the second quarter of 2024; (xiv) the impact of such initiative on royaltyincreases in inflation, foreign exchange volatility, rising interest rates through entry into new BK franchise agreements; (xv)and general softening in the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic onconsumer spending environment and its potential to adversely impact our business, results of operations, business, liquidity, prospects and prospectsrestaurant operations and those of our franchisees; (xv) our digital and marketing initiatives for all four brands, including the success of our “Reclaim the Flame”, initiative on sales growth and franchisee profitability; (xvi) our future financial obligations, including annual debt service requirements, capital expenditures and distribution payments, our ability to meet such obligations and the source of liquidityfunds used to satisfy such obligations; (xvii) our future uses of liquidity, including distribution payments and RBI share repurchases; (xviii) our efforts to assist restaurant owners in maintaining liquidity and the impact of these programs on our future cash flow and financial results; (xix) the amount and timing of future Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees and office centralization and relocation costs; (xx) our exposure to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates and the impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates on the amount of our interest payments, future earnings and cash flows; (xxi) the amount of net cash settlements we expect to pay on our derivative instruments; (xxii)(xix) our tax positions and their compliance with applicable tax laws; (xxiii)(xx) certain accounting matters, including the impact of changes in accounting standards; (xxiv)(xxi) certain tax matters, including our estimates with respect to tax matters and their impact on future periods; (xxv) the impact of inflation onperiods, and any costs associated with contesting tax liabilities; (xxii) our results of operations; (xxvi)goals with respect to reduction in greenhouse gas emissions; (xxiii) the impact of governmental regulation, both domestically and internationally, on our business and financial and operational results; (xxvii)(xxiv) the adequacy of our facilities to meet our current requirements; (xxviii) our future financial and operational results; (xxix)(xxv) certain litigation matters; (xxx)(xxxvi) our target total distributiondistributions for 2021; and (xxxi)2024; (xxvii) our sustainability initiatives and the impact of government sustainability regulation and initiatives.initiatives; and (xxviii) the impact of the conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East.
These forward looking
Our forward-looking statements, included in this Annual Report and elsewhere, represent management’s expectations as of the date hereof. Thesethat they are made. Our forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions and analyses that we made by us in light of ourits experience and ourits perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors we believeit believes are appropriate in the circumstances. However, these forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Important factors that could cause actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements include, among other things, risks related to: (1) our substantial indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations; (2) global economic or other business conditions that may affect the desire or ability of our customers to purchase our products, such as the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, inflationary pressures, high unemployment levels, declines in median income growth, consumer confidence and consumer discretionary spending and changes in consumer perceptions of dietary health and food safety; (3) our relationship with, and the success of, our franchisees and risks related to our nearly fully franchised business model; (4) our franchisees' financial stability and their ability to access and maintain the liquidity necessary to operate their businesses; (5) our supply chain operations; (6) our ownership and leasing of real estate; (7) the effectiveness of our marketing, advertising and digital programs and franchisee support of these programs; (8) significant and rapid fluctuations in interest rates and in the currency exchange markets and the effectiveness of our hedging activity; (9) our ability to successfully implement our domestic and international growth strategy for each of our brands and risks related to our international operations; (10) our reliance on master franchisees, andincluding subfranchisees to accelerate restaurant growth; (11) risks related to unforeseen events such as pandemics; (12) the ability of the counterparties to our credit facilities’ and derivatives’ to fulfill their commitments and/or obligations; (12)(13) changes in applicable tax laws or interpretations thereof;thereof, and our ability to accurately interpret and predict the impact of such changes or interpretations on our financial condition and results.results; (14) evolving legislation and regulations in the area

5159

Table of Contents

of franchise and labor and employment law; (15) our ability to address environmental and social sustainability issues; (16) risks related to the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and the conflict in the Middle East; and (17) regulatory approvals of the acquisition of Carrols.

We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment and our inability to successfully manage any of the above risks may permit our competitors to increase their market share and may decrease our profitability. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Finally, our future results will depend upon various other risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those detailed in the section entitled “Item 1A - Risk Factors” of ourthis Annual Report as well as other materials that we from time to time file with, or furnish to, the SEC or file with Canadian securities regulatory authorities on SEDAR.authorities. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this section and elsewhere in this Annual Report. Other than as required under securities laws, we do not assume a duty to update these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or circumstances, changes in expectations or otherwise.

5260

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 Page


5361

Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of Restaurant Brands International Inc. (“RBI”), the sole general partner of Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”), is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other information included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include certain amounts based on management’s estimates and assumptions. Other financial information presented in the annual report is derived from the consolidated financial statements.
Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020.2023. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Partnership; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Partnership are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of RBI; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Partnership’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20202023 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment and those criteria, management determined that Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.2023.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The effectiveness of Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20202023 has been audited by KPMG LLP, Partnership’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which is included herein.


5462

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Partners, Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership, and Board of Directors,
Restaurant Brands International Inc., the sole general partner of Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and subsidiaries (the “Partnership”)Partnership) as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020,2023, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidatedconsolidated financial statements”)statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020,2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)(PCAOB), the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 23, 202122, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Partnership has changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019, due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Partnership in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Gross unrecognized tax benefits

As discussed in Notes 2 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Partnership records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions. The Partnership recognizes tax benefits from tax positions only if there is more than a 50% likelihood that the tax positions will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the positions. As of December 31, 2020,2023, the Partnership has recorded gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding associated interest and penalties, of $497$58 million.


55

Table of Contents

We identified the assessment of gross unrecognized tax benefits resulting from the implementation of certain tax planning strategies implemented during the year as a critical audit matter. Identifying and determining uncertain tax positions arising from implementing tax planning strategies involved a number of judgments and assumptions, which included complex considerations of tax law. As a result, subjective and complex auditor judgment, including the involvement of tax professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, was required to evaluate the Partnership’s interpretation of tax law and its determination of which tax positions have more than a 50% likelihood of being sustained upon examination.

63

Table of Contents

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls overrelated to the Partnership’s gross unrecognized tax benefitbenefits process, including controls related to 1) interpreting tax law, 2) identifying significant uncertain tax positions arising from tax planning strategies that were implemented during the year, 3) evaluating the tax consequences of the related strategies, and 4) evaluating which of the Partnership’s tax positions may not be sustained upon examination. In addition, we involved tax professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

obtaining an understanding of the Partnership’s tax planning strategies
evaluating the Partnership’s interpretation of the relevant tax laws by developing an independent assessment
evaluating the Partnership’s identification of uncertain tax positions to assess the tax consequences of these related tax positions
performing an independent assessment of the Partnership’s tax positions and comparing our assessment to the Partnership’s assessment.
(signed) KPMG LLP
We have served as the Partnership's auditor since 1989.
Miami, Florida
February 23, 202122, 2024


5664

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Partners, Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership, and Board of Directors,
Restaurant Brands International Inc., the sole general partner of Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership:
Opinion on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting
We have audited Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and subsidiaries’ (the “Partnership”)Partnership) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Partnership maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Partnership as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020,2023, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidatedconsolidated financial statements”)statements), and our report dated February 23, 202122, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinion

The Partnership’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management'sManagement’s Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Partnership in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
(signed) KPMG LLP
Miami, Florida
February 23, 202122, 2024


5765

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except unit data)
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20202019 20232022
ASSETSASSETS  ASSETS  
Current assets:Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents$1,560 $1,533 
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance of $42 and $13, respectively536 527 
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance of $37 and $36, respectively
Inventories, netInventories, net96 84 
Prepaids and other current assetsPrepaids and other current assets72 52 
Total current assetsTotal current assets2,264 2,196 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $879 and $746, respectively2,031 2,007 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $1,187 and $1,061, respectively
Operating lease assets, netOperating lease assets, net1,152 1,176 
Intangible assets, netIntangible assets, net10,701 10,563 
GoodwillGoodwill5,739 5,651 
Net investment in property leased to franchisees66 48 
Other assets, netOther assets, net824 719 
Total assetsTotal assets$22,777 $22,360 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITYLIABILITIES AND EQUITY  LIABILITIES AND EQUITY  
Current liabilities:Current liabilities:
Accounts and drafts payable
Accounts and drafts payable
Accounts and drafts payableAccounts and drafts payable$464 $644 
Other accrued liabilitiesOther accrued liabilities835 790 
Gift card liabilityGift card liability191 168 
Current portion of long-term debt and finance leasesCurrent portion of long-term debt and finance leases111 101 
Total current liabilitiesTotal current liabilities1,601 1,703 
Long-term debt, net of current portionLong-term debt, net of current portion12,397 11,759 
Finance leases, net of current portionFinance leases, net of current portion315 288 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portionOperating lease liabilities, net of current portion1,082 1,089 
Other liabilities, netOther liabilities, net2,236 1,698 
Deferred income taxes, netDeferred income taxes, net1,425 1,564 
Total liabilitiesTotal liabilities19,056 18,101 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)00
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
Partners’ capital:Partners’ capital:
Class A common units - 202,006,067 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 20197,994 7,786 
Partnership exchangeable units - 155,113,338 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020; 165,507,199 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019(3,002)(2,353)
Class A common units - 202,006,067 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022
Class A common units - 202,006,067 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022
Class A common units - 202,006,067 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022
Partnership exchangeable units - 133,597,764 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023; 142,996,640 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1,275)(1,178)
Total Partners’ capitalTotal Partners’ capital3,717 4,255 
Noncontrolling interestsNoncontrolling interests
Total equityTotal equity3,721 4,259 
Total liabilities and equityTotal liabilities and equity$22,777 $22,360 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
Approved on behalf of the Board of Directors of Restaurant Brands International Inc., as general partner of Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership:
By:  /s/ Daniel SchwartzJ. Patrick Doyle  By:  /s/ Ali Hedayat
  Daniel Schwartz, Co-ChairmanJ. Patrick Doyle, Executive Chairman of Restaurant Brands International Inc.    Ali Hedayat, Director of Restaurant Brands International Inc.


5866

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except per unit data)
 
202020192018
2023202320222021
Revenues:Revenues:
SalesSales$2,013 $2,362 $2,355 
Sales
Sales
Franchise and property revenuesFranchise and property revenues2,955 3,241 3,002 
Advertising revenues and other services
Total revenuesTotal revenues4,968 5,603 5,357 
Operating costs and expenses:Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of salesCost of sales1,610 1,813 1,818 
Cost of sales
Cost of sales
Franchise and property expensesFranchise and property expenses528 540 422 
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,264 1,264 1,214 
Advertising expenses and other services
General and administrative expenses
(Income) loss from equity method investments(Income) loss from equity method investments39 (11)(22)
Other operating expenses (income), netOther operating expenses (income), net105 (10)
Total operating costs and expensesTotal operating costs and expenses3,546 3,596 3,440 
Income from operationsIncome from operations1,422 2,007 1,917 
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net508 532 535 
Loss on early extinguishment of debtLoss on early extinguishment of debt98 23 
Income before income taxesIncome before income taxes816 1,452 1,382 
Income tax expense66 341 238 
Income tax (benefit) expense
Net incomeNet income750 1,111 1,144 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interestsNet income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to common unitholdersNet income attributable to common unitholders$748 $1,109 $1,143 
Earnings per unit - basic and diluted (Note 3):Earnings per unit - basic and diluted (Note 3):
Class A common unitsClass A common units$2.41 $3.18 $3.03 
Partnership exchangeable units$1.62 $2.40 $2.46 
Weighted average units outstanding - basic and diluted (Note 3):
Class A common units
Class A common unitsClass A common units202 202 202 
Partnership exchangeable unitsPartnership exchangeable units162 194 216 
Weighted average units outstanding - basic and diluted (in millions) (Note 3):
Class A common units
Class A common units
Class A common units
Partnership exchangeable units
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


5967

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
 
202020192018
2023202320222021
Net incomeNet income$750 $1,111 $1,144 
Foreign currency translation adjustmentForeign currency translation adjustment332 409 (831)
Net change in fair value of net investment hedges, net of tax of $60, $32, and $(101)(242)(86)282 
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $91, $29, and $7(244)(77)(19)
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(27), $(6), and $(5)73 15 14 
Gain (loss) recognized on defined benefit pension plans and other items, net of tax of $3, $1, and $0(16)(2)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Net change in fair value of net investment hedges, net of tax of $(22), $(77), and $15
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(10), $(141), and $(36)
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $24, $(12), and $(36)
Gain (loss) recognized on defined benefit pension plans and other items, net of tax of $(2), $(2), and $(3)
Other comprehensive income (loss)Other comprehensive income (loss)(97)259 (553)
Comprehensive income (loss)Comprehensive income (loss)653 1,370 591 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interestsComprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common unitholdersComprehensive income (loss) attributable to common unitholders$651 $1,368 $590 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


6068

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Equity
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except unit data)
 
Class A
Common Units
Partnership
Exchangeable units
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Noncontrolling
Interests
Total Class A
Common Units
Partnership
Exchangeable units
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Noncontrolling
Interests
Total
UnitsAmountUnitsAmount
Balances at December 31, 2017202,006,067 $4,168 217,708,924 $1,276 $(884)$$4,561 
Cumulative effect adjustment (Note 14)— (132)— (118)— — (250)
Distributions declared on Class A common units ($2.23 per unit)— (452)— — — — (452)
Distributions declared on partnership exchangeable units ($1.80 per unit)— — — (387)— — (387)
Balances at December 31, 2020
Balances at December 31, 2020
Balances at December 31, 2020
Distributions declared on Class A common units ($3.26 per unit)
Distributions declared on Class A common units ($3.26 per unit)
Distributions declared on Class A common units ($3.26 per unit)
Distributions declared on partnership exchangeable units ($2.12 per unit)
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common sharesExchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares— 11 (185,333)(11)— — 
Repurchase of Partnership exchangeable units— — (10,000,000)(561)— — (561)
Distributions to RBI for repurchase of RBI common shares
Capital contribution from RBI Inc.Capital contribution from RBI Inc.— 116 — — — — 116 
Restaurant VIE distributionsRestaurant VIE distributions— — — — — — 
Net incomeNet income— 612 — 531 — 1,144 
Other comprehensive income (loss)Other comprehensive income (loss)— — — — (553)— (553)
Balances at December 31, 2018202,006,067 $4,323 207,523,591 $730 $(1,437)$$3,618 
Cumulative effect adjustment (Note 9)— 12 — — — 21 
Distributions declared on Class A common units ($2.70 per unit)— (545)— — — — (545)
Distributions declared on partnership exchangeable units ($2.00 per unit)— — — (382)— — (382)
Balances at December 31, 2021
Distributions declared on Class A common units ($3.28 per unit)
Distributions declared on partnership exchangeable units ($2.16 per unit)
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common sharesExchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares— 3,176 (42,016,392)(3,176)— — 
Distributions to RBI for repurchase of RBI common shares
Capital contribution from RBI Inc.Capital contribution from RBI Inc.— 177 — — — — 177 
Restaurant VIE distributionsRestaurant VIE distributions— — — — — — 
Net incomeNet income— 643 — 466 — 1,111 
Other comprehensive income (loss)Other comprehensive income (loss)— — — — 259 — 259 
Balances at December 31, 2019202,006,067 $7,786 165,507,199 $(2,353)$(1,178)$$4,259 
Distributions declared on Class A common units ($3.12 per unit)�� (631)— — — — (631)
Distributions declared on partnership exchangeable units ($2.08 per unit)— — — (336)— — (336)
Balances at December 31, 2022
Distributions declared on Class A common units ($3.42 per unit)
Distributions declared on partnership exchangeable units ($2.20 per unit)
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common sharesExchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares— 195 (3,636,169)(195)— — 
Repurchase of Partnership exchangeable units— — (6,757,692)(380)— — (380)
Distribution to RBI for repurchase of RBI common shares
Capital contribution from RBI Inc.Capital contribution from RBI Inc.— 158 — — — — 158 
Restaurant VIE distributionsRestaurant VIE distributions— — — — — (2)(2)
Net incomeNet income— 486 — 262 — 750 
Other comprehensive income (loss)Other comprehensive income (loss)— — — — (97)— (97)
Balances at December 31, 2020202,006,067 $7,994 155,113,338 $(3,002)$(1,275)$$3,721 
Balances at December 31, 2023
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

6169

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions of U.S. dollars)

202020192018 202320222021
Cash flows from operating activities:Cash flows from operating activities:
Net incomeNet income$750 $1,111 $1,144 
Net income
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortizationDepreciation and amortization189 185 180 
Premiums paid and non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debtPremiums paid and non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt97 16 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discountAmortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount26 29 29 
(Income) loss from equity method investments(Income) loss from equity method investments39 (11)(22)
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactionsLoss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions100 (14)(33)
Net (gains) losses on derivativesNet (gains) losses on derivatives32 (49)(40)
Share-based compensation expense74 68 48 
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense
Deferred income taxesDeferred income taxes(208)58 29 
OtherOther28 
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
Accounts and notes receivable
Accounts and notes receivable
Accounts and notes receivableAccounts and notes receivable(30)(53)19 
Inventories and prepaids and other current assetsInventories and prepaids and other current assets(10)(15)(7)
Accounts and drafts payableAccounts and drafts payable(183)112 41 
Other accrued liabilities and gift card liabilityOther accrued liabilities and gift card liability16 (51)(219)
Tenant inducements paid to franchiseesTenant inducements paid to franchisees(22)(54)(52)
Other long-term assets and liabilitiesOther long-term assets and liabilities23 138 43 
Net cash provided by operating activitiesNet cash provided by operating activities921 1,476 1,165 
Cash flows from investing activities:Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for property and equipmentPayments for property and equipment(117)(62)(86)
Payments for property and equipment
Payments for property and equipment
Net proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisingsNet proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings12 
Net payment for purchase of Firehouse Subs, net of cash acquired
Settlement/sale of derivatives, netSettlement/sale of derivatives, net33 24 17 
Other investing activities, netOther investing activities, net(7)17 
Net cash used for investing activities(79)(30)(44)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt5,235 2,250 75 
Proceeds from long-term debt
Proceeds from long-term debt
Proceeds from long-term debt
Repayments of long-term debt and finance leasesRepayments of long-term debt and finance leases(4,708)(2,266)(74)
Payment of financing costsPayment of financing costs(43)(50)(3)
Distributions paid on Class A and Partnership exchangeable units(959)(901)(728)
Repurchase of Partnership exchangeable units(380)(561)
Capital contribution from RBI Inc.82 102 61 
(Payments) proceeds from derivatives(46)23 
Distributions on Class A common and Partnership exchangeable units
Distributions to RBI for repurchase of RBI common shares
Distributions to RBI for repurchase of RBI common shares
Distributions to RBI for repurchase of RBI common shares
Capital contribution from RBI
Proceeds (payments) from derivatives
Other financing activities, netOther financing activities, net(2)(55)
Net cash used for financing activitiesNet cash used for financing activities(821)(842)(1,285)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalentsEffect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents16 (20)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents27 620 (184)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of periodCash and cash equivalents at beginning of period1,533 913 1,097 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of periodCash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,560 $1,533 $913 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Interest paidInterest paid$463 $584 $561 
Income taxes paid$267 $248 $433 
Interest paid
Interest paid
Income taxes paid, net
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

6270

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Description of Business and Organization
Description of Business
Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership (“Partnership”, “we”, “us” or “our”) is a Canadian limited partnership. We franchise and operate quick service restaurants serving premium coffee and other beverage and food products under the Tim Hortons® brand (“Tim Hortons” or “TH”), fast food hamburgers principally under the Burger King® brand (“Burger King” or “BK”), and chicken under the Popeyes® brand (“Popeyes” or “PLK”) and sandwiches under the Firehouse Subs® brand (“Firehouse”). We are one of the world’s largest quick service restaurant, or QSR, companies as measured by total number of restaurants. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we franchised or owned 4,9495,833 Tim Hortons restaurants, 18,62519,384 Burger King restaurants, 4,571 Popeyes restaurants, and 3,451 Popeyes1,282 Firehouse Subs restaurants, for a total of 27,02531,070 restaurants, and operate in more than 100 countries. Approximately 100%120 countries and territories. As of December 31, 2023, nearly all of the current system-wide restaurants are franchised.
We are a subsidiary of Restaurant Brands International Inc. (“RBI”). RBI is our sole general partner, and as such, RBI has the exclusive right, power and authority to manage, control, administer and operate the business and affairs and to make decisions regarding the undertaking and business of Partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement of Partnership (“partnership agreement”) and applicable laws.
All references to “$” or “dollars” are to the currency of the United States unless otherwise indicated. All references to “Canadian dollars” or “C$” are to the currency of Canada unless otherwise indicated.
COVID-19
The global crisis resulting from the spread of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) has had a substantial impact on our global restaurant operations during 2020. During 2020, some TH, BK and PLK restaurants were temporarily closed in certain countries and many of the restaurants that remained open had limited operations, such as drive-thru, takeout and delivery (where applicable) and that currently remains the case.
Our operating results substantially depend upon our franchisees’ sales volumes, restaurant profitability, and financial stability. The financial impact of COVID-19 has had, and is expected to continue for an uncertain period to have, an adverse effect on many of our franchisees’ liquidity and we have worked closely with our franchisees to monitor and assist them with access to appropriate sources of liquidity in order to sustain their businesses throughout this crisis, such as offering rent relief programs for eligible franchisees who lease property from us. See Note 9, Leases, for further information about the rent relief programs. Additionally, we provided cash flow support by extending loans to eligible BK franchisees in the U.S. during the second and third quarters of 2020, and by advancing certain cash payments to eligible TH franchisees in Canada during the second quarter of 2020.
During 2020, we recorded bad debt expense of $33 million compared to insignificant bad debt expense during 2019 and 2018. While these receivables remain contractually due and payable to us, the certainty of the amount and timing of payments has been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Therefore, our bad debt expense during 2020 reflects an adjustment to our historical collections experience to incorporate an estimate of the impact of current economic conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. Actual collections may be materially higher or lower than this estimate reflects since it is reasonably possible the duration and future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business or our franchisees may differ from our assumptions. Ongoing material adverse effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our franchisees for an extended period could negatively affect our operating results, including reductions in revenue and cash flow and could impact our impairment assessments of accounts receivable, long-lived assets, intangible assets or goodwill.
Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies
Fiscal Year
We operate on a monthly calendar, with a fiscal year that ends on December 31.
Basis of Presentation
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and related rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements (the "Financial Statements") include our accounts and the accounts of entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, the usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. We also consolidate marketing funds we control. All material intercompany

63

Table of Contents

balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in other affiliates that are owned 50% or less where we have significant influence are generally accounted for by the equity method.
We also consider for consolidation entities in which we have certain interests, where the controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”), is required to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the entity that possesses the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that are significant to it. Our maximum exposure to loss resulting from involvement with VIEs is attributable to accounts and notes receivable balances, investment balances, outstanding loan guarantees and future lease payments, where applicable.
As our franchise and master franchise arrangements provide the franchise and master franchise entities the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance, we do not consider ourselves the primary beneficiary of any such entity that might be a VIE.
Tim Hortons has historically entered into certain arrangements in which an operator acquires the right to operate a restaurant, but Tim Hortons owns the restaurant’s assets. In these arrangements, Tim Hortons has the ability to determine which operators manage the restaurants and for what duration. We perform an analysis to determine if the legal entity in which operations are conducted is a VIE and consolidate a VIE entity if we also determine Tim Hortons is the entity’s primary beneficiary (“Restaurant VIEs”). As of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, we determined that we are the primary beneficiary of 38 and 3541 Restaurant VIEs,

71

Table of Contents

respectively, and accordingly, have consolidated the results of operations, assets and liabilities, and cash flows of these Restaurant VIEs in our Financial Statements.
Assets and liabilities related to consolidated VIEs are not significant to our total consolidated assets and liabilities. Liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not necessarily represent additional claims on our general assets; rather, they represent claims against the specific assets of the consolidated VIEs. Conversely, assets recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not represent additional assets that could be used to satisfy claims by our creditors as they are not legally included within our general assets.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements have been reclassified in order to be comparable with the current year classifications.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transaction Gains and Losses
Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar, since our term loans and senior secured notes are denominated in U.S. dollars. The functional currency of each of our operating subsidiaries is generally the currency of the economic environment in which the subsidiary primarily does business. Our foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements are translated into U.S. dollars using the foreign exchange rates applicable to the dates of the financial statements. Assets and liabilities are translated using the end-of-period spot foreign exchange rates. Income, expenses and cash flows are translated at the average foreign exchange rates for each period. Equity accounts are translated at historical foreign exchange rates. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) in the consolidated statements of equity.
For any transaction that is denominated in a currency different from the entity’s functional currency, we record a gain or loss based on the difference between the foreign exchange rate at the transaction date and the foreign exchange rate at the transaction settlement date (or rate at period end, if unsettled) which is included within other operating expenses (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and credit card receivables are considered cash equivalents.
Accounts and Notes Receivable, net
Our credit loss exposure is mainly concentrated in our accounts and notes receivable portfolio, which consists primarily of amounts due from franchisees, including royalties, rents, franchise fees, contributions due to advertising funds we manage and, in the case of our TH segment, amounts due for supply chain sales. Accounts and notes receivable are reported net of an allowance for expected credit losses over the estimated life of the receivable. Credit losses are estimated based on aging, historical collection experience, financial position of the franchisee and other factors, including those related to current economic conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future conditions.
Bad debt expense recognized for expected credit losses is classified in our consolidated statement of operations as Cost of sales, Franchise and property expenses or Advertising expenses and other services, based on the nature of the underlying receivable. Net bad debt expense (recoveries) totaled $20 million in 2023, $19 million in 2022 and $(9) million in 2021.
Inventories
Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value and consist primarily of raw materials such as green coffee beans and finished goods such as new equipment, parts, paper supplies and restaurant food items. The moving average method is used to determine the cost of raw materials and finished goods inventories held for sale to Tim Hortons franchisees.
Property and Equipment, net
We record property and equipment at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which is recognized using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: (i) buildings and improvements – up to 40 years; (ii) restaurant

64

Table of Contents

equipment – up to 17 years; (iii) furniture, fixtures and other – up to 10 years; and (iv) manufacturing equipment – up to 25 years. Leasehold improvements to properties where we are the lessee are amortized over the lesser of the remaining term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement.
Major improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred.
LeasesCapitalized Software and Cloud Computing Costs
We transitioned to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), from ASC Topic 840, Leases (the “Previous Standard”)record capitalized software at historical cost less accumulated amortization, which is recognized using the straight-line method. Amortization expense is based on January 1, 2019. Our Financial Statements reflect the application of ASC 842 guidance beginning in 2019, while our Financial Statements for prior periods were prepared under the guidanceestimated useful life of the Previous Standard.software, which is primarily up to five years, once the asset is available for its intended use.

72

Table of Contents

Implementation costs incurred in connection with Cloud Computing Arrangements (“CCA”) are capitalized consistently with costs capitalized for internal-use software. Capitalized CCA implementation costs are included in “Other assets” in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized over the term of the related hosting agreement, including renewal periods that are reasonably certain to be exercised. Amortization expense of CCA implementation costs is classified as “General and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations.
Leases
In all leases, whether we are the lessor or lessee, we define lease term as the noncancellable term of the lease plus any renewals covered by renewal options that are reasonably certain of exercise based on our assessment of the economic factors relevant to the lessee. The noncancellable term of the lease commences on the date the lessor makes the underlying property in the lease available to the lessee, irrespective of when lease payments begin under the contract.
Lessor Accounting
We recognize lease payments for operating leases as property revenue on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and property revenue is presented net of any related sales tax. Lease incentive payments we make to lessees are amortized as a reduction in property revenue over the lease term. In accordance with ASC 842, weWe account for reimbursements of maintenance and property tax costs paid to us by lessees as property revenue. These expenses and reimbursements were presented on a net basis under the Previous Standard.
We also have net investments in properties leased to franchisees, which meet the criteria of sales-type leases under ASC 842 or met the criteria of direct financing leases under the Previous Standard.previous accounting guidance. Investments in sales-type leases and direct financing leases are recorded on a net basis. Profit or loss on sales-type leases is recognized at lease commencement and recorded in other operating expenses (income), net. Unearned income on direct financing leases is deferred, included in the net investment in the lease, and recognized over the lease term yielding a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.
We recognize variable lease payment income in the period when changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur.
Lessee Accounting
In accordance with ASC 842, in leases where we are the lessee, we recognize a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability at lease commencement, which are measured by discounting lease payments using our incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. We determine the incremental borrowing rate applicable to each lease by reference to our outstanding secured borrowings and implied spreads over the risk-free discount rates that correspond to the term of each lease, as adjusted for the currency of the lease. Subsequent amortization of the ROU asset and accretion of the lease liability for an operating lease is recognized as a single lease cost, on a straight-line basis, over the lease term. Reductions of the ROU asset and the change in the lease liability are included in changes in Other long-term assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
Under the Previous Standard, we did not recognize assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by operating leases and recorded rental expense for operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term, net of any applicable lease incentive amortization.
A finance lease ROU asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the useful life of the leased asset or lease term. Interest on each finance lease liability is determined as the amount that results in a constant periodic discount rate on the remaining balance of the liability. Operating lease and finance lease ROU assets are assessed for impairment in accordance with our long-lived asset impairment policy.
We reassess lease classification and remeasure ROU assets and lease liabilities when a lease is modified and that modification is not accounted for as a separate contract or upon certain other events that require reassessment in accordance with ASC 842.reassessment. Maintenance and property tax expenses are accounted for on an accrual basis as variable lease cost.
We recognize variable lease cost in the period when changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition of Popeyes in 2017, the acquisition of Tim Hortons in 2014 and the acquisition of Burger King Holdings, Inc. by

65

Table of Contents

3G Capital Partners Ltd. in 2010.business combination transactions. Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of the Tim Hortons brand, the Burger King brand, the Popeyes brand and the PopeyesFirehouse Subs brand (each a “Brand” and together, the “Brands”). Goodwill and the Brands are tested for impairment at least annually as of October 1 of each year and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which indicate impairment might exist. Our annual impairment tests of goodwill and the Brands may be completed through qualitative assessments. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to a quantitative impairment test for any reporting unit or Brand in any period. We can resume the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit or Brand in any subsequent period.

73

Table of Contents

Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for goodwill consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test that requires us to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we will measure any goodwill impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for the Brands consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a Brand’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for a Brand, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a Brand exceeds its fair value, we estimate the fair value of the Brand and compare it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
We completed our impairment tests for goodwill and the Brands as of October 1, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021 and 0no impairment resulted.
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, intangible assets subject to amortization and lease right-of-use assets, are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Some of the events or changes in circumstances that would trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy proceedings or other significant financial distress of a lessee; significant negative industry or economic trends; knowledge of transactions involving the sale of similar property at amounts below the carrying value; or our expectation to dispose of long-lived assets before the end of their estimated useful lives. The impairment test for long-lived assets requires us to assess the recoverability of long-lived assets by comparing their net carrying value to the sum of undiscounted estimated future cash flows directly associated with and arising from use and eventual disposition of the assets or asset group. Long-lived assets are grouped for recognition and measurement of impairment at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. If the net carrying value of a group of long-lived assets exceeds the sum of related undiscounted estimated future cash flows, we record an impairment charge equal to the excess, if any, of the net carrying value over fair value.
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income (loss), but are excluded from net income (loss) as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to equity, net of tax. Our other comprehensive income (loss) is primarily comprised of unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on hedging activity, net of tax.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We recognize and measure all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. Derivative instruments accounted for as net investments hedges are classified as long term assets and liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. We may enter into derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments for accounting purposes, but which largely offset the economic impact of certain transactions.
Gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings or recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when the hedged item affects earnings, depending on the purpose of the derivatives and whether they qualify for, and we have applied, hedge accounting treatment.
When applying hedge accounting, we designate at a derivative’s inception, the specific assets, liabilities or future commitments being hedged, and assess the hedge’s effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis. We discontinue hedge accounting when: (i) we determine that the cash flow derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item; (ii) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur; or (iv) management determines that designation of the derivatives as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate. We do not enter into or hold derivatives for speculative purposes.

66

Table of Contents

Disclosures about Fair Value
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal market, or if none exists, the most advantageous market, for the specific asset or liability at the measurement date (the exit price). The fair value is based on assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are assigned a level within the fair value hierarchy, depending on the source of the inputs into the calculation, as follows:

74

Table of Contents

Level 1 Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.
The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable and accounts and drafts payable approximate fair value based on the short-term nature of these amounts.
We carry all of our derivatives at fair value and value them using various pricing models or discounted cash flow analysis that incorporate observable market parameters, such as interest rate yield curves and currency rates, which are Level 2 inputs. Derivative valuations incorporate credit risk adjustments that are necessary to reflect the probability of default by the counterparty or us. For disclosures about the fair value measurements of our derivative instruments, see Note 11, Derivative Instruments.
The following table presents the fair value of our variable rate term debt and senior notes, estimated using inputs based on bid and offer prices that are Level 2 inputs, and principal carrying amount (in millions):
As of December 31,
20202019
As of December 31,As of December 31,
202320232022
Fair value of our variable term debt and senior notesFair value of our variable term debt and senior notes$12,477 $12,075 
Principal carrying amount of our variable term debt and senior notesPrincipal carrying amount of our variable term debt and senior notes12,453 11,900 
The determination of fair values of our reporting units and the determination of the fair value of the Brands for impairment testing using a quantitative approach during 2020, 20192023 and 20182022 were based upon Level 3 inputs.
Revenue Recognition
Sales
Sales consist primarily of supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales to retailers and direct to consumer and are presented net of any related sales tax. Orders placed by customers specify the goods to be delivered and transaction prices for supply chain sales. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control over ordered items, generally upon delivery to the customer, which is when the customer obtains physical possession of the goods, legal title is transferred, the customer has all risks and rewards of ownership and an obligation to pay for the goods is created. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight for supply chain sales are accounted for as fulfillment costs and classified as cost of sales.
To a much lesser extent, sales also include Company restaurant sales (including Restaurant VIEs), which consist of sales to restaurant guests. Revenue from Company restaurant sales is recognized at the point of sale. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that we collect are excluded from revenue.
Franchise and property revenues
Franchise revenues consist primarily of royalties, advertising fund contributions, initial and renewal franchise fees and upfront fees from development agreements and master franchise and development agreements (“MFDAs”). Under franchise agreements, we provide franchisees with (i) a franchise license, which includes a license to use our intellectual property, and, in those markets where our subsidiaries manage an advertising fund, advertising and promotion management, (ii) pre-opening services, such as training and inspections, and (iii) ongoing services, such as development of training materials and menu items and restaurant monitoring and inspections. TheThese services we provide under franchise agreements are highly interrelated and dependent upon the franchise license and we concluded thethese services do not represent individually distinct performance obligations. Consequently, we bundle the franchise license performance obligation and promises to provide these services into a single performance obligation (the “Franchise PO”), which we satisfy by providing a right to use our intellectual property over the term of each franchise agreement.

67

Table of Contents

Royalties including franchisee contributions to advertising funds managed by our subsidiaries, are calculated as a percentage of franchisefranchised restaurant sales over the term of the franchise agreement. Under our franchise agreements, advertising contributions paid by franchisees must be spent on advertising, product development, marketing and related activities. Initial and renewal franchise fees are payable by the franchisee upon a new restaurant opening or renewal of an existing franchise agreement. Our franchise agreement royalties inclusive of advertising fund contributions, represent sales-based royalties that are related entirely to our performance obligation under the franchise agreementFranchise PO and are recognized as franchise sales occur. Additionally, initialInitial and renewal franchise fees are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective agreement. Our performance obligation under development agreements other than MFDAs generally consists of an obligation to grant exclusive development rights over a stated term. These development rights are not distinct from franchise agreements, so upfront fees paid by franchisees for exclusive development rights are deferred and apportioned to each franchisefranchised restaurant opened by the franchisee. The pro rata amount apportioned to each restaurant is accounted for as an initial franchise fee.

75

Table of Contents

We have a distinct performance obligation under our MFDAs to grant subfranchising rights over a stated term. Under the terms of MFDAs, we typically either receive an upfront fee paid in cash and/or receive noncash consideration in the form of an equity interest in the master franchisee or an affiliate of the master franchisee. We account for noncash consideration as investments in the applicable equity method investee and recognize revenue in an amount equal to the fair value of the equity interest received. Upfront fees from master franchisees, including the fair value of noncash consideration, are deferred and amortized over the MFDA term on a straight-line basis. We may recognize unamortized upfront fees when a contract with a franchisee or master franchisee is modified and is accounted for as a termination of the existing contract.
The portion of gift cards sold to customers which are never redeemed is commonly referred to as gift card breakage. We recognize gift card breakage income proportionately as each gift card is redeemed using an estimated breakage rate based on our historical experience.
Property revenues
Property revenues consists of rental income from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees. Property revenues are accounted for in accordance with applicable accounting guidance for leases and are excluded from the scope of revenue recognition guidance.
In certain instances, we provide incentives to franchisees in connection with restaurant renovations or other initiatives. These incentives may consist of cash consideration or non-cash consideration such as restaurant equipment. In general, these incentives are designed to support system-wide sales growth to increase our future revenues. The costs of these incentives are capitalized and amortized as a reduction in franchise and property revenue over the term of the contract to which the incentive relates.
Advertising revenues and Promotional Costsother services
Advertising revenues consist primarily of franchisee contributions to advertising funds in those markets where our subsidiaries manage an advertising fund and are calculated as a percentage of franchised restaurant sales over the term of the franchise agreement. Under our franchise agreements, advertising contributions received from franchisees must be spent on advertising, product development, marketing, and related activities. We determined our advertising and promotion management services do not represent individually distinct performance obligations and are included in the Franchise PO.
Other services revenues consist primarily of tech fees and revenues, that vary by market, and partially offset expenses related to technology initiatives. These services are distinct from the Franchise PO because they are not dependent upon the franchise license or highly interrelated with the franchise license.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales consists primarily of costs associated with the management of our Tim Hortons supply chain, including cost of goods, direct labor, depreciation, bad debt expense (recoveries) from supply chain sales and cost of products sold to retailers. Cost of sales also includes food, paper and labor costs of Company restaurants.
Franchise and Property Expenses
Franchise and property expenses consist primarily of depreciation of properties leased to franchisees, rental expense associated with properties subleased to franchisees, amortization of franchise agreements, and bad debt expense (recoveries) from franchise and property revenues.
Advertising Expenses and Other Services
Advertising expenses and other services consist primarily of expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives, bad debt expense (recoveries) from franchisee contributions to advertising funds we manage, depreciation and amortization and other related support functions for the respective brands. Additionally, we may incur discretionary expenses to fund advertising programs in connection with periodic initiatives.
Company restaurants and franchisefranchised restaurants contribute to advertising funds that our subsidiaries manage in the United States and Canada and certain other international markets. The advertising funds expense the production costs of advertising when the advertisements are first aired or displayed. All other advertising and promotional costs are expensed in the period incurred. Under our franchise agreements, advertising contributions received from franchisees must be spent on advertising, product development, marketing and related activities. Advertising contributions received from franchisees are included in franchise and property revenues and advertising expenses are included as selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising expenses included in selling, general and administrative expenses totaled $857 million for 2020, $858 million for 2019 and $793 million for 2018. The advertising contributions by Company restaurants (including Restaurant VIEs) are eliminated in consolidation. Consolidated advertising expense totaled $1,201 million, $1,032 million and $962 million in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

76

Table of Contents

Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the related debt agreement into interest expense using the effective interest method.
Income Taxes
Amounts in the Financial Statements related to income taxes are calculated using the principles of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. Under these principles, deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the impact of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for tax purposes, as well as tax credit carry-forwards and loss carry-forwards. These deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax rates. A deferred tax asset is recognized when it is considered more-likely-than-not to be realized. The effects of changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in income in the year in which the law is enacted. A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
We recognize positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return in the Financial Statements when it is more-likely-than-not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit with greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
Translation gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of foreign deferred tax assets or liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are classified as other operating expenses (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

68

Table of Contents

Share-based Compensation
Compensation expense related to the issuance of share-based awards to our employees is measured at fair value on the grant date. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value stock options. The fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is generally based on the closing price of RBI's common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. Our total shareholder return and if applicable our total shareholder return relative to our peer group is incorporated into the underlying assumptions using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model to calculate grant date fair value for performance based awards with a market condition. The compensation expense for awards that vest over a future service period is recognized over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis, adjusted for estimated forfeitures of awards that are not expected to vest. We use historical data to estimate forfeitures for share-based awards. Upon the end of the service period, compensation expense is adjusted to account for the actual forfeiture rate. The compensation expense for awards that contain performance conditions is recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved.
Supplier Finance Programs
Our Tim Hortons business includes individually negotiated contracts with suppliers, which include payment terms that range up to 120 days. A global financial institution offers a voluntary supply chain finance (“SCF”) program to certain Tim Hortons vendors, which provides suppliers that elect to participate with the ability to elect early payment, which is discounted based on the payment terms and a rate based on RBI's credit rating, which may be beneficial to the vendor. Participation in the SCF program is at the sole discretion of the suppliers and financial institution and we are not a party to the arrangements between the suppliers and the financial institution. Our obligations to suppliers are not affected by the suppliers’ decisions to participate in the SCF program and our payment terms remain the same based on the original supplier invoicing terms and conditions. No guarantees are provided by us or any of our subsidiaries in connection with the SCF Program.
Our confirmed outstanding obligations under the SCF program at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 totaled $36 million and $47 million, respectively, and are classified as Accounts and drafts payable in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. All activity related to the obligations is classified as Cost of sales in our condensed consolidated statements of operations and presented within cash flows from operating activities in our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.
New Accounting Pronouncements
Credit Losses – In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance that requires companies to measure and recognize lifetime expected credit losses for certain financial instruments, including trade accounts receivable and net investments in direct financing and sales-type leases. Expected credit losses are estimated using relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This amendment was effective commencing in 2020, using a modified retrospective approach. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on our Financial Statements.
Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes – In December 2019, the FASB issued guidance which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions and by clarifying and amending existing guidance applicable to accounting for income taxes. The amendment is effective commencing in 2021 with early adoption permitted. We do not anticipate the adoption of this new guidance will have a material impact on our Financial Statements.
Accounting Relief for the Transition Away from LIBOR and Certain other Reference Rates– In March 2020 and as clarified in January 2021 and December 2022, the FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. This amendment is effective as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022.2024. The expedients and exceptions provided by this new guidance do not apply to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated after December 31, 2022,2024, except for hedging relationships existing as of December 31, 2022,2024, that an entity has elected certain optional expedients for and that are retained through the end of the hedging relationships. During 2021, we adopted certain of the expedients as it relates to hedge accounting as certain of our debt agreements

77

Table of Contents

and hedging relationships bear interest at variable rates, primarily U.S. dollar LIBOR. Additionally, during the three months ended September 30, 2023, we amended the LIBOR-referencing credit agreement governing our senior secured term loan facilities to reference the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) as further disclosed in Note 8, Long-Term Debt. As of December 31, 2023, none of our debt agreements and hedging relationships make reference to LIBOR. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on our Financial Statements.
Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs – In September 2022, the FASB issued guidance that requires buyers in a supplier finance program to disclose sufficient information about the program to allow investors to understand the program's nature, activity during the period, changes from period to period, and potential magnitude. These disclosures would include the key terms of the program, as well as the obligation amount that the buyer has confirmed as valid to the third party that is outstanding at the end of the reporting period, a rollforward of that amount, and a description of where that amount is presented in the balance sheet. This amendment is effective in 2023, except for the amendment on rollforward information which is effective in 2024, with early adoption permitted. This guidance should be applied retrospectively to each period in which a balance sheet is presented, except for the amendment on rollforward information, which should be applied prospectively. During the first quarter of 2023, we adopted this guidance and added necessary disclosures upon adoption as disclosed in Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, with the exception of rollforward information which will be added during the first quarter of 2024.
Segment Reporting – In November 2023, the FASB issued guidance that expands segment disclosures for public entities, including requiring disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses reported measures of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and allocating resources. The new guidance also expands disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets in interim periods and clarifies that a public entity may report additional measures of segment profit if the CODM uses more than one measure of a segment’s profit or loss. The new guidance does not remove existing segment disclosure requirements or change how a public entity identifies its operating segments, aggregates those operating segments, or determines its reportable segments. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and subsequent interim periods with early adoption permitted, and requires retrospective application to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this new guidance will have on our Financial Statementsdisclosures upon adoption and have not adopted any ofexpect to provide additional detail and disclosures under this new guidance.
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures – In December 2023, the transition relief available underFASB issued guidance that expands income tax disclosures for public entities, including requiring enhanced disclosures related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. The guidance is effective for annual disclosures for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The guidance should be applied on a prospective basis, with retrospective application to all prior periods presented in the financial statements permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this new guidance as of December 31, 2020.will have on our disclosures upon adoption and expect to provide additional detail and disclosures under this new guidance.

Note 3. Earnings Per Unit
Partnership uses the two-class method in the computation of earnings per unit. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, RBI, as the holder of the Class A common units, is entitled to receive distributions from Partnership in an amount equal to the aggregate dividends payable by RBI to holders of RBI common shares, and the holders of Class B exchangeable limited partnership units (the “Partnership exchangeable units”) are entitled to receive distributions from Partnership in an amount per unit equal to the dividends payable by RBI on each RBI common share. Partnership’s net income available to common unitholders is allocated between the Class A common units and Partnership exchangeable units on a fully-distributed basis and reflects residual net income after noncontrolling interests. Basic and diluted earnings per Class A common unit is determined by dividing net income allocated to Class A common unitholders by the weighted average number of Class A common units outstanding for the period. Basic and diluted earnings per Partnership exchangeable unit is determined by dividing net income allocated to the Partnership exchangeable units by the weighted average number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding during the period.
There are no dilutive securities for Partnership as the exercise of stock options and vesting of RSUs will not affect the numbersnumber of Class A common units or Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. However, the issuance of RBI shares by RBI in future periods will affect the allocation of net income attributable to common unitholders between Partnership’s Class A common units and Partnership exchangeable units.


6978

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the basic and diluted earnings per unit calculations (in millions, except per unit amounts):
202020192018
2023202320222021
Allocation of net income among partner interests:Allocation of net income among partner interests:
Net income allocated to Class A common unitholders
Net income allocated to Class A common unitholders
Net income allocated to Class A common unitholdersNet income allocated to Class A common unitholders$486 $643 $612 
Net income allocated to Partnership exchangeable unitholdersNet income allocated to Partnership exchangeable unitholders262 466 531 
Net income attributable to common unitholdersNet income attributable to common unitholders$748 $1,109 $1,143 
Denominator - basic and diluted partnership units:Denominator - basic and diluted partnership units:
Weighted average Class A common unitsWeighted average Class A common units202 202 202 
Weighted average Class A common units
Weighted average Class A common units
Weighted average Partnership exchangeable unitsWeighted average Partnership exchangeable units162 194 216 
Earnings per unit - basic and diluted:Earnings per unit - basic and diluted:
Class A common units (a)Class A common units (a)$2.41 $3.18 $3.03 
Class A common units (a)
Class A common units (a)
Partnership exchangeable units (a)Partnership exchangeable units (a)$1.62 $2.40 $2.46 
(a)Earnings per unit may not recalculate exactly as it is calculated based on unrounded numbers.

Note 4. Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, net, consist of the following (in millions):
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20202019 20232022
LandLand$1,007 $1,006 
Buildings and improvementsBuildings and improvements1,192 1,148 
Restaurant equipmentRestaurant equipment163 109 
Furniture, fixtures, and otherFurniture, fixtures, and other242 210 
Finance leasesFinance leases289 245 
Construction in progressConstruction in progress17 35 
2,910 2,753 
3,139
Accumulated depreciation and amortizationAccumulated depreciation and amortization(879)(746)
Property and equipment, netProperty and equipment, net$2,031 $2,007 
Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment totaled $140$137 million for 2020, $1362023, $135 million for 20192022 and $148 million for 2018.2021.
Included in our property and equipment, net at December 31, 20202023 and 20192022 are $238$226 million and $222$227 million, respectively, of assets leased under finance leases (mostly buildings and improvements), net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $51$109 million and $23$90 million, respectively.



7079

Table of Contents


Note 5. Intangible Assets, net and Goodwill
Intangible assets, net and goodwill consist of the following (in millions):
As of December 31,
20202019
GrossAccumulated AmortizationNetGrossAccumulated AmortizationNet
As of December 31,As of December 31,
202320232022
GrossGrossAccumulated AmortizationNetGrossAccumulated AmortizationNet
Identifiable assets subject to amortization:Identifiable assets subject to amortization:
Franchise agreements
Franchise agreements
Franchise agreements Franchise agreements$735 $(264)$471 $720 $(225)$495 
Favorable leases Favorable leases117 (66)51 127 (65)62 
Subtotal Subtotal852 (330)522 847 (290)557 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Tim Hortons brand
Tim Hortons brand
$6,650 $— $6,650 $6,534 $— $6,534 
Tim Hortons brand
Tim Hortons brand
Burger King brand
Burger King brand
2,174 — 2,174 2,117 — 2,117 
Popeyes brand
Popeyes brand
1,355 — 1,355 1,355 — 1,355 
Firehouse Subs brand
Subtotal Subtotal10,179 — 10,179 10,006 — 10,006 
Intangible assets, netIntangible assets, net$10,701 $10,563 
GoodwillGoodwill
Tim Hortons segment$4,279 $4,207 
Burger King segment614 598 
Popeyes segment846 846 
Goodwill
Goodwill
TH segment
TH segment
TH segment
BK segment
BK segment
BK segment
PLK segment
PLK segment
PLK segment
FHS segment
FHS segment
FHS segment
INTL segment
INTL segment
INTL segment
Total Total$5,739 $5,651 
Total
Total
During the fourth quarter of 2023, we revised our internal reporting structure to align with how our Chief Executive Officer, who is our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), manages the business, assesses performance, makes operating decisions and allocates resources, which resulted in a change in our operating and reportable segments. We manage each of our brands’ United States and Canada operations as an operating and reportable segment and our international operations as an operating and reportable segment. As part of this reevaluation, we moved the international components of our previous operating segments to the new International segment with no changes to the composition of any reporting units. The carrying amount of goodwill assigned to each international component is included above in our International segment for both periods presented.
Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $43$37 million for 2020, $442023, $39 million for 2019,2022, and $70$41 million for 2018.2021. The change in the franchise agreements, brands and goodwill balances during 20202023 was primarily due to the impact of foreign currency translation.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, the estimated future amortization expense on identifiable assets subject to amortization is as follows (in millions):
Twelve-months ended December 31,Amount
2021$41 
202240 
202338 
202437 
202535 
Thereafter331 
Total$522 






Twelve-months ended December 31,Amount
2024$36 
202535 
202634 
202734 
202833 
Thereafter234 
Total$406 


7180

Table of Contents


Note 6. Equity Method Investments
The aggregate carrying amount of our equity method investments was $205$163 million and $266$167 million as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively, and is included as a component of Other assets, net in our consolidated balance sheets. TH and BK both have equity method investments. PLK did not have any equity method investments as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
With respect to our TH business, the most significant equity method investment is our 50.0% joint venture interest with The Wendy’s Company (the “TIMWEN Partnership”), which jointly holds real estate underlying Canadian combination restaurants. Distributions received from this joint venture were $8 million, $13 million and $13 million during 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Except for the following equity method investments, no quoted market prices are available for our other equity method investments. The aggregate market value of our 15.3%14.7% equity interest in Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (“Carrols”) based on the quoted market price on December 31, 20202023 is approximately $59$74 million. The aggregate market value of our 9.4% equity interest in BK Brasil Operação e Assessoria a Restaurantes S.A. based on the quoted market price on December 31, 20202023 is approximately $47$30 million. AsThe aggregate market value of our 4.2% equity interest in TH International Limited based on the quoted market price on December 31, 2020,2023 was approximately $12 million. We evaluate declines in the fairmarket value of these equity method investments exceeds the carrying amount.and as a result, during 2022, we recognized an impairment of $15 million due to a sustained decline in Carrols' share price and market capitalization.
We have equity interests in entities that own or franchise Tim Hortons, or Burger King and Popeyes restaurants. Franchise and property revenue recognized from franchisees that are owned or franchised by entities in which we have an equity interest consist of the following (in millions):

202020192018
Revenues from affiliates:
Royalties$289 $345 $310 
Property revenues32 33 36 
Franchise fees and other revenue14 10 11 
Total$335 $388 $357 
We recognized rent expense associated with the TIMWEN Partnership of $15 million, $19 million, and $20 million during 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
202320222021
Revenues from affiliates:
Royalties$402 $353 $350 
Advertising revenues79 71 67 
Property revenues32 31 32 
Franchise fees and other revenue21 18 21 
Sales19 18 10 
Total$553 $491 $480 
At December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, we had $52$61 million and $47$42 million, respectively, of accounts receivable, net from our equity method investments which were recorded in accounts and notes receivable, net in our consolidated balance sheets.
With respect to our Tim Hortons business, the most significant equity method investment is our 50% joint venture interest with The Wendy’s Company (the “TIMWEN Partnership”), which jointly holds real estate underlying Canadian combination restaurants. Distributions received from this joint venture were $13 million during 2023 and 2022 and $16 million during 2021.
We recognized rent expense associated with the TIMWEN Partnership of $21 million, $19 million, and $18 million during 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(Income) loss from equity method investments reflects our share of investee net income or loss, non-cash dilution gains or losses from changes in our ownership interests in equity method investees and basis difference amortization. We recorded increases to the carrying value of our equity method investment balances and non-cash dilution gains in the amounts of $11 million and $20 million during 2019 and 2018, respectively. NaN non-cash dilution gains were recorded during 2020. The dilution gains resulted from the issuance of capital stock by our equity method investees, which reduced our ownership interests in these equity method investments. The dilution gains we recorded in connection with the issuance of capital stock reflect adjustments to the differences between the amount of underlying equity in the net assets of equity method investees before and after their issuance of capital stock.








impairment charges.

7281

Table of Contents


Note 7. Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Liabilities
Other accrued liabilities (current) and other liabilities, net (non-current) consist of the following (in millions):

As of December 31, As of December 31,
20202019 20232022
Current:Current:
Dividend payable$239 $232 
Distributions payable
Distributions payable
Distributions payable
Interest payableInterest payable66 71 
Accrued compensation and benefitsAccrued compensation and benefits78 57 
Taxes payableTaxes payable122 126 
Deferred incomeDeferred income42 35 
Accrued advertising expensesAccrued advertising expenses59 40 
Restructuring and other provisionsRestructuring and other provisions12 
Current portion of operating lease liabilitiesCurrent portion of operating lease liabilities137 126 
OtherOther80 95 
Other accrued liabilitiesOther accrued liabilities$835 $790 
Non-current:Non-current:
Taxes payableTaxes payable$626 $579 
Taxes payable
Taxes payable
Contract liabilities (see Note 14)Contract liabilities (see Note 14)528 541 
Derivatives liabilitiesDerivatives liabilities865 341 
Unfavorable leasesUnfavorable leases81 103 
Accrued pensionAccrued pension70 65 
Deferred incomeDeferred income28 25 
OtherOther38 44 
Other liabilities, netOther liabilities, net$2,236 $1,698 

Note 8. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consistconsists of the following (in millions):
 As of December 31,
 20202019
Term Loan B (due November 19, 2026)$5,297 $5,350 
Term Loan A (due October 7, 2024)731 750 
2017 4.25% Senior Notes (due May 15, 2024)775 1,500 
2019 3.875% Senior Notes (due January 15, 2028)750 750 
2020 5.75% Senior Notes (due April 15, 2025)500 
2020 3.50% Senior Notes (due February 15, 2029)750 
2017 5.00% Senior Notes (due October 15, 2025)2,800 
2019 4.375% Senior Notes (due January 15, 2028)750 750 
2020 4.00% Senior Notes (due October 15, 2030)2,900 
TH Facility and other178 81 
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs and deferred issuance discount(155)(148)
Total debt, net12,476 11,833 
Less: current maturities of debt(79)(74)
Total long-term debt$12,397 $11,759 
 As of December 31,
 20232022
Term Loan B$5,175 $5,190 
Term Loan A1,275 1,250 
3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 20281,550 1,550 
3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029750 750 
5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025500 500 
4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028750 750 
4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 20302,900 2,900 
TH Facility and other143 155 
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs and deferred issuance discount(122)(111)
Total debt, net12,921 12,934 
Less: current maturities of debt(67)(95)
Total long-term debt$12,854 $12,839 


7382

Table of Contents

Credit Facilities
On September 6, 2019,21, 2023, two of our subsidiaries (the "Borrowers"“Borrowers”) entered into a fourth incremental facilityseventh amendment (the "Fourth Incremental Amendment"“7th Amendment”) to the credit agreement governing our senior secured term loan facilitiesA facility (the "Term“Term Loan Facilities"A”), our senior secured term loan B facility (the “Term Loan B” and together with the Term Loan A, the “Term Loan Facilities”) and our senior secured revolving credit facility (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the "Revolving“Revolving Credit Facility"Facility” and together with the Term Loan Facilities, the "Credit Facilities"“Credit Facilities”). Under the Fourth Incremental7th Amendment we (i) amended the existing Revolving Credit Facility to increase the availability from $1,000 million to $1,250 million and extended the maturity of the facility to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate); (ii) increased the Term Loan A to $1,275 million and extended the maturity of the Term Loan A to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR; (iii) increased the Term Loan B to $5,175 million, extended the maturity of the Term Loan B to September 21, 2030, and changed the interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B to term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%; and (iv) made certain other changes as set forth therein, including removing the 0.10% adjustment to the term SOFR rate across the facilities and changes to certain covenants to provide increased flexibility. On December 28, 2023, we obtainedentered into an eighth amendment (the “8th Amendment” and together with the 7th Amendment, the “2023 Amendments”) to the credit agreement whereby Partnership and its subsidiaries became guarantors, subject to the covenants applicable to the Credit Facilities. The 2023 Amendments made no other material changes to the terms of the credit agreement. In connection with the 7th Amendment, we capitalized approximately $44 million in debt issuance costs and recorded a new term loan$16 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects expensing of fees in connection with the aggregate principal amount7th Amendment and the write-off of $750 million (the "Term Loan A") with a maturity date of October 7, 2024 (subject to earlier maturity in specified circumstances), (ii) theunamortized debt issuance costs.
The interest rate applicable to the Term Loan A and Revolving Credit Facility is, at our option, either (a) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin varying from 0.00% to 0.50%, or (b) a Eurocurrency rate,term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin varying between 0.75% and 1.50%, in each case, determined by reference to a net first lien leverage basedleverage-based pricing grid, (iii) the aggregate principal amount of the commitments under our Revolving Credit Facility was increased to $1,000 million, (iv) the maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility was extended from October 13, 2022 to October 7, 2024 (subject to earlier maturity in specified circumstances), and (v) thegrid. The commitment fee on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility was decreased from 0.25% tois 0.15%. At December 31, 2020,2023, the interest rate on the Term Loan A was 1.40%6.61%. The principal amount of the Term Loan A amortizes in quarterly installments equal to $5$8 million until October 7, 2022beginning March 31, 2025 and thereafter in quarterly installments equal to $9$16 million beginning March 31, 2027 until maturity, with the balance payable at maturity. The Term Loan A will require compliance with a net first lien leverage ratio (described below). Except as described herein, the Fourth Incremental Amendment did not materially change the terms of the Credit Facilities. In connection with the Fourth Incremental Amendment, we capitalized approximately $7 million in debt issuance costs.
Our Credit Facilities also include a senior secured term loan B facility (the "Term Loan B"). In September 2019, we voluntarily prepaid $235 million principal amount of our Term Loan B and, in connection with this prepayment, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $4 million that primarily reflects the write-off of related unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts.
On November 19, 2019, the Borrowers entered into a fourth amendment (the "Fourth Amendment") to the credit agreement governing our Credit Facilities. Under the Fourth Amendment, (i) the outstanding aggregate principal amount under our Term Loan B was decreased to $5,350 million as a result of a repayment of $720 million from a portion of the net proceeds of the 2019 4.375% Senior Notes (defined below), (ii) theThe interest rate applicable to ourthe Term Loan B was reduced to,is, at our option, either (a) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 0.75%1.25%, or (b) a Eurocurrency rate,term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.75%, and (iii) the maturity date of our Term Loan B was extended from February 17, 2024 to November 19, 2026.2.25%. At December 31, 2020,2023, the interest rate on the Term Loan B was 1.90%7.61%. The principal amount of the Term Loan B amortizes in quarterly installments equal to $13 million beginning March 31, 2024 until maturity, with the balance payable at maturity. Except as described herein, the Fourth Amendment did not materially change the terms of the Credit Facilities.
In connection with the Fourth Amendment, we capitalized approximately $24 million in debt issuance costs and original issue discount and recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $16 million that primarily reflects the write-off of related unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts and fees incurred.
On April 2, 2020, the Borrowers entered into a fifth amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the credit agreement governing our Credit Facilities. The Fifth Amendment provides the Borrowers with the option to comply with a $1,000 million minimum liquidity covenant in lieu of the 6.50:1.00 net first lien senior secured leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant for the period after June 30, 2020 and prior to September 30, 2021. Additionally, for the periods ending September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021, to determine compliance with the net first lien senior secured leverage ratio, we are permitted to annualize the Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the three months ending September 30, 2021 and six months ending December 31, 2021, respectively, in lieu of calculating the ratio based on Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four quarters. There were no other material changes to the terms of the Credit Agreement.
Revolving Credit Facility
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had 0no amounts outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility. Funds available under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used to repay other debt, finance debt or repurchases of RBI sharecommon shares or repurchases of partnership exchangeable units, to fund acquisitions or capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes. We have a $125 million letter of credit sublimit as part of the Revolving Credit Facility, which reduces our borrowing availability thereunder by the cumulative amount of outstanding letters of credit. Under the Fourth Incremental Amendment, theThe interest rate applicable to amounts drawn under each letter of credit decreased from a range of 1.25% to 2.00% to a range ofis 0.75% to 1.50%, depending on our net first lien leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had $2 million of letters of credit issued against the Revolving Credit Facility, and our borrowing availability was $998$1,248 million.
Obligations under the Credit Facilities are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the direct parent company of one of the BorrowersPartnership and substantially all of its Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries, including The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Corporation,Company LLC, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc., FRG, LLC and substantially all of their respective Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries (the “Credit Guarantors”). Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facilities are secured on a first priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all of the present and future property (subject to certain exceptions) of each Borrower and Credit Guarantor.

74

Table of Contents

2017 4.25%3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028
During 2017,On September 24, 2019, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “2017 4.25%“3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $1,500$750 million of 4.25%3.875% first lien senior notes due MayJanuary 15, 20242028 (the “2017 4.25%“2019 3.875% Senior Notes”). NaNOn July 6, 2021, the Borrowers issued an additional $800 million under the 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture (the “Additional Notes” and together with the 2019 3.875% Senior Notes, the “3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The Additional Notes were priced at 100.250% of their face value. The net proceeds from the offering of the 2017 4.25% SeniorAdditional Notes together with other sources of liquidity, were used to redeem allthe remaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of the outstanding RBI Class A 9.0% cumulative compounding perpetual voting preferred shares4.25% first lien senior notes, plus any accrued and for other general corporate purposes.unpaid interest thereon, and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses. In connection with the issuance of the 2017 4.25% SeniorAdditional Notes, we capitalized approximately $13$7 million in debt issuance costs. As detailed below, during 2020 we redeemed $725 millionIn connection with the redemption of the 2017remaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of the 4.25% Senior Notes.first lien senior notes, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $11 million that primarily reflects the payment of redemption premiums and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.

83

Table of Contents

Obligations under the 2017 4.25%3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the BorrowersPartnership and substantially all of the Borrowers'its Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries, including The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Corporation,Company LLC, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc., FRG, LLC and substantially all of their respective Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries (the “Note Guarantors”). The 2017 4.25%3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of theunder our Credit Facilities.
Our 2017 4.25%The 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028 may be redeemed in whole or in part on or after May 15, 2020at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the 2017 4.25%3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 2017 4.25%3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
2019 3.875%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029
On September 24, 2019,November 9, 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the "2019 3.875%“3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture"Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 3.875%3.50% first lien senior notes due JanuaryFebruary 15, 20282029 (the "2019 3.875%“3.50% First Lien Senior Notes"Notes due 2029”). NaNNo principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 2019 3.875%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes and a portion of the net proceeds from the Term Loan Adue 2029, together with cash on hand, were used to redeem the entire outstanding principal balance of $1,250$725 million of 4.625%4.25% first lien securedsenior notes due January 15, 2022 (the "2015 4.625% Senior Notes") and to pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses. In connection with the issuance of the 2019 3.875% Senior Notes, we capitalized approximately $10 million in debt issuance costs. In connection with the redemption of the entire outstanding principal balance of the 2015 4.625% Senior Notes, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $3 million that primarily reflects the write-off of related unamortized debt issuance costs.
Obligations under the 2019 3.875%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 2019 3.875%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities.
Our 2019 3.875%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 may be redeemed in whole or in part, on or after SeptemberFebruary 15, 20222024 at the redemption prices set forth in the 2019 3.875%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 2019 3.875%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
2020 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025
On April 7, 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “2020 5.75%“5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $500 million of 5.75% first lien notes due April 15, 2025 (the “2020 5.75%“5.75% First Lien Senior Notes”Notes due 2025”). NaNNo principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 2020 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 were used for general corporate purposes. In connection with the issuance of the 2020 5.75% Senior Notes, we capitalized approximately $10 million in debt issuance costs.
Obligations under the 2020 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 2020 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities.
Our 2020 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 may be redeemed in whole or in part on or after April 15, 2022at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the 2020 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 2020 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.

75

Table of Contents

2020 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes
On November 9, 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “2020 3.50% Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 3.50% first lien notes due February 15, 2029 (the “2020 3.50% Senior Notes”). NaN principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The proceeds from the offering of the 2020 3.50% Senior Notes, together with cash on hand, were used to redeem $725 million of the 2017 4.25% Senior Notes and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses. In connection with the issuance of the 2020 3.50% Senior Notes, we capitalized approximately $7 million in debt issuance costs. In connection with the redemption of the 2017 4.25% Senior Notes, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $19 million that primarily reflects the payment of premiums to redeem the notes and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.
Obligations under the 2020 3.50% Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 2020 3.50% Senior Notes are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities.
Our 2020 3.50% Senior Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part, on or after February 15, 2024 at the redemption prices set forth in the 2020 3.50% Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 2020 3.50% Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
2017 5.00% Second Lien Senior Notes
During 2017, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “2017 5.00% Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $2,800 million of 5.00% second lien senior notes due October 15, 2025 (the “2017 5.00% Senior Notes”). During 2020, we redeemed the entire outstanding principal balance of $2,800 million of the 2017 5.00% Senior Notes using proceeds from the offering of the 2020 4.00% Senior Notes (defined below).
2019 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028
On November 19, 2019, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “2019 4.375%“4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 4.375% second lien senior notes due January 15, 2028 (the “2019 4.375%“4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes”Notes due 2028”). NaNNo principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 2019 4.375% Senior Notes, together with cash on hand, were used to repay $720 million of the Term Loan B outstanding aggregate principal balance and to pay related fees and expenses in connection with the Fourth Amendment. In connection with the issuance of the 2019 4.375% Senior Notes, we capitalized approximately $6 million in debt issuance costs.
Obligations under the 2019 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are guaranteed on a second priority senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 2019 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are second lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities, and effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors.
Our 2019 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028 may be redeemed in whole or in part on or after November 15, 2022at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the 2019 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 2019 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
2020

84

Table of Contents

4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030
During 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “2020 4.00%“4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $2,900 million of 4.00% second lien notes due October 15, 2030 (the “2020 4.00%“4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes”Notes due 2030”). NaNNo principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The proceeds from the offering of the 2020 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 were used to redeem the entire outstanding principal balance of $2,800 million of the 2017 5.00% second lien senior notes due October 15, 2025 (the “5.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2025”), pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses. In connection with the issuance of the 2020 4.00% Senior Notes, we capitalized approximately $26 million in debt issuance costs. In connection with the full redemption of the 2017 5.00% Senior Notes, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $79 million that primarily reflects the payment of premiums to redeem the notes and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.
Obligations under the 2020 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 are guaranteed on a second priority senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 2020 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 are second lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment will all of the existing and future senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors and effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors.

76

Table of Contents

Our 2020 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 may be redeemed in whole or in part, on or after October 15, 2025 at the redemption prices set forth in the 2020 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 2020 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
Restrictions and Covenants
Our Credit Facilities, as well as the 2017 4.25%3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, 2019 3.875%5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, 2020 5.75%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, 2020 3.50% Senior Notes Indenture, 2019 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture and 2020 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture (all together the “Senior Notes Indentures”) contain a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness; incur liens; engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; sell assets; pay dividends and make other payments in respect of capital stock; make investments, loans and advances; pay or modify the terms of certain indebtedness; and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. In addition, under the Credit Facilities, the Borrowers are not permitted to exceed a first lien senior secured leverage ratio of 6.50 to 1.00 when, as of the end of any fiscal quarter beginning with the first fiscal quarter of 2020, (1) any amounts are outstanding under the Term Loan A and/or (2) the sum of (i) the amount of letters of credit outstanding exceeding $50 million (other than those that are cash collateralized); (ii) outstanding amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility and (iii) outstanding amounts of swing line loans, exceeds 30.0% of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. As indicated above, the Fifth Amendment provides the Borrowers with the option to comply with a $1,000 million minimum liquidity covenant in lieu of the 6.50:1.00 net first lien senior secured leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant for the period after June 30, 2020 and prior to September 30, 2021.
The restrictions under the Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures have resulted in substantially all of our consolidated assets being restricted.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we were in compliance with applicable financial debt covenants under the Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures and there were no limitations on our ability to draw on the remaining availability under our Revolving Credit Facility.
TH Facility
One of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of C$225 million with a maturity date of October 4, 2025 (the “TH Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the TH Facility is the Canadian Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus an applicable margin equal to 1.40% or the Prime Rate plus an applicable margin equal to 0.40%, at our option. Obligations under the TH Facility are guaranteed by four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the TH Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. During 2020, we drew down the remaining availability of C$125 million under the TH Facility and, asAs of December 31, 2020,2023, we had approximately C$182 million outstanding C$222 million under the TH Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 1.86%6.84%.
RE Facility
One of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of $50 million with a maturity date of October 12, 2028 (the “RE Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the RE Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of0.50%, plus an applicable margin of 0.50% or (ii) Adjusted Term SOFR (Adjusted Term SOFR is calculated as Term SOFR plus a margin based on duration), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.50%. Obligations under the RE Facility are guaranteed by four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the RE Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $4 million outstanding under the RE Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 6.95%.
Debt Issuance Costs
During 20202023 and 2019,2021, we incurred aggregate deferred financing costs of $43$44 million and $50$19 million, respectively. NaNWe did not incur any significant deferred financing costs were incurred in 2018.during 2022.

85

Table of Contents

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
During 2020,2023, we recorded a $98$16 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects expensing of fees in connection with the 7th Amendment and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. During 2021, we recorded an $11 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects the payment of redemption premiums and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with the full redemption of the 2017 5.00% Senior Notes and the partial redemptionremaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of the 2017 4.25% Senior Notes. During 2019, we recorded a $23 million loss on early extinguishment of debt, which primarily reflects the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts in connection with the prepayment and refinancing of the Term Loan B and the redemption of our 2015 4.625% Senior Notes.

first lien senior notes.

77

Table of Contents

Maturities
The aggregate maturities of our long-term debt as of December 31, 20202023 are as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,Principal AmountYear Ended December 31,Principal Amount
2021$79 
202286 
2023102 
202420241,499 
20252025686 
2026
2027
2028
ThereafterThereafter10,179 
TotalTotal$12,631 
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense, net consists of the following (in millions):
202020192018
2023202320222021
Debt (a)Debt (a)$471 $503 $498 
Finance lease obligationsFinance lease obligations20 20 23 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discountAmortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount26 29 29 
Interest incomeInterest income(9)(20)(15)
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net$508 $532 $535 
(a)Amount includes $69$61 million, $70$56 million and $60$45 million benefit during 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, respectively, related to the quarterly net settlements of our cross-currency rate swaps and amortization of the Excluded Component as defined in Note 11, DerivativesDerivative Instruments.

Note 9. Leases
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we leased or subleased 5,1164,941 restaurant properties to franchisees and 171132 non-restaurant properties to third parties under operating leases, direct financing leases and sales-type leases where we are the lessor. Initial lease terms generally range from 10 to 20 years. Most leases to franchisees provide for fixed monthly payments and many provide for future rent escalations and renewal options. Certain leases also include provisions for variable rent, determined as a percentage of sales, generally when annual sales exceed specific levels. Lessees typically bear the cost of maintenance, insurance and property taxes.
We lease land, buildings, equipment, office space and warehouse space from third parties. Land and building leases generally have an initial term of 10 to 20 years, while land-only lease terms can extend longer, and most leases provide for fixed monthly payments. Many of these leases provide for future rent escalations and renewal options. Certain leases also include provisions for variable rent payments, determined as a percentage of sales, generally when annual sales exceed specified levels. Most leases also obligate us to pay, as lessee, variable lease cost related to maintenance, insurance and property taxes.
We transitioned to ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 on a modified retrospective basis using the effective date transition method. Our transition to ASC 842 represents a change in accounting principle. The $21 million cumulative effect of our transition to ASC 842 is reflected as an adjustment to January 1, 2019 Partners' capital.

7886

Table of Contents

Partnership as Lessor
Assets leased to franchisees and others under operating leases where we are the lessor and which are included within our property and equipment, net are as follows (in millions):
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20202019 20232022
LandLand$892 $905 
Buildings and improvementsBuildings and improvements1,146 1,142 
Restaurant equipmentRestaurant equipment19 18 
2,057 2,065 
1,985
Accumulated depreciation and amortizationAccumulated depreciation and amortization(534)(472)
Property and equipment leased, netProperty and equipment leased, net$1,523 $1,593 
Our net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases is as follows (in millions):
 As of December 31,
 20202019
Future rents to be received:
Future minimum lease receipts$87 $49 
Contingent rents (a)12 19 
Estimated unguaranteed residual value15 
Unearned income(34)(26)
72 57 
Current portion included within accounts receivables(6)(9)
Net investment in property leased to franchisees$66 $48 

 As of December 31,
 20232022
Future rents to be received:
Future minimum lease receipts$111 $112 
Contingent rents (a)
Estimated unguaranteed residual value
Unearned income(26)(36)
95 87 
Current portion included within accounts receivable(5)(5)
Net investment in property leased to franchisees (b)$90 $82 
(a)Amounts represent estimated contingent rents recorded in connection with the acquisition method of accounting.
During 2020, we offered rent relief programs for eligible TH and BK franchisees who lease property from us, under which we temporarily converted the rent structure from(b)Included as a combinationcomponent of fixed plus variable rent to 100% variable rent (the “rent relief programs”). The rent relief program concluded for BK franchisees during the three months ended September 30, 2020 and the rent relief program was extended through the end of 2021 for eligible TH franchisees.Other assets, net in our consolidated balance sheets.
In April 2020, the FASB staff issued interpretive guidance that permits entities to make an election to account for lease concessions related to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic consistent with how those concessions would be accounted for under ASC 842, as though enforceable rights and obligations for those concessions existed. We elected to apply this interpretive guidance to the rent relief programs while in effect. As such, reductions in rents arising from the rent relief programs are recognized as reductions in variable lease payments.
Property revenues are comprised primarily of rental income from operating leases and earned income on direct financing leases with franchisees as follows (in millions):
202020192018
ASC 842ASC 842Previous Standard
2023202320222021
Rental income:Rental income:
Minimum lease payments
Minimum lease payments
Minimum lease paymentsMinimum lease payments$445 $448 $454 
Variable lease paymentsVariable lease payments262 370 273 
Amortization of favorable and unfavorable income lease contracts, netAmortization of favorable and unfavorable income lease contracts, net
Subtotal - lease income from operating leasesSubtotal - lease income from operating leases713 825 735 
Earned income on direct financing and sales-type leasesEarned income on direct financing and sales-type leases
Total property revenuesTotal property revenues$718 $833 $744 



7987

Table of Contents

Partnership as Lessee
Lease cost rent expense and other information associated with these lease commitments is as follows (in millions):
Lease Cost (Income)
20202019
ASC 842ASC 842
Operating lease cost$199 $210 
Operating lease variable lease cost177 198 
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets29 27 
Interest on lease liabilities20 20 
Sublease income(534)(631)
Total lease cost (income)$(109)$(176)

Rent Expense

2018
Previous Standard
Rental expense:
Minimum$201 
Contingent71 
Amortization of favorable and unfavorable payable lease contracts, net
Total rental expense (a)$281 

(a)Amounts include rental expense related to properties subleased to franchisees of $263 million for 2018.
202320222021
Operating lease cost$201 $202 $202 
Operating lease variable lease cost201 196 193 
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets26 27 31 
Interest on lease liabilities19 19 20 
Sublease income(631)(603)(587)
Total lease income$(184)$(159)$(141)
Lease Term and Discount Rate as of December 31, 20202023 and December 31, 20192022
As of December 31,
20202019
As of December 31,As of December 31,
202320232022
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):
Operating leases
Operating leases
Operating leasesOperating leases10.5 years10.9 years9.5 years9.8 years
Finance leasesFinance leases11.3 years11.2 yearsFinance leases11.2 years11.5 years
Weighted-average discount rate:Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leasesOperating leases5.9 %6.2 %
Operating leases
Operating leases5.5 %5.5 %
Finance leasesFinance leases6.5 %7.1 %Finance leases5.8 %5.8 %
Other Information for 20202023, 2022 and 20192021
20202019
2023202320222021
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases
Operating cash flows from operating leases
Operating cash flows from operating leasesOperating cash flows from operating leases$200 $194 
Operating cash flows from finance leasesOperating cash flows from finance leases$20 $20 
Financing cash flows from finance leasesFinancing cash flows from finance leases$29 $26 
Supplemental noncash information on lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets:Supplemental noncash information on lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets:
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease obligationsRight-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease obligations$59 $18 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease obligations
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease obligations
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease obligationsRight-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease obligations$118 $163 


8088

Table of Contents


As of December 31, 2020,2023, future minimum lease receipts and commitments are as follows (in millions):

Lease ReceiptsLease Commitments (a)
Direct
Financing
and Sales-Type Leases
Operating
Leases
Finance
Leases
Operating
Leases
2021$$419 $50 $198 
2022397 49 188 
2023373 46 173 
Lease ReceiptsLease ReceiptsLease Commitments (a)
Direct
Financing
and Sales-Type Leases
Direct
Financing
and Sales-Type Leases
Operating
Leases
Finance
Leases
Operating
Leases
20242024340 44 159 
20252025305 42 144 
2026
2027
2028
ThereafterThereafter54 1,533 257 815 
Total minimum receipts / paymentsTotal minimum receipts / payments$87 $3,367 488 1,677 
Less amount representing interestLess amount representing interest(141)(458)
Present value of minimum lease paymentsPresent value of minimum lease payments347 1,219 
Current portion of lease obligations(32)(137)
Current portion of lease obligations (b)
Long-term portion of lease obligationsLong-term portion of lease obligations$315 $1,082 
(a)Minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $2,193$1,608 million due in the future under non-cancelable subleases
(b)Current portion of operating lease obligations included as a component of Other accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

Note 10. Income Taxes
Income (loss) before income taxes, classified by source of income, (loss), is as follows (in millions):
202020192018
2023202320222021
CanadianCanadian$200 $685 $1,111 
ForeignForeign616 767 271 
Income before income taxesIncome before income taxes$816 $1,452 $1,382 

Income tax (benefit) expense attributable to income from continuing operations consists of the following (in millions):
202020192018
2023202320222021
Current:Current:
Canadian
Canadian
CanadianCanadian$45 $47 $25 
U.S. FederalU.S. Federal125 122 95 
U.S. state, net of federal income tax benefitU.S. state, net of federal income tax benefit26 20 17 
Other ForeignOther Foreign78 94 72 
$274 $283 $209 
$
Deferred:Deferred:
Canadian
Canadian
CanadianCanadian$(67)$43 $78 
U.S. FederalU.S. Federal(82)(65)
U.S. state, net of federal income tax benefitU.S. state, net of federal income tax benefit(27)13 
Other ForeignOther Foreign(32)
$(208)$58 $29 
Income tax expense (benefit)$66 $341 $238 
$
Income tax (benefit) expense

8189

Table of Contents

The statutory rate reconciles to the effective income tax rate as follows:

202020192018
Statutory rate26.5 %26.5 %26.5 %
Costs and taxes related to foreign operations9.6 4.7 4.2 
Foreign exchange gain (loss)0.5 0.1 (0.1)
Foreign tax rate differential(15.6)(10.8)(6.1)
Change in valuation allowance1.2 0.5 3.2 
Change in accrual for tax uncertainties3.9 5.0 0.1 
Intercompany financing(6.1)(2.4)(4.4)
Impact of Tax Act(7.8)(0.1)(1.9)
Swiss Tax Reform(5.1)1.1 
Benefit from stock option exercises(0.3)(2.2)(5.0)
Other1.2 1.1 0.7 
Effective income tax rate8.0 %23.5 %17.2 %
In December 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) that significantly revised the U.S. tax code. During 2020, various guidance was issued by the U.S. tax authorities relating to the Tax Act and, after review of such guidance, we recorded a favorable adjustment to our deferred tax assets of $64 million related to a tax attribute carryforward, which decreased our 2020 effective tax rate by 7.8%. In 2018, favorable adjustments of $9 million as a result of the remeasurement of net deferred tax liabilities, $3 million related to certain deductions allowed to be carried forward before the Tax Act, and $15 million related to transitional repatriation tax on unremitted foreign earnings were recorded, which decreased our 2018 effective tax rate by 1.9%.
In a referendum held on May 19, 2019, Swiss voters adopted the Federal Act on Tax Reform and AVS Financing (“TRAF”), under which certain long-standing preferential cantonal tax regimes were abolished effective January 1, 2020, which the canton of Zug formally adopted in November 2019. Partnership subsidiaries in the canton of Zug were subjected to TRAF and therefore the TRAF impacted our consolidated results of operations during 2020 and 2019. In 2020, a deferred tax asset was recorded due to an election made under TRAF by one of our Swiss subsidiaries and, in 2019, our Swiss company subsidiaries remeasured their deferred tax assets and liabilities based on new future tax rates expected under TRAF. The amounts impacting income tax expense for the effects of the changes from the TRAF were approximately $41 million in 2020 which decreased our 2020 effective tax rate by approximately 5.1%, and approximately $16 million in 2019 which increased our 2019 effective tax rate by approximately 1.1%.
202320222021
Statutory rate26.5 %26.5 %26.5 %
Costs and taxes related to foreign operations5.3 3.8 3.5 
Foreign tax rate differential(15.1)(13.7)(13.9)
Change in valuation allowance(0.8)(0.7)1.1 
Change in accrual for tax uncertainties(6.2)(26.7)(7.4)
Intercompany financing(2.7)1.2 (3.5)
Benefit from stock option exercises(0.4)(0.1)(0.8)
Litigation settlements and reserves— — 1.4 
Intra-Group reorganizations(25.3)— — 
Other0.5 1.1 1.2 
Effective income tax rate(18.2)%(8.6)%8.1 %
Companies subject to the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income provision (GILTI) have the option to account for the GILTI tax as a period cost if and when incurred, or to recognize deferred taxes for outside basis temporary differences expected to reverse as GILTI. We have elected to account for GILTI as a period cost.
Income tax (benefit) expense allocated to continuing operations and amounts separately allocated to other items was (in millions):

202020192018
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations$66 $341 $238 
Cash flow hedge in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(64)(23)(2)
Net investment hedge in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(60)(32)101 
Foreign Currency Translation in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)12 
Pension liability in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(3)(1)
Total$(49)$285 $337 

82

Table of Contents

202320222021
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations$(265)$(117)$110 
Cash flow hedge in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(14)153 72 
Net investment hedge in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)22 77 (15)
Foreign Currency Translation in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)— (4)
Pension liability in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Total$(254)$115 $166 
The significant components of deferred income tax (benefit) expense attributable to income from continuing operations are as follows (in millions):

2023202320222021
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
Change in valuation allowance
202020192018
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense$(230)$30 $(14)
Change in valuation allowance22 43 
Change in effective Canadian income tax rate(1)(3)
Change in effective U.S. federal income tax rate(8)
Change in effective U.S. state income tax rate
Change in effective U.S. state income tax rate
Change in effective U.S. state income tax rateChange in effective U.S. state income tax rate15 
Change in effective foreign income tax rateChange in effective foreign income tax rate(1)16 (4)
TotalTotal$(208)$58 $29 

90

Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below (in millions):

As of December 31, As of December 31,
20202019 20232022
Deferred tax assets:Deferred tax assets:
Accounts and notes receivable
Accounts and notes receivable
Accounts and notes receivableAccounts and notes receivable$$
Accrued employee benefitsAccrued employee benefits54 48 
LeasesLeases114 99 
Operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease liabilities323 332 
Liabilities not currently deductible for taxLiabilities not currently deductible for tax310 198 
Tax loss and credit carryforwardsTax loss and credit carryforwards547 493 
Derivatives225 83 
Intangible assets
Intangible assets
Intangible assets
OtherOther
Total gross deferred tax assetsTotal gross deferred tax assets1,588 1,260 
Valuation allowanceValuation allowance(364)(329)
Net deferred tax assetsNet deferred tax assets1,224 931 
Less deferred tax liabilities:Less deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciationProperty and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation35 40 
Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation
Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation
Intangible assetsIntangible assets1,747 1,792 
LeasesLeases114 88 
Operating lease assetsOperating lease assets311 325 
Statutory impairmentStatutory impairment30 28 
Derivatives
Outside basis differenceOutside basis difference46 42 
Other
Total gross deferred tax liabilitiesTotal gross deferred tax liabilities2,283 2,315 
Net deferred tax liabilityNet deferred tax liability$1,059 $1,384 
The valuation allowance had a net increase of $35$1,369 million during 20202023 primarily due to the changeestablishment of new valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets generated from Intra-Group reorganizations that occurred in the current year as well as changes in estimates related to derivatives and the utilization of foreign tax credits. This increase was partially offset by the utilization ofcredits and capital losses that had been previously valued.

83

Table of Contents

losses.
Changes in the valuation allowance are as follows (in millions):

202020192018
2023202320222021
Beginning balanceBeginning balance$329 $325 $282 
Change in estimates recorded to deferred income tax expenseChange in estimates recorded to deferred income tax expense19 43 
Change in estimates recorded to deferred income tax expense
Change in estimates recorded to deferred income tax expense
Additions related to deferred tax assets generated in current year
Changes in losses and creditsChanges in losses and credits(2)
Additions related to other comprehensive income13 (2)
Changes in losses and credits
Changes in losses and credits
(Reductions) additions related to other comprehensive income
Ending balanceEnding balance$364 $329 $325 

91

Table of Contents


The gross amount and expiration dates of operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards as of December 31, 20202023 are as follows (in millions):

AmountExpiration Date
Canadian net operating loss carryforwards$866 2036-2040
Canadian capital loss carryforwards930 Indefinite
U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards639 2021-2043
U.S. state net operating loss carryforwardsIndefinite
U.S. foreign tax credits100 2021-2030
Other foreign net operating loss carryforwards212 Indefinite
Other foreign net operating loss carryforwards70 2021-2039
Other foreign capital loss carryforward31 Indefinite
Foreign credits2023-2039
Total$2,854 
AmountExpiration Date
Canadian net operating loss carryforwards$588 2036-2043
Canadian capital loss carryforwards161 Indefinite
Canadian tax credits2024-2042
U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward51 Indefinite
U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards519 2024-Indefinite
U.S. capital loss carryforwards17 2037-2040
U.S. foreign tax credits45 2024-2031
Other foreign net operating loss carryforwards161 Indefinite
Other foreign net operating loss carryforwards130 2024-2038
Other foreign capital loss carryforward29 Indefinite
Other foreign credits703 2033
We are generally permanently reinvested on any potential outside basis differences except for unremitted earnings and profits. A determination of theprofits and thus do not record a deferred tax liability on this amount isfor such outside basis differences. To the extent of unremitted earning and profits, we generally review various factors including, but not practicable duelimited to, forecasts and budgets of financial needs of cash for working capital, liquidity and expected cash requirements to fund our various obligations and record deferred taxes to the complexities, variables and assumptions inherent in the hypothetical calculations. Thusextent we have not provided taxes, including U.S. federal and state income, foreign income, or foreign withholding taxes, for any outside basis differences that we believe are permanently invested. We will continue to monitor available evidence and our plans for foreign earnings and expect to continue to provide any applicable deferred taxes based on the tax liability or withholding taxes that would be due upon repatriation of amounts not considered permanently reinvested.distribute.
We had $497$58 million and $506$139 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 20202023 and December 31, 2019,2022, respectively, which if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in millions):

202020192018
2023202320222021
Beginning balanceBeginning balance$506 $441 $461 
Additions for tax positions related to the current yearAdditions for tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions of prior yearsAdditions for tax positions of prior years56 18 
Reductions for tax positions of prior year(25)(18)
Reductions for settlement(18)
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Additions for settlement
Reductions due to statute expirationReductions due to statute expiration(3)
Ending balanceEnding balance$497 $506 $441 
Although the timing of the resolution, settlement, and closure of any audits is highly uncertain, it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could significantly change in the next 12 months. During the twelve months beginning January 1, 2021,2024, it is reasonably possible we will reduce unrecognized tax benefits by up to approximately $90$6 million primarily as a result ofdue to the expiration of certain statutes of limitations, anticipated closure of various tax matters currently under examination, and the resolution of auditssettlements with tax authorities all being possibly impacted in multiple taxing jurisdictions.

84

Table of Contents

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties was $123$11 million and $92$27 million at December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively. Potential interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions in various jurisdictions recognized was $31$4 million during 2020, $412023, $3 million during 20192022 and $14$2 million during 2018.2021. To the extent interest and penalties are not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.
We file income tax returns with Canada and its provinces and territories. Generally, we are subject to routine examinations by the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”). The CRA is conducting examinations of the 20142016 through 20162019 taxation years. Additionally, income tax returns filed with various provincial jurisdictions are generally open to examination for periods up to six years subsequent to the filing and assessment of the respective return.

92

Table of Contents

We also file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with U.S. federal, U.S. state, and other foreign jurisdictions. We are subject to routine examination by taxing authorities in the U.S. jurisdictions, as well as other foreign tax jurisdictions. None of the other foreign jurisdictions have been individually material. We expect the taxable years 2014, 2015 and 2016 for our U.S. companies for U.S. federal income tax purposes to close in 2021 without material adjustments. Prior taxableTaxable years of such U.S. companies are closed through 2019 for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We have various U.S. state and other foreign income tax returns in the process of examination. From time to time, these audits result in proposed assessments where the ultimate resolution may result in owing additional taxes. We believe that our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and that we have adequately provided for these matters.
Note 11. Derivative Instruments
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
We enter into derivative instruments for risk management purposes, including derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and derivatives designated as net investment hedges and those utilized as economic hedges. We use derivatives to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates.
Interest Rate Swaps
At December 31, 2020,2023, we had outstanding receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $3,500 million to hedge the variability in the interest payments on a portion of our Term Loan Facilities, including any subsequent refinancing or replacement of the Term Loan Facilities, beginning OctoberAugust 31, 20192021 through the termination date of November 19, 2026.October 31, 2028. Additionally, at December 31, 2020,2023, we also had outstanding receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $500 million to hedge the variability in the interest payments on a portion of our Term Loan Facilities effective September 30, 2019 through the termination date of September 30, 2026. Following the discontinuance of the U.S. dollar LIBOR after June 30, 2023, the interest rate on all these interest rate swaps transitioned from LIBOR to SOFR, with no impact to hedge effectiveness and no change in accounting treatment as a result of applicable accounting relief guidance for the transition away from LIBOR. At inception, all of these interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedges for hedge accounting. The unrealized changes in market value are recorded in AOCI, net of tax, and reclassified into earningsinterest expense during the period in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.
During 2019, we extended the term of our previous $3,500 million receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps to align the maturity date of the new interest rate swaps with the maturity date of our Term Loan B under the Fourth Amendment. The extension of the term resulted in a de-designation and re-designation of the interest rate swaps and the swaps continue to be accounted for as a cash flow hedge for hedge accounting. In connection with the de-designation, we recognized a net unrealized loss of $213 million in AOCI and this amount gets reclassified into Interest expense, net as the original hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The amount of pre-tax lossesgains in connection with these net unrealized gains in AOCI as of December 31, 20202023 that we expect to be reclassified into interest expense within the next 12 months is $50$115 million.
During 2015, we entered into a series of receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps with a notional value of $2,500 million to hedge the variability in the interest payments on a portion of our Term Loan Facilities beginning May 28, 2015. All of these interest rate swaps were settled on April 26, 2018 for an insignificant cash receipt. At inception, these interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedges for hedge accounting. The unrealized changes in market value were recorded in AOCI and reclassified into earnings during the period in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.
During 2015, we settled certain interest rate swaps and recognized a net unrealized loss of $85 million in AOCI at the date of settlement. This amount gets reclassified into Interest expense, net as the original hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The amount of pre-tax losses in AOCI as of December 31, 2020 that we expect to be reclassified into interest expense within the next 12 months is $11 million.

85

Table of Contents

Cross-Currency Rate Swaps
To protect the value of our investments in our foreign operations against adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates, we hedge a portion of our net investment in one or more of our foreign subsidiaries by using cross-currency rate swaps. At December 31, 2020,2023, we had outstanding cross-currency rate swap contracts between the Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar and the Euro and U.S. dollar that have been designated as net investment hedges of a portion of our equity in foreign operations in those currencies. The component of the gains and losses on our net investment in these designated foreign operations driven by changes in foreign exchange rates are economically partly offset by movements in the fair value of our cross-currency swap contracts. The fair value of the swaps is calculated each period with changes in fair value reported in AOCI, net of tax. Such amounts will remain in AOCI until the complete or substantially complete liquidation of our investment in the underlying foreign operations.
At December 31, 2020,2023, we had outstanding fixed-to-fixed cross-currency rate swaps that we entered into during 2022 to partially hedge the net investment in our Canadian subsidiaries. At inception, these cross-currency rate swaps were designated as a hedge and are accounted for as net investment hedges. These swaps are contracts to exchangein which we receive quarterly fixed-rate interest payments we make on the Canadian dollar notional amount of C$6,754 million for quarterly fixed-rate interest payments we receive on the U.S. dollar notional amount of $5,000 million through the maturity date of JuneSeptember 30, 2023.2028.
During 2022, we de-designated existing cross-currency rate swap hedges between the Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar with a total notional amount of $5,000 million for hedge accounting. As a result of these de-designations, changes in fair value of these un-designated hedges were recognized in earnings. Concurrently with these de-designations and to offset the changes in fair value recognized in earnings, we entered into off-setting cross-currency rate swaps, with a total notional amount of $5,000 million, that were not designated as a hedge for hedge accounting and as such changes in fair value were recognized in earnings. The balances in AOCI associated with the de-designated cross-currency rate swaps will remain in AOCI and will only be reclassified into earnings if and when the net investment in our Canadian subsidiaries is sold or substantially sold. The entire notional amount of the de-designated cross-currency rate swaps and the off-setting cross-currency rate swaps were cash settled during 2022 for approximately $35 million in net proceeds and included within operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

93

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2020,2023, we had outstanding cross-currency rate swap contracts between the Euro and U.S. dollar in which we receive quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the U.S. dollar aggregate amount of $2,750 million, of which $1,400 million have a maturity date of October 31, 2026, $1,200 million have a maturity date of November 30, 2028, and $150 million have a maturity date of October 31, 2028. At inception, these cross-currency rate swaps were designated and continue to be hedges and are accounted for as a net investment hedge. During 2023, we settled our previously existing cross-currency rate swaps in which we paypaid quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the Euro notional amount of €1,108 million and receivereceived quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the U.S. dollar notional amount of $1,200 million. At inception, these cross-currency rate swaps were designated as a hedgemillion and are accounted for as a net investment hedge. During 2018, we extended the term of the swaps from March 31, 2021 to thean original maturity date of February 17, 2024. The extension of the term resulted in a re-designation of the hedge and the swaps continue to be accounted for as a net investment hedge. Additionally, at December 31, 2020,During 2023, we also had outstandingsettled our previously existing cross-currency rate swaps in which we receive quarterly fixed-rate interest payments onswap contracts between the Euro and U.S. dollar with a notional value of $400$900 million entered during 2018, and $500 million, entered during 2019, through thean original maturity date of February 17, 2024. At inception,In connection with these cross-currency rate swaps were designated as a hedge and are accounted for as a net investment hedge.settlements, we received $69 million in cash which is included within operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
The fixed to fixedIn connection with the cross-currency rate swaps hedging Canadian dollar and Euro net investments, utilized the forward method of effectiveness assessment prior to March 15, 2018. On March 15, 2018, we de-designated and subsequently re-designated the outstanding fixed to fixed cross-currency rate swaps to prospectively useutilize the spot method of hedge effectiveness assessment. Additionally, as a result of adopting new hedge accounting guidance during 2018, we elected to exclude the interest component (the "Excluded Component"“Excluded Component”) from the accounting hedge without affecting net investment hedge accounting and elected to amortize the Excluded Component over the life of the derivative instrument. The amortization of the Excluded Component is recognized in Interest expense, net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The change in fair value that is not related to the Excluded Component is recorded in AOCI and will be reclassified to earnings when the foreign subsidiaries are sold or substantially liquidated.
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts
We use foreign exchange derivative instruments to manage the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on U.S. dollar purchases and payments, such as coffee purchases made by our Canadian Tim Hortons operations. At December 31, 2020,2023, we had outstanding forward currency contracts to manage this risk in which we sell Canadian dollars and buy U.S. dollars with a notional value of $122$169 million with maturities to January 2022.February 18, 2025. We have designated these instruments as cash flow hedges, and as such, the unrealized changes in market value of effective hedges are recorded in AOCI and are reclassified into earnings during the period in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.
Credit Risk
By entering into derivative contracts, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk. Counterparty credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is in an asset position, the counterparty has a liability to us, which creates credit risk for us. We attempt to minimize this risk by selecting counterparties with investment grade credit ratings and regularly monitoring our market position with each counterparty.
Credit-Risk Related Contingent Features
Our derivative instruments do not contain any credit-risk related contingent features.


8694

Table of Contents

Quantitative Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present the required quantitative disclosures for our derivative instruments, including their estimated fair values (all estimated using Level 2 inputs) and their location on our consolidated balance sheets (in millions):
Gain or (Loss) Recognized in
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Gain or (Loss) Recognized in
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
202020192018 202320222021
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges(1)
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges(1)
Interest rate swapsInterest rate swaps$(333)$(102)$(37)
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swaps
Forward-currency contractsForward-currency contracts$(2)$(4)$11 
Derivatives designated as net investment hedgesDerivatives designated as net investment hedges
Cross-currency rate swapsCross-currency rate swaps$(302)$(118)$383 
Cross-currency rate swaps
Cross-currency rate swaps
(1) We did not exclude any components from the cash flow hedge relationships presented in this table.
Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into EarningsGain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into
Earnings
Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into EarningsLocation of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into EarningsGain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into
Earnings
202020192018 202320222021
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedgesDerivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swapsInterest rate swapsInterest expense, net$(102)$(26)$(19)
Forward-currency contractsForward-currency contractsCost of sales$$$(1)
Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in EarningsGain or (Loss) Recognized in Earnings (Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
202020192018
Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in EarningsGain or (Loss) Recognized in Earnings (Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
202320222021
Derivatives designated as net investment hedgesDerivatives designated as net investment hedges
Cross-currency rate swapsCross-currency rate swapsInterest expense, net$69 $70 $60 
Cross-currency rate swaps
Cross-currency rate swaps
Fair Value as of
December 31,
  Fair Value as of
December 31,
 
20202019Balance Sheet Location 20232022Balance Sheet Location
Assets:Assets:
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedgesDerivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Interest rateInterest rate$$Other assets, net
Interest rate
Interest rate$190 $280 Other assets, net
Foreign currencyForeign currency— Prepaids and other current assets
Derivatives designated as net investment hedgesDerivatives designated as net investment hedges
Foreign currency
Foreign currency
Foreign currencyForeign currency22 Other assets, net78 78 Other assets, netOther assets, net
Total assets at fair valueTotal assets at fair value$$29 
Liabilities:Liabilities:
Liabilities:
Liabilities:
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedgesDerivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Interest rate$430 $175 Other liabilities, net
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Foreign currency
Foreign currency
Foreign currencyForeign currencyOther accrued liabilities$$$— Other accrued liabilitiesOther accrued liabilities
Derivatives designated as net investment hedgesDerivatives designated as net investment hedges
Foreign currencyForeign currency434 166 Other liabilities, net
Foreign currency
Foreign currency227 34 Other liabilities, net
Total liabilities at fair valueTotal liabilities at fair value$869 $343 





8795

Table of Contents

Note 12. Equity
Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, RBI, as the holder of Class A common units, is entitled to distributions from Partnership in an amount equal to the aggregate dividends payable by RBI to holders of RBI common shares, and the holders of Partnership exchangeable units are entitled to receive distributions from Partnership in an amount per unit equal to the dividend payable by RBI on each RBI common share. Additionally, if RBI proposes to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any RBI common shares, the partnership agreement requires that Partnership, immediately prior to such redemption, repurchase or acquisition, make a distribution to RBI on the Class A common units in an amount sufficient for RBI to fund such redemption, repurchase or acquisition, as the case may be. Each holder of a Partnership exchangeable unit is entitled to vote in respect of matters on which holders of RBI common shares are entitled to vote through one special voting share of RBI. Since December 12, 2015, aA holder of a Partnership exchangeable unit may require Partnership to exchange all or any portion of such holder’s Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares at a ratio of one common share for each Partnership exchangeable unit, subject to RBI’s right as the general partner of Partnership, in its sole discretion, to deliver a cash payment in lieu of RBI common shares. If RBI elects to make a cash payment in lieu of issuing common shares, the amount of the payment will be the weighted average trading price of the RBI common shares on the New York Stock Exchange for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last business day prior to the exchange date.
During 2020,2023, Partnership exchanged 10,393,861 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by repurchasing 6,757,692 Partnership exchangeable units for approximately $380 million in cash and exchanging 3,636,169 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2019, Partnership exchanged 42,016,3929,398,876 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging 42,016,3929,398,876 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2018,2022, Partnership exchanged 10,185,3331,996,818 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by repurchasing 10,000,000exchanging 1,996,818 Partnership exchangeable units for approximately $561 million in cash andthe same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2021, Partnership exchanged 10,119,880 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging 185,33310,119,880 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. The exchanges of Partnership exchangeable units were recorded as increases to the Class A common units balance within partner’s capital in our consolidated balance sheets in an amount equal to the market value of the newly issued RBI common shares and a reduction to the Partnership exchangeable units balance within partner’s capital of our consolidated balance sheets in an amount equal to the cash paid by Partnership and the market value of the newly issued RBI common shares. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, upon the exchange of Partnership exchangeable units, each such Partnership exchangeable unit was cancelled concurrently with the exchange.
RBI Share Repurchases
On August 31, 2023, the RBI Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program that allows RBI to purchase up to $1,000 million of RBI common shares until September 30, 2025. During 2023, RBI repurchased and cancelled 7,639,137 common shares for $500 million. During 2022, RBI repurchased and cancelled 6,101,364 common shares for $326 million. During 2021, RBI repurchased and cancelled 9,247,648 common shares for $551 million. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership made a distribution to RBI on the Class A common units in an amount sufficient for RBI to fund such share repurchases.


8896

Table of Contents

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The following table displays the change in the components of AOCI (in millions):
DerivativesPensionsForeign
Currency
Translation
Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Balances at December 31, 2017$177 $(28)$(1,033)$(884)
DerivativesDerivativesPensionsForeign
Currency
Translation
Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Balances at December 31, 2020
Foreign currency translation adjustmentForeign currency translation adjustment— — (831)(831)
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of taxNet change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax263 — — 263 
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of taxAmounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax14 — — 14 
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of taxPension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax— — 
Balances at December 31, 2018$454 $(27)$(1,864)$(1,437)
Balances at December 31, 2021
Foreign currency translation adjustmentForeign currency translation adjustment— — 409 409 
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of taxNet change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax(163)— — (163)
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of taxAmounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax15 — — 15 
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of taxPension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax— (2)— (2)
Balances at December 31, 2019$306 $(29)$(1,455)$(1,178)
Balances at December 31, 2022
Foreign currency translation adjustmentForeign currency translation adjustment— — 332 332 
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of taxNet change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax(486)— — (486)
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of taxAmounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax73 — — 73 
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of taxPension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax— (16)— (16)
Balances at December 31, 2020$(107)$(45)$(1,123)$(1,275)
Balances at December 31, 2023
Note 13. Share-based Compensation
Share-based compensation expense associated with the participation of Partnership and its subsidiaries in RBI’s share-based compensation plans is recognized in Partnership’s Financial Statements.
RBI's Amended and Restated 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) provides for the grant of awards to employees, directors, consultants and other persons who provide services to RBI and its affiliates. RBI also has some outstanding awards under legacy plans for BK and TH, that were assumed in connection with the merger and amalgamation of those entities within the RBI group. NaN new awards may be granted under these legacy BK plans or legacy TH plans.
RBI is currently issuing awards under the 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2023 Plan”) and the number of shares available for issuance under such plan as of December 31, 20202023 was 11,591,247.15,319,222. The 2023 Plan, and, prior to its adoption the Amended and Restated 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan as amended (the “2014 Plan” and together with the 2023 Plan, the “Omnibus Plans”), permits the grant of several types of awards with respect to RBI common shares, including stock options, time-vested RSUs, and performance-based RSUs, which may include RBI, S&P 500 Index and/or individual performance based-vesting conditions. Under the terms of the Omnibus Plan,Plans and the applicable award agreements, RSUs are generally entitled to dividend equivalents, unless otherwise noted. Dividend equivalentswhich are not distributed unless the related awards vest. Upon vesting, the amount of the dividend equivalent, which is distributed in additional RSUs, except in the case of RSUs awarded to non-management members of RBI'sour board of directors, is equal to the equivalent of the aggregate dividends declared on common shares during the period from the date of grant of the award compounded until the date the shares underlying the award are delivered.
RBI also has some outstanding awards under legacy plans for Burger King and Tim Hortons, which were assumed in connection with the merger and amalgamation of those entities within the RBI group. No new awards may be granted under the 2014 Plan or these legacy Burger King plans or legacy Tim Hortons plans.
Share-based compensation expense is generally classified as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and consists of the following for the periods presented (in millions):
202320222021
Total share-based compensation expense$177 $121 $88 
As of December 31, 2023, total unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based compensation arrangements was $285 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.7 years.

97

Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units
The fair value of the time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs is based on the closing price of RBI’s common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. Time-vested RSUs are expensed over the vesting period. Performance-based RSUs are expensed over the vesting period, based upon the probability that the performance target will be met. RBI grants fully vested RSUs, with dividend equivalent rights that accrue in cash, to non-employee members of our board of directors in lieu of a cash retainer and committee fees. All such RSUs will settle and common shares of RBI will be issued following termination of service by the board member.
Starting in 2021, grants of time-vested RSUs generally vest 25% per year on December 15th or 31st over four years from the grant date and performance-based RSUs generally cliff vest three years from the grant date (the starting date for the applicable vesting period is referred to as the “Anniversary Date”). Time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs awarded prior to 2021 generally cliff vest five years from the original grant date.
During 2022, RBI granted performance-based RSUs that cliff vest three years from the original grant date based on achievement of performance metrics with a multiplier that can increase or decrease the amount vested based on the achievement of contractually defined relative total shareholder return targets with respect to the S&P 500 Index. Performance-based RSUs granted in 2021 and 2023 cliff vest three years from the original grant date based solely on defined relative total shareholder return targets with respect to the S&P 500 Index. Performance-based RSUs granted to the CEO of RBI in 2023 cliff vest five years from the date of grant and may be earned from 50% for threshold performance to 200% for maximum performance, based on meeting performance targets tied to the appreciation of the price of RBI common shares, with none of the award being earned if the threshold is not met. The respective fair value of these performance-based RSU awards was based on a Monte Carlo Simulation valuation model and these market condition awards are expensed over the vesting period. The total fair value of performance-based RSUs that solely have a performance condition relative to the S&P 500 Index does not change regardless of the value that the award recipients ultimately receive.
For grants of time-vested RSUs beginning in 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason prior to any vesting date, the employee will forfeit all of the RSUs that are unvested at the time of termination. For grants of performance-based RSUs beginning in 2021, if the employee is terminated within the first two years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the performance-based RSUs will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a performance-based RSU holder without cause at least two years after the grant date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in 67% of the performance-based RSUs that are earned based on the performance criteria.
For grants prior to 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason within the first two years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the time-vested RSUs granted will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a time-vested RSU holder without cause two years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in the number of time-vested RSUs as if the time-vested RSUs vested 20% for each anniversary after the grant date. Also, for grants prior to 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason within the first three years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the performance-based RSUs granted will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a performance-based RSU holder without cause between three and five years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in 50% of the performance-based RSUs.
An alternate ratable vesting schedule applies to the extent the participant ends employment by reason of death or disability.
Chairman Awards
In connection with the appointment of the RBI Executive Chairman in November 2022, RBI made one-time grants of options, RSUs and performance-based RSUs with specific terms and conditions. RBI granted 2,000,000 options with an exercise price equal to the closing price of RBI common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant that cliff vest five years from the date of grant and expire after ten years. RBI granted 500,000 RSUs that vest ratably over five years on the anniversary of the grant date. Lastly, RBI granted 750,000 performance-based RSUs that cliff vest five and a half years from the date of grant and may be earned from 50% for threshold performance to 200% for maximum performance, based on meeting performance targets tied to the appreciation of the price of RBI common shares, with none of the award being earned if the threshold is not met. The respective fair value of these performance-based RSU awards was based on a Monte Carlo Simulation valuation model and these market condition awards are expensed over the vesting period regardless of the value that the award recipient ultimately receives.

98

Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units Activity
The following is a summary of time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs activity for the year ended December 31, 2023:
 Time-vested RSUsPerformance-based RSUs
 Total Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Total Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Outstanding at January 1, 20233,553 $57.31 6,437 $57.43 
Granted1,005 $68.40 1,458 $59.66 
Vested and settled(1,398)$58.96 (670)$59.53 
Dividend equivalents granted105 $— 227 $— 
Forfeited(231)$61.67 (106)$69.28 
Outstanding at December 31, 20233,034 $60.29 7,346 $57.68 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of time-vested RSUs granted was $57.24 and $60.97 during 2022 and 2021, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance-based RSUs granted was $51.31 and $57.60 during 2022 and 2021, respectively. The total fair value, determined as of the date of vesting, of RSUs vested and converted to common shares of RBI during 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $141 million, $58 million and $99 million, respectively.
Stock Options
Stock option awards are granted with an exercise price or market value equal to the closing price of RBI's common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. RBI satisfies stock option exercises through the issuance of authorized but previously unissued common shares. New stockStock option grants generally cliff vest 5 years from the original grant date, provided the employee is continuously employed by RBI or one of our affiliates, and the stock options expire 10 years following the grant date. Additionally, if RBI terminates the employment of a stock option holder without cause prior to the vesting date, or if the employee retires or becomes disabled, the employee will become vested in the number of stock options as if the stock options vested 20% on each anniversary of the grant date. If the employee dies, the employee will become vested in the number of stock options as if the stock options vested 20% on the first anniversary of the grant date, 40% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 100% on the third anniversary of the grant date. If an employee is terminated with cause or resigns before vesting, all stock options are forfeited. If there is an event such as a return of capital or dividend that is determined to be dilutive, the exercise price of the awards will be adjusted accordingly.

89

Table of Contents

Share-based compensation expense consists of the following for the periods presented (in millions):
202020192018
Stock options and RSUs (a)$74 $68 $48 
Total share-based compensation expense (b)$74 $68 $48 

(a)Includes $3 million, $4 million, and $2 million due to modification of awards in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
(b)Generally classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
As of December 31, 2020, total unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based compensation arrangements was $192 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.3 years.
The following assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock option awards granted in 2022 at the grant date:date. There were no significant stock option awards granted in 2023 or 2021.
202020192018
Risk-free interest rate1.29%1.82%2.13%
Expected term (in years)5.886.196.39
Expected volatility23.9%25.5%25.2%
Expected dividend yield3.14%3.09%3.08%

2022
Risk-free interest rate3.92%
Expected term (in years)7.50
Expected volatility30.0%
Expected dividend yield3.24%
The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury or Canadian Sovereign bond yield with a remaining term equal to the expected option life assumed at the date of grant. The expected term was calculated based on the analysis of a five-year vesting period coupled with RBI's expectations of exercise activity. Expected volatility was based on the historical and implied equity volatility of RBI and a review of the equity volatilities of publicly-traded guideline companies.RBI. The expected dividend yield is based on the annual dividend yield at the time of grant.

99

Table of Contents

Stock Options Activity
The following is a summary of stock option activity under our plans for the year ended December 31, 2020:2023:
Total Number of
Options 
(in 000’s)
Weighted 
Average
Exercise Price
Aggregate 
Intrinsic
Value (a)
(in 000’s)
Weighted 
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
Outstanding at January 1, 20209,758 $45.29 
Granted1,626 $66.47 
Exercised(2,448)$33.57 
Forfeited(734)$58.60 
Outstanding at December 31, 20208,202 $51.86 $88,022 6.3
Exercisable at December 31, 20202,281 $39.71 $48,816 3.8
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 20207,491 $51.22 $84,558 6.2
Total Number of
Options 
(in 000’s)
Weighted 
Average
Exercise Price
Aggregate 
Intrinsic
Value (a)
(in 000’s)
Weighted 
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
Outstanding at January 1, 20237,494 $58.00 
Granted28 $70.58 
Exercised(1,260)$47.80 
Forfeited(64)$64.85 
Outstanding at December 31, 20236,198 $60.23 $111,001 5.6
Exercisable at December 31, 20232,520 $51.55 $66,983 2.8
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 20235,978 $60.02 $108,271 5.6

(a)The intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair value of RBI's stock exceeds the option exercise price at December 31, 2020.2023.
The weighted-average grant date fair value per stock option granted was $10.38, $11.83,$18.61, $17.52, and $10.82$10.15 during 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $55$30 million during 2020, $2002023, $10 million during 2019,2022, and $371$46 million during 2018.
The fair value of the time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs is based on the closing price of RBI’s common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. New grants generally cliff vest five years from the original grant date. RBI has awarded a limited number of time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs that proportionally vest over a period shorter than five years. Time-vested RSUs are expensed over the vesting period. Performance-based RSUs are expensed over the vesting period, based upon

90

Table of Contents

the probability that the performance target will be met. RBI grants fully vested RSUs, with dividend equivalent rights that accrue in cash, to non-employee members of RBI's board of directors in lieu of a cash retainer and committee fees. All such RSUs will settle and common shares of RBI will be issued upon termination of service by the board member.
The time-vested RSUs generally cliff vest five years from December 31st of the year preceding the grant date and performance-based RSUs generally cliff vest five years from the grant date (the starting date for the applicable five year vesting period is referred to as the “Anniversary Date”). If the employee is terminated for any reason within the first two years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the time-vested RSUs granted will be forfeited. If RBI terminates the employment of a time-vested RSU holder without cause two years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in the number of time-vested RSUs as if the time-vested RSUs vested 20% for each year after the Anniversary Date. If the employee is terminated for any reason within the first three years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the performance-based RSUs granted will be forfeited. If RBI terminates the employment of a performance-based RSU holder without cause between three and five years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in 50% of the performance-based RSUs. An alternate ratable vesting schedule applies to the extent the participant ends employment by reason of death or disability.
The following is a summary of time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs activity for the year ended December 31, 2020:
 Time-vested RSUsPerformance-based RSUs
 Total Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Total Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Outstanding at January 1, 20201,752 $46.50 4,066 $53.78 
Granted337 $65.20 1,291 $62.69 
Vested and settled(217)$40.42 (164)$47.32 
Dividend equivalents granted56 $182 $
Forfeited(167)$47.69 (506)$32.91 
Outstanding at December 31, 20201,761 $49.99 4,869 $56.96 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of time-vested RSUs granted was $64.82 and $57.68 during 2019 and 2018, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance-based RSUs granted was $65.54 and $58.49 during 2019 and 2018, respectively. The total fair value, determined as of the date of vesting, of RSUs vested and converted to common shares of RBI during 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $21 million, $8 million and $7 million, respectively.2021.

Note 14. Revenue Recognition
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
We transitioned to ASC 606 on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method. Our transition to ASC 606 represented a change in accounting principle. The $250 million cumulative effect of our transition to ASC 606 is reflected as an adjustment to January 1, 2018 Partners' capital, and relates primarily to changes in accounting for franchise fees, advertising funds, gift card breakage and related tax effects under ASC 606.


91

Table of Contents

Contract Liabilities
Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue resulting from initial and renewal franchise fees paid by franchisees, as well as upfront fees paid by master franchisees, which are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the underlying agreement. We may recognize unamortized franchise fees and upfront fees when a contract with a franchisee or master franchisee is modified and is accounted for as a termination of the existing contract. We classify these contract liabilities as Other liabilities, net in our consolidated balance sheets. The following table reflects the change in contract liabilities by segment and on a consolidated basis between December 31, 20192022 and December 31, 20202023 (in millions):
Contract LiabilitiesTHBKPLKConsolidated
Balance at December 31, 2019$64 $449 $28 $541 
Recognized during period and included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year(10)(62)(2)(74)
Increase, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period25 13 45 
Impact of foreign currency translation15 16 
Balance at December 31, 2020$62 $427 $39 $528 
Contract Liabilities
Balance at December 31, 2022$540 
Recognized during period and included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year(60)
Increase, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period69 
Impact of foreign currency translation
Balance at December 31, 2023$555 

100

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) by segment and on a consolidated basis as of December 31, 20202023 (in millions):
Contract liabilities expected to be recognized inContract liabilities expected to be recognized inTHBKPLKConsolidated
2021$$35 $$47 
202234 45 
202333 44 
2024
2024
2024202432 41 
2025202531 39 
2026
2027
2028
ThereafterThereafter24 262 26 312 
TotalTotal$62 $427 $39 $528 
Disaggregation of Total Revenues
Total revenues consistAs described in Note 17, Segment Reporting and Geographical Information, during the fourth quarter of the2023, we revised our internal reporting structure, which resulted in a change to our operating and reportable segments. As a result, we manage each of our brands’ United States and Canada operations as an operating and reportable segment and our international operations as an operating and reportable segment.
The following tables disaggregate revenue by segment (in millions):
202020192018
20232023
THTHBKPLKFHSINTLTotal
SalesSales$2,013 $2,362 $2,355 
RoyaltiesRoyalties2,161 2,319 2,165 
Property revenuesProperty revenues718 833 744 
Franchise fees and other revenueFranchise fees and other revenue76 89 93 
Advertising revenues and other services
Total revenuesTotal revenues$4,968 $5,603 $5,357 
2022
THBKPLKFHSINTLTotal
Sales$2,631 $70 $78 $40 $— $2,819 
Royalties302 450 264 66 655 1,737 
Property revenues576 222 12 — 813 
Franchise fees and other revenue26 16 19 42 111 
Advertising revenues and other services266 438 257 13 51 1,025 
Total revenues$3,801 $1,196 $619 $138 $751 $6,505 
2021
THBKPLKFHSINTLTotal
Sales$2,249 $64 $64 $$— $2,378 
Royalties278 435 247 599 1,561 
Property revenues556 221 13 — 793 
Franchise fees and other revenue19 18 45 89 
Advertising revenues and other services229 418 230 — 41 918 
Total revenues$3,331 $1,156 $559 $$688 $5,739 

101

Table of Contents

Note 15. Other Operating Expenses (Income), net
Other operating expenses (income), net, consist of the following (in millions):

202020192018
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings$$$19 
Litigation settlements and reserves, net11 
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange100 (15)(33)
Other, net(8)(4)11 
Other operating expenses (income), net$105 $(10)$

92

Table of Contents

202320222021
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings$16 $$
Litigation settlements and reserves, net11 81 
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange20 (4)(76)
Other, net18 14 — 
Other operating expenses (income), net$55 $25 $
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures, and refranchisings represent sales of properties and other costs related to restaurant closures and refranchisings. Gains and losses recognized in the current period may reflect certain costs related to closures and refranchisings that occurred in previous periods. The amount for 2023 includes asset write-offs and related costs in connection with the discontinuance of an internally developed software project.
Litigation settlements and reserves, net primarily reflects accruals and payments made and proceeds received in connection with litigation matters.and arbitration matters and other business disputes.
In early 2022, we entered into negotiations to resolve business disputes that arose during 2021 with counterparties to the master franchise agreements for Burger King and Popeyes in China. Based on these discussions, we paid approximately $100 million in 2022, of which $5 million and $72 million was recorded as Litigation settlements and reserves, net in 2022 and 2021, respectively. The majority of this amount related to Popeyes, resolved our disputes, and allowed us to move forward in the market with a new master franchisee. Additionally, pursuant to this agreement we and our partners have made equity contributions to the Burger King business in China.
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange is primarily related to revaluation of foreign denominated assets and liabilities.liabilities, primarily those denominated in Euros and Canadian dollars.
Other, net for 2023 and 2022 are primarily related to payments in connection with FHS area representative buyouts.
Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies
Letters of Credit
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had $13$12 million in irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding, which were issued primarily to certain insurance carriers to guarantee payments of deductibles for various insurance programs, such as health and commercial liability insurance. Of these letters of credit outstanding, $2 million are secured by the collateral under our Revolving Credit Facility and the remainder are secured by cash collateral. As of December 31, 2020,2023, no amounts had been drawn on any of these irrevocable standby letters of credit.
Purchase Commitments
We have arrangements for information technology and telecommunication services with an aggregate contractual obligation of $43$30 million over the next three years, some of which have early termination fees. We also enter into commitments to purchase advertising. As of December 31, 2020,2023, these commitments totaled $186$201 million and run through 2024.2028.
Litigation
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business relating to matters including, but not limited to, disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees and customers, as well as disputes over our intellectual property.
On October 5, 2018, a class action complaint was filed against Burger King Worldwide, Inc. (“BKW”) and Burger King CorporationCompany, successor in interest, (“BKC”) in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Jarvis Arrington, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. On October 18, 2018, a second class action complaint was filed against RBI, BKW and BKC in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Monique Michel, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. On October 31, 2018, a third class action complaint was filed against BKC and BKW in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Geneva Blanchard and Tiffany Miller, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. On November 2, 2018, a fourth class action complaint was filed against RBI, BKW and BKC in the U.S. District Court for

102

Table of Contents

the Southern District of Florida by Sandra Muster,Munster, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. These complaints have been consolidated and allege that the defendants violated Section 1 of the Sherman Act by incorporating an employee no-solicitation and no-hiring clause in the standard form franchise agreement all Burger King franchisees are required to sign. Each plaintiff seeks injunctive relief and damages for himself or herself and other members of the class. On March 24, 2020, the Court granted BKC’s motion to dismiss for failure to state a claim and on April 20, 2020 the plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to amend their complaint. On April 27, 2020, BKC filed a motion opposing the motion for leave to amend. The court denied the plaintiffs motion for leave to amend their complaint in August 2020 and the plaintiffs are appealingappealed this ruling. In August 2022, the federal appellate court reversed the lower court's decision to dismiss the case and remanded the case to the lower court for further proceedings. While we currently believeintend to vigorously defend these claims, are without merit, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this case or estimate the range of possible loss, if any.
In July 2019, a class action complaint was filed against The TDL Group Corp. (“TDL”) in the Supreme Court of British Columbia by Samir Latifi, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. The complaint alleges that TDL violated the Canadian Competition Act by incorporating an employee no-solicitation and no-hiring clause in the standard form franchise agreement all Tim Hortons franchisees are required to sign. The plaintiff seeks damages and restitution, on behalf of himself and other members of the class. While we currently believe this claim is without merit, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this case or estimate the range of possible loss, if any.
On June 30, 2020, a class action complaint was filed against Restaurant Brands International Inc., Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and The TDL Group Corp. in the Quebec Superior Court by Steve Holcman, individually and on behalf of all Quebec residents who downloaded the Tim Hortons mobile application. On July 2, 2020, a Notice of Action related to a second class action complaint was filed against Restaurant Brands International Inc., in the Ontario Superior Court by Ashley Sitko and Ashley Cadeau, individually and on behalf of all Canadian residents who downloaded the Tim Hortons mobile application. On August 31, 2020, a notice of claim was filed against Restaurant Brands International Inc. in the Supreme Court of British Columbia by Wai Lam Jacky Law on behalf of all persons in Canada who downloaded the Tim Hortons mobile application or the Burger King

93

Table of Contents

mobile application. On September 30, 2020, a notice of action was filed against Restaurant Brands International Inc., Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership, The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Worldwide, Inc. and Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice by William Jung on behalf of a to be determined class. All of the complaints allege that the defendants violated the plaintiff’s privacy rights, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, consumer protection and competition laws or app-based undertakings to users, in each case in connection with the collection of geolocation data through the Tim Hortons mobile application, and in certain cases, the Burger King and Popeyes mobile applications. Each plaintiff seeks injunctive relief and monetary damages for himself or herself and other members of the class. These cases are in preliminary stages and we intend to vigorously defend against these lawsuits, but we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of any of these cases or estimate the range of possible loss, if any.
On October 26, 2020, City of Warwick Municipal Employees Pension Fund, a purported stockholder of Restaurant Brands International Inc., individually and putatively on behalf of all other stockholders similarly situated, filed a lawsuit in the Supreme Court of the State of New York County of New York naming RBI and certain of its officers, directors and shareholders as defendants alleging violations of Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with certain offerings of securities by an affiliate in August and September 2019. The complaint alleges that the shelf registration statement used in connection with such offering contained certain false and/or misleading statements or omissions. The complaint seeks, among other relief, class certification of the lawsuit, unspecified compensatory damages, rescission, pre-judgement and post-judgement interest, costs and expenses. On December 18, 2020 the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint and on February 16, 2021 RBI filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. RBI intends to vigorously defend. While we believe these claims are without merit, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this case or estimate the range of possible loss, if any.
On February 5, 2021, Paul J. Graney, a purported shareholder of Restaurant Brands International, individually and putatively on behalf of all other stockholders similarly situated, filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida naming the Company and certain of its current or former officers as defendants. This lawsuit alleges violation of Sections 10 and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in connection with certain statements made beginning in April 2019. The complaint seeks, among other relief, class certification of the lawsuit, unspecified compensatory damages, costs, and expenses. The Company intends to vigorously defend. While we believe these claims are without merit, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this case or estimate the range of possible loss, if any.
Note 17. Segment Reporting and Geographical Information
As stated in Note 1, Description of Business and Organization, we manage 3four brands. Under the Tim Hortons brand, we operate in the donut/coffee/tea category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry. Under the Burger King brand, we operate in the fast food hamburger restaurant category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry. Under the Popeyes brand, we operate in the chicken category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry. Under the Firehouse Subs brand, we operate in the specialty subs category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry.
Our business generates revenue from the following sources: (i) sales, consisting primarily of (1) Tim Hortons supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales of consumer packaged goods (“CPG”), and (2) sales at Company restaurants; (ii) franchise revenues, consisting primarily of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchisefranchised restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (ii)(iii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iii)(iv) advertising revenues and other services, consisting primarily of (1) advertising fund contributions based on a percentage of sales atreported by franchised restaurants ownedto fund advertising expenses and (2) tech fees and revenues, that vary by us (“Company restaurants”). In addition, our TH business generates revenue from sales to franchiseesmarket, and partially offset expenses related to technology initiatives.
During the fourth quarter of 2023, we revised our supply chaininternal reporting structure, which resulted in a change to our operating and reportable segments. As a result, we manage each of our brands’ United States and Canada operations including manufacturing, procurement, warehousingas an operating and distribution,reportable segment and our international operations as well as sales to retailers.a separate operating and reportable segment.
Our management structure and financial reporting is organized around our 3 brands, including the information regularly reviewed by our Chief Executive Officer, who is our Chief Operating Decision Maker. Therefore,Consequently, we have 3five operating and reportable segments: (1) TH, which includes all operations of our Tim Hortons brand in the United States and Canada, (2) BK, which includes all operations of our Burger King brand in the United States and Canada, (3) PLK, which includes all operations of our Popeyesbrand. brand in the United States and Canada, (4) FHS, which includes all operations of our Firehouse Subs brand in the United States and Canada, and (5) INTL, which includes all operations of each of our brands outside the United States and Canada. Our 3five operating segments represent our reportable segments. Prior year amounts presented have been reclassified to conform to this new segment presentation with no effect on previously reported consolidated results. FHS revenues and segment income for the period from the acquisition date of December 15, 2021 through December 26, 2021 (the fiscal year end for FHS) are included in our consolidated statement of operations for 2021.
As stated in Note 9,
Leases, we transitioned to ASC 842 from the Previous Standard on January 1, 2019. Our Financial Statements reflect the application of ASC 842 guidance beginning in 2019, while our Financial Statements for prior periods were prepared under the guidance of the Previous Standard.

94103

Table of Contents

The following tables present revenues, by segment and by country, depreciation and amortization, (income) loss from equity method investments, and capital expenditures by segment (in millions):
202020192018
2023202320222021
Revenues by operating segment:Revenues by operating segment:
TH
TH
THTH$2,810 $3,344 $3,292 
BKBK1,602 1,777 1,651 
PLKPLK556 482 414 
FHS
INTL
TotalTotal$4,968 $5,603 $5,357 
Revenues by country (a):Revenues by country (a):
Revenues by country (a):
Revenues by country (a):
Canada
Canada
CanadaCanada$2,546 $3,037 $2,984 
United StatesUnited States1,889 1,930 1,785 
OtherOther533 636 588 
TotalTotal$4,968 $5,603 $5,357 
Depreciation and amortization:Depreciation and amortization:
THTH$119 $112 $108 
TH
TH
BKBK62 62 61 
PLKPLK11 11 
FHS
INTL
TotalTotal$189 $185 $180 
(Income) loss from equity method investments:(Income) loss from equity method investments:
THTH$(4)$(7)$(6)
TH
TH
BKBK43 (4)(16)
INTL
INTL
INTL
TotalTotal$39 $(11)$(22)
Capital expenditures:Capital expenditures:
THTH$92 $37 $59 
TH
TH
BKBK18 20 25 
PLKPLK
FHS
INTL
TotalTotal$117 $62 $86 
(a)Only Canada and the United States represented 10% or more of our total revenues in each period presented.
Total
Our CODM manages assets byon a consolidated basis. Accordingly, segment assets are not reported to our CODM or used in his decisions to allocate resources or assess performance of the segments. Therefore, total segment assets and long-lived assets by segment and country are as follows (in millions):
 AssetsLong-Lived Assets
 As of December 31,As of December 31,
 2020201920202019
By operating segment:
TH$13,963 $13,894 $1,990 $1,972 
BK5,334 5,149 1,128 1,130 
PLK2,525 2,490 131 129 
Unallocated955 827 
Total$22,777 $22,360 $3,249 $3,231 
By country:
Canada$1,685 $1,665 
United States1,539 1,542 
Other25 24 
Total$3,249 $3,231 
have not been disclosed.

95104

Table of Contents

Total long-lived assets by country are as follows (in millions):
 As of December 31,
 20232022
By country:
Canada$1,545 $1,531 
United States1,578 1,558 
Other41 25 
Total$3,164 $3,114 
Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net, finance and operating lease right of use assets, net and net investment in property leased to franchisees. Only Canada and the United States represented 10% or more of our total long-lived assets as of December 31, 20202023 and December 31, 2019.2022.
Our measureIn connection with our change in operating and reportable segments, we also transitioned our definition of segment income is Adjusted EBITDA.from Adjusted EBITDA to Adjusted Operating Income and represents earnings (net income or loss) before interest expense, net, loss on early extinguishment of debt, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization,from operations adjusted to exclude (i) the non-cash impactfranchise agreement amortization as a result of share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense,acquisition accounting, (ii) (income) loss from equity method investments, net of cash distributions received from equity method investments, (iii) other operating expenses (income), net and, (iv) income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities. For the periods referenced, thisincome/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities included costs(i) non-recurring fees and expense incurred in connection with the centralizationacquisition of Firehouse consisting of professional fees, compensation-related expenses and relocation of our Canadianintegration costs (“FHS Transaction costs”); and U.S. restaurant support centers to new offices in Toronto, Ontario, and Miami, Florida, respectively, (“Office centralization and relocation cost”)(ii) non-operating costs from professional advisory and consulting services associated with certain transformational corporate restructuring initiatives that rationalize our structure and optimize cash movements including consultingas well as services related to the interpretation of finalsignificant tax reform legislation and proposed regulations and guidance under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees”). Unlike Adjusted EBITDA, our previous measure of segment income, Adjusted Operating Income includes depreciation and professional feesamortization (excluding franchise agreement amortization) as well as share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation related expenses in connectionexpense. Prior year amounts presented have been reclassified to conform to this new segment income presentation with no effect on previously reported consolidated results.
Adjusted Operating Income is used by management to measure operating performance of the Popeyes Acquisition (“PLK Transaction costs”).business, excluding these non-cash and other specifically identified items that management believes are not relevant to management’s assessment of our operating performance. A reconciliation of segment income to net income consists of the following (in millions):
202020192018
2023202320222021
Segment income:Segment income:
TH
TH
THTH$823 $1,122 $1,127 
BKBK823 994 928 
PLKPLK218 188 157 
Adjusted EBITDA1,864 2,304 2,212 
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense84 74 55 
PLK Transaction costs10 
Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees16 31 25 
Office centralization and relocation costs20 
FHS
INTL
Adjusted Operating Income
Franchise agreement amortization
FHS Transaction costs
Corporate restructuring and advisory fees
Impact of equity method investments (a)Impact of equity method investments (a)48 11 (3)
Other operating expenses (income), netOther operating expenses (income), net105 (10)
EBITDA1,611 2,192 2,097 
Depreciation and amortization189 185 180 
Income from operationsIncome from operations1,422 2,007 1,917 
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net508 532 535 
Loss on early extinguishment of debtLoss on early extinguishment of debt98 23 
Income tax expense66 341 238 
Income tax (benefit) expense
Net incomeNet income$750 $1,111 $1,144 
(a)Represents (i) (income) loss from equity method investments and (ii) cash distributions received from our equity method investments. Cash distributions received from our equity method investments are included in segment income.
Note 18. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data (in millions, except per unit data) was as follows:
 Quarters Ended
 March 31,June 30,September 30,December 31,
 20202019202020192020201920202019
Total revenues$1,225 $1,266 $1,048 $1,400 $1,337 $1,458 $1,358 $1,479 
Income from operations$389 $434 $243 $491 $417 $571 $373 $511 
Net income$224 $246 $164 $257 $223 $351 $139 $257 
Basic and diluted earnings per unit
Class A common units$0.71 $0.67 $0.52 $0.70 $0.72 $1.00 $0.45 $0.81 
Partnership exchangeable units$0.48 $0.53 $0.35 $0.55 $0.48 $0.76 $0.30 $0.55 


96105

Table of Contents


Note 19.18. Supplemental Financial Information
On February 17, 2017, 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company (the “Parent Issuer”) and New Red Finance Inc. (the “Co-Issuer” and together with the Parent Issuer, the “Issuers”) entered into an amended credit agreement, as amended from time to time, that provides for obligations under the Credit Facilities. On November 9, 2020 theThe Issuers entered into the 2020 3.50%3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture with respect to the 2020 3.50%3.875% First Lien Senior Notes. On October 5, 2020, theNotes due 2028. The Issuers entered into the 2020 4.00%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture with respect to the 2020 4.00%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes. On April 7, 2020, theNotes due 2029. The Issuers entered into the 2020 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture with respect to the 2020 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes. On November 19, 2019, theNotes due 2025. The Issuers entered into the 2019 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture with respect to the 2019 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes. On September 24, 2019, theNotes due 2028. The Issuers entered into the 2019 3.875%4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture with respect to the 2019 3.875% Senior Notes. On May 17, 2017, the Issuers entered into the 2017 4.25%4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture with respect to the 2017 4.25% Senior Notes.Due 2030.
The agreement governing our Credit Facilities, the 2020 3.50% the3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, the 2020 4.00%3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, the 2020 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, the 2019 4.375% Senior Notes Indenture, the 2019 3.875%Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture and the 2017 4.25%4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture allow the financial reporting obligation of the Parent Issuer to be satisfied through the reporting of Partnership’s consolidated financial information, provided that the consolidated financial information of the Parent Issuer and its restricted subsidiaries is presented on a standalone basis.
The following represents the condensed consolidating financial information for the Parent Issuer and its restricted subsidiaries (“Consolidated Borrowers”) on a consolidated basis, together with eliminations, as of and for the periods indicated. The condensed consolidating financial information of Partnership is combined with the financial information of its wholly-owned subsidiaries that are also parent entities of the Parent Issuer and presented in a single column under the heading “RBILP”. The consolidating financial information may not necessarily be indicative of the financial position, results of operations or cash flows had the Issuers and Partnership operated as independent entities.



Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
As of December 31, 2020

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$1,560 $$$1,560 
Accounts and notes receivable, net536 536 
Inventories, net96 96 
Prepaids and other current assets72 72 
Total current assets2,264 2,264 
Property and equipment, net2,031 2,031 
Operating lease assets, net1,152 1,152 
Intangible assets, net10,701 10,701 
Goodwill5,739 5,739 
Net investment in property leased to franchisees66 66 
Intercompany receivable239 (239)
Investment in subsidiaries3,721 (3,721)
Other assets, net824 824 
Total assets$22,777 $3,960 $(3,960)$22,777 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts and drafts payable$464 $$$464 
Other accrued liabilities596 239 835 
Gift card liability191 191 
Current portion of long term debt and finance leases111 111 
Total current liabilities1,362 239 1,601 
Term debt, net of current portion12,397 12,397 
Finance leases, net of current portion315 315 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion1,082 1,082 
Other liabilities, net2,236 2,236 
Payables to affiliates239 (239)
Deferred income taxes, net1,425 1,425 
Total liabilities19,056 239 (239)19,056 
Partners’ capital:
Class A common units7,994 7,994 
Partnership exchangeable units(3,002)(3,002)
Common shares3,026 (3,026)
Retained earnings1,966 (1,966)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1,275)(1,275)1,275 (1,275)
Total Partners’ capital/shareholders’ equity3,717 3,717 (3,717)3,717 
Noncontrolling interests(4)
Total equity3,721 3,721 (3,721)3,721 
Total liabilities and equity$22,777 $3,960 $(3,960)$22,777 


98106

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
As of December 31, 20192023

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Consolidated
Borrowers
Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
ASSETSASSETS
Current assets:Current assets:
Current assets:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents$1,533 $$$1,533 
Accounts and notes receivable, netAccounts and notes receivable, net527 527 
Inventories, netInventories, net84 84 
Prepaids and other current assetsPrepaids and other current assets52 52 
Total current assetsTotal current assets2,196 2,196 
Property and equipment, netProperty and equipment, net2,007 2,007 
Operating lease assets, netOperating lease assets, net1,176 1,176 
Intangible assets, netIntangible assets, net10,563 10,563 
GoodwillGoodwill5,651 5,651 
Net investment in property leased to franchisees48 48 
Intercompany receivable
Intercompany receivable
Intercompany receivableIntercompany receivable232 (232)
Investment in subsidiariesInvestment in subsidiaries4,259 (4,259)
Other assets, netOther assets, net719 719 
Total assetsTotal assets$22,360 $4,491 $(4,491)$22,360 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITYLIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:Current liabilities:
Current liabilities:
Current liabilities:
Accounts and drafts payable
Accounts and drafts payable
Accounts and drafts payableAccounts and drafts payable$644 $$$644 
Other accrued liabilitiesOther accrued liabilities558 232 790 
Gift card liabilityGift card liability168 168 
Current portion of long term debt and finance leases101 101 
Current portion of long-term debt and finance leases
Total current liabilitiesTotal current liabilities1,471 232 1,703 
Term debt, net of current portion11,759 11,759 
Long-term debt, net of current portion
Finance leases, net of current portionFinance leases, net of current portion288 288 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portionOperating lease liabilities, net of current portion1,089 1,089 
Other liabilities, netOther liabilities, net1,698 1,698 
Payables to affiliatesPayables to affiliates232 (232)
Deferred income taxes, netDeferred income taxes, net1,564 1,564 
Total liabilitiesTotal liabilities18,101 232 (232)18,101 
Partners’ capital:Partners’ capital:
Class A common units
Class A common units
Class A common unitsClass A common units7,786 7,786 
Partnership exchangeable unitsPartnership exchangeable units(2,353)(2,353)
Common sharesCommon shares3,248 (3,248)
Retained earningsRetained earnings2,185 (2,185)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1,178)(1,178)1,178 (1,178)
Total Partners’ capital/shareholders’ equityTotal Partners’ capital/shareholders’ equity4,255 4,255 (4,255)4,255 
Noncontrolling interestsNoncontrolling interests(4)
Total equityTotal equity4,259 4,259 (4,259)4,259 
Total liabilities and equityTotal liabilities and equity$22,360 $4,491 $(4,491)$22,360 


99107

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
As of December 31, 2022

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$1,178 $— $— $1,178 
Accounts and notes receivable, net614 — — 614 
Inventories, net133 — — 133 
Prepaids and other current assets123 — — 123 
Total current assets2,048 — — 2,048 
Property and equipment, net1,950 — — 1,950 
Operating lease assets, net1,082 — — 1,082 
Intangible assets, net10,991 — — 10,991 
Goodwill5,688 — — 5,688 
Intercompany receivable— 243 (243)— 
Investment in subsidiaries— 4,268 (4,268)— 
Other assets, net987 — — 987 
Total assets$22,746 $4,511 $(4,511)$22,746 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts and drafts payable$758 $— $— $758 
Other accrued liabilities758 243 — 1,001 
Gift card liability230 — — 230 
Current portion of long-term debt and finance leases127 — — 127 
Total current liabilities1,873 243 — 2,116 
Long-term debt, net of current portion12,839 — — 12,839 
Finance leases, net of current portion311 — — 311 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion1,027 — — 1,027 
Other liabilities, net872 — — 872 
Payables to affiliates243 — (243)— 
Deferred income taxes, net1,313 — — 1,313 
Total liabilities18,478 243 (243)18,478 
Partners’ capital:
Class A common units— 8,735 — 8,735 
Partnership exchangeable units— (3,496)— (3,496)
Common shares2,494 — (2,494)— 
Retained earnings2,745 — (2,745)— 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(973)(973)973 (973)
Total Partners’ capital/shareholders’ equity4,266 4,266 (4,266)4,266 
Noncontrolling interests(2)
Total equity4,268 4,268 (4,268)4,268 
Total liabilities and equity$22,746 $4,511 $(4,511)$22,746 

108

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
20202023

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Revenues:
Sales$2,013 $$$2,013 
Franchise and property revenues2,955 2,955 
Total revenues4,968 4,968 
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales1,610 1,610 
Franchise and property expenses528 528 
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,264 1,264 
(Income) loss from equity method investments39 39 
Other operating expenses (income), net105 105 
Total operating costs and expenses3,546 3,546 
Income from operations1,422 1,422 
Interest expense, net508 508 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt98 98 
Income before income taxes816 816 
Income tax expense (benefit)66 66 
Net income750 750 
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries750 (750)
Net income (loss)750 750 (750)750 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(2)
Net income (loss) attributable to common unitholders$748 $748 $(748)$748 
Total comprehensive income (loss)$653 $653 $(653)$653 

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Revenues:
Sales$2,950 $— $— $2,950 
Franchise and property revenues2,903 — — 2,903 
Advertising revenues and other services1,169 — — 1,169 
Total revenues7,022 — — 7,022 
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales2,435 — — 2,435 
Franchise and property expenses512 — — 512 
Advertising expenses and other services1,273 — — 1,273 
General and administrative expenses704 — — 704 
(Income) loss from equity method investments(8)— — (8)
Other operating expenses (income), net55 — — 55 
Total operating costs and expenses4,971 — — 4,971 
Income from operations2,051 — — 2,051 
Interest expense, net582 — — 582 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt16 — — 16 
Income before income taxes1,453 — — 1,453 
Income tax benefit(265)— — (265)
Net income1,718 — — 1,718 
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries— 1,718 (1,718)— 
Net income (loss)1,718 1,718 (1,718)1,718 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(3)
Net income (loss) attributable to common unitholders$1,715 $1,715 $(1,715)$1,715 
Total comprehensive income (loss)$1,706 $1,706 $(1,706)$1,706 

100109

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
20192022

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Revenues:
Sales$2,362 $$$2,362 
Franchise and property revenues3,241 3,241 
Total revenues5,603 5,603 
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales1,813 1,813 
Franchise and property expenses540 540 
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,264 1,264 
(Income) loss from equity method investments(11)(11)
Other operating expenses (income), net(10)(10)
Total operating costs and expenses3,596 3,596 
Income from operations2,007 2,007 
Interest expense, net532 532 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt23 23 
Income before income taxes1,452 1,452 
Income tax expense (benefit)341 341 
Net income1,111 1,111 
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries1,111 (1,111)
Net income (loss)1,111 1,111 (1,111)1,111 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(2)
Net income (loss) attributable to common unitholders$1,109 $1,109 $(1,109)$1,109 
Total comprehensive income (loss)$1,370 $1,370 $(1,370)$1,370 

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Revenues:
Sales$2,819 $— $— $2,819 
Franchise and property revenues2,661 — — 2,661 
Advertising revenues and other services1,025 — — 1,025 
Total revenues6,505 — — 6,505 
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales2,312 — — 2,312 
Franchise and property expenses518 — — 518 
Advertising expenses and other services1,077 — — 1,077 
General and administrative expenses631 — — 631 
(Income) loss from equity method investments44 — — 44 
Other operating expenses (income), net25 — — 25 
Total operating costs and expenses4,607 — — 4,607 
Income from operations1,898 — — 1,898 
Interest expense, net533 — — 533 
Income before income taxes1,365 — — 1,365 
Income tax benefit(117)— — (117)
Net income1,482 — — 1,482 
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries— 1,482 (1,482)— 
Net income (loss)1,482 1,482 (1,482)1,482 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(3)
Net income (loss) attributable to common unitholders$1,479 $1,479 $(1,479)$1,479 
Total comprehensive income (loss)$1,533 $1,533 $(1,533)$1,533 

101110

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
20182021

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Revenues:
Sales$2,355 $$$2,355 
Franchise and property revenues3,002 3,002 
Total revenues5,357 5,357 
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales1,818 1,818 
Franchise and property expenses422 422 
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,214 1,214 
(Income) loss from equity method investments(22)(22)
Other operating expenses (income), net
Total operating costs and expenses3,440 3,440 
Income from operations1,917 1,917 
Interest expense, net535 535 
Income before income taxes1,382 1,382 
Income tax expense (benefit)238 238 
Net income1,144 1,144 
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries1,144 (1,144)
Net income (loss)1,144 1,144 (1,144)1,144 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)
Net income (loss) attributable to common unitholders$1,143 $1,143 $(1,143)$1,143 
Total comprehensive income (loss)$591 $591 $(591)$591 

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Revenues:
Sales$2,378 $— $— $2,378 
Franchise and property revenues2,443 — — 2,443 
Advertising revenues and other services918 — — 918 
Total revenues5,739 — — 5,739 
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales1,890 — — 1,890 
Franchise and property expenses489 — — 489 
Advertising expenses and other services986 — — 986 
General and administrative expenses484 — — 484 
(Income) loss from equity method investments— — 
Other operating expenses (income), net— — 
Total operating costs and expenses3,860 — — 3,860 
Income from operations1,879 — — 1,879 
Interest expense, net505 — — 505 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt11 — — 11 
Income before income taxes1,363 — — 1,363 
Income tax expense110 — — 110 
Net income1,253 — — 1,253 
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries— 1,253 (1,253)— 
Net income (loss)1,253 1,253 (1,253)1,253 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(4)
Net income (loss) attributable to common unitholders$1,249 $1,249 $(1,249)$1,249 
Total comprehensive income (loss)$1,504 $1,504 $(1,504)$1,504 

102111

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
20202023

 Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income$750 $750 $(750)$750 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in loss (earnings) of consolidated subsidiaries(750)750 
Depreciation and amortization189 189 
Premiums paid and non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt97 97 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount26 26 
(Income) loss from equity method investments39 39 
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions100 100 
Net (gains) losses on derivatives32 32 
Share-based compensation expense74 74 
Deferred income taxes(208)(208)
Other28 28 
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
Accounts and notes receivable(30)(30)
Inventories and prepaids and other current assets(10)(10)
Accounts and drafts payable(183)(183)
Other accrued liabilities and gift card liability16 16 
Tenant inducements paid to franchisees(22)(22)
Other long-term assets and liabilities23 23 
Net cash provided by operating activities921 921 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for property and equipment(117)(117)
Net proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings12 12 
Settlement/sale of derivatives, net33 33 
Other investing activities, net(7)(7)
Net cash used for investing activities(79)(79)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt5,235 5,235 
Repayments of long-term debt and finance leases(4,708)(4,708)
Payment of financing costs(43)(43)
Distributions paid on Class A and Partnership exchangeable units(959)(959)
Repurchase of Partnership exchangeable units(380)(380)
Capital contribution from RBI Inc.82 82 
Distributions from subsidiaries(1,339)1,339 
(Payments) proceeds from derivatives(46)(46)
Other financing activities, net(2)(2)
Net cash used for financing activities(821)(821)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents27 27 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period1,533 1,533 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,560 $$$1,560 

 Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income$1,718 $1,718 $(1,718)$1,718 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in loss (earnings) of consolidated subsidiaries— (1,718)1,718 — 
Depreciation and amortization191 — — 191 
Premiums paid and non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt— — 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount27 — — 27 
(Income) loss from equity method investments(8)— — (8)
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions20 — — 20 
Net (gains) losses on derivatives(151)— — (151)
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense194 — — 194 
Deferred income taxes(430)— — (430)
Other26 — — 26 
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
Accounts and notes receivable(147)— — (147)
Inventories and prepaids and other current assets(43)— — (43)
Accounts and drafts payable22 — — 22 
Other accrued liabilities and gift card liability— — 
Tenant inducements paid to franchisees(32)— — (32)
Other long-term assets and liabilities(78)— — (78)
Net cash provided by operating activities1,323 — — 1,323 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for property and equipment(120)— — (120)
Net proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings37 — — 37 
Settlement/sale of derivatives, net112 — — 112 
Other investing activities, net(18)— — (18)
Net cash used for investing activities11 — — 11 
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt55 — — 55 
Repayments of long-term debt and finance leases(92)— — (92)
Payment of financing costs(44)— — (44)
Distributions on Class A and Partnership exchangeable units— (990)— (990)
Distributions to RBI for repurchase of RBI common shares— (500)— (500)
Capital contribution from RBI60 — — 60 
Distributions from subsidiaries(1,490)1,490 — — 
Proceeds (payments) from derivatives141 — — 141 
Other financing activities, net(4)— — (4)
Net cash used for financing activities(1,374)— — (1,374)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents— — 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(39)— — (39)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period1,178 — — 1,178 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,139 $— $— $1,139 

103112

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
20192022
Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income$1,111 $1,111 $(1,111)$1,111 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in loss (earnings) of consolidated subsidiaries(1,111)1,111 
Depreciation and amortization185 185 
Premiums paid and non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt16 16 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount29 29 
(Income) loss from equity method investments(11)(11)
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions(14)(14)
Net (gains) losses on derivatives(49)(49)
Share-based compensation expense68 68 
Deferred income taxes58 58 
Other
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
Accounts and notes receivable(53)(53)
Inventories and prepaids and other current assets(15)(15)
Accounts and drafts payable112 112 
Other accrued liabilities and gift card liability(51)(51)
Tenant inducements paid to franchisees(54)(54)
Other long-term assets and liabilities138 138 
Net cash provided by operating activities1,476 1,476 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for property and equipment(62)(62)
Net proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings
Settlement/sale of derivatives, net24 24 
Net cash used for investing activities(30)(30)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt2,250 2,250 
Repayments of long-term debt and finance leases(2,266)(2,266)
Payment of financing costs(50)(50)
Distributions paid on Class A and Partnership exchangeable units(901)(901)
Capital contribution from RBI Inc.102 102 
Distributions from subsidiaries(901)901 
Proceeds from derivatives23 23 
Net cash used for financing activities(842)(842)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents16 16 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents620 620 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period913 913 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,533 $$$1,533 

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income$1,482 $1,482 $(1,482)$1,482 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in loss (earnings) of consolidated subsidiaries— (1,482)1,482 — 
Depreciation and amortization190 — — 190 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount28 — — 28 
(Income) loss from equity method investments44 — — 44 
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions(4)— — (4)
Net (gains) losses on derivatives(9)— — (9)
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense136 — — 136 
Deferred income taxes(60)— — (60)
Other19 — — 19 
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
Accounts and notes receivable(110)— — (110)
Inventories and prepaids and other current assets(61)— — (61)
Accounts and drafts payable169 — — 169 
Other accrued liabilities and gift card liability37 — — 37 
Tenant inducements paid to franchisees(26)— — (26)
Other long-term assets and liabilities(345)— — (345)
Net cash provided by operating activities1,490 — — 1,490 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for property and equipment(100)— — (100)
Net proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings12 — — 12 
Net payment for purchase of Firehouse Subs, net of cash acquired(12)— — (12)
Settlement/sale of derivatives, net71 — — 71 
Other investing activities, net(35)— — (35)
Net cash used for investing activities(64)— — (64)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt— — 
Repayments of long-term debt and finance leases(94)— — (94)
Distributions on Class A and Partnership exchangeable units— (971)— (971)
Distributions to RBI for repurchase of RBI common shares— (326)— (326)
Capital contribution from RBI51 — — 51 
Distributions from subsidiaries(1,297)1,297 — — 
Proceeds (payments) from derivatives34 — — 34 
Other financing activities, net(3)— — (3)
Net cash used for financing activities(1,307)— — (1,307)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents(28)— — (28)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents91 — — 91 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period1,087 — — 1,087 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,178 $— $— $1,178 

104113

Table of Contents

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
20182021

Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated Consolidated
Borrowers
RBILPEliminationsConsolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:Cash flows from operating activities:
Net incomeNet income$1,144 $1,144 $(1,144)$1,144 
Net income
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in loss (earnings) of consolidated subsidiariesEquity in loss (earnings) of consolidated subsidiaries(1,144)1,144 
Equity in loss (earnings) of consolidated subsidiaries
Equity in loss (earnings) of consolidated subsidiaries
Depreciation and amortizationDepreciation and amortization180 180 
Premiums paid and non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discountAmortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount29 29 
(Income) loss from equity method investments(Income) loss from equity method investments(22)(22)
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactionsLoss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions(33)(33)
Net (gains) losses on derivativesNet (gains) losses on derivatives(40)(40)
Share-based compensation expense48 48 
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense
Deferred income taxesDeferred income taxes29 29 
OtherOther
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
Accounts and notes receivable
Accounts and notes receivable
Accounts and notes receivableAccounts and notes receivable19 19 
Inventories and prepaids and other current assetsInventories and prepaids and other current assets(7)(7)
Accounts and drafts payableAccounts and drafts payable41 41 
Other accrued liabilities and gift card liabilityOther accrued liabilities and gift card liability(219)(219)
Tenant inducements paid to franchiseesTenant inducements paid to franchisees(52)(52)
Other long-term assets and liabilitiesOther long-term assets and liabilities43 43 
Net cash provided by operating activitiesNet cash provided by operating activities1,165 1,165 
Cash flows from investing activities:Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for property and equipmentPayments for property and equipment(86)(86)
Payments for property and equipment
Payments for property and equipment
Net proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisingsNet proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings
Net payment for purchase of Firehouse Subs, net of cash acquired
Settlement/sale of derivatives, netSettlement/sale of derivatives, net17 17 
Other investing activities, netOther investing activities, net17 17 
Net cash used for investing activitiesNet cash used for investing activities(44)(44)
Cash flows from financing activities:Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt75 75 
Proceeds from long-term debt
Proceeds from long-term debt
Proceeds from long-term debt
Repayments of long-term debt and finance leasesRepayments of long-term debt and finance leases(74)(74)
Payment of financing costsPayment of financing costs(3)(3)
Distributions paid on Class A and Partnership exchangeable units(728)(728)
Repurchase of Partnership exchangeable units(561)(561)
Capital contribution from RBI Inc.61 61 
Distributions on Class A and Partnership exchangeable units
Distributions to RBI for repurchase of RBI common shares
Capital contribution from RBI
Distributions from subsidiariesDistributions from subsidiaries(1,289)1,289 
(Payments) proceeds from derivatives
Other financing activities, netOther financing activities, net(55)(55)
Net cash used for financing activitiesNet cash used for financing activities(1,285)(1,285)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalentsEffect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents(20)(20)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalentsIncrease (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(184)(184)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of periodCash and cash equivalents at beginning of period1,097 1,097 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of periodCash and cash equivalents at end of period$913 $$$913 


105114

Table of Contents

Note 20.19. Subsequent Events
Distributions/Dividends
On January 5, 2021,4, 2024, RBI paid a cash dividend of $0.52$0.55 per RBI common share to common shareholders of record on December 21, 2020.2023. Partnership made a distribution to RBI as holder of Class A common units in the amount of the aggregate dividends declared and paid by RBI on RBI common shares and also made a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.52$0.55 per exchangeable unit to holders of record on December 21, 2020.2023.
On February 11, 2021,13, 2024, we announced that the RBI board of directors had declared a cash dividend of $0.53$0.58 per RBI common share for the first quarter of 2020.2024. The dividend will be paid on April 6, 20214, 2024 to RBI common shareholders of record on March 23, 2021.21, 2024. Partnership will make a distribution to RBI as holder of Class A common units in the amount of the aggregate dividends declared and paid by RBI on RBI common shares. Partnership will also make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.53$0.58 per Partnership exchangeable unit, and the record date and payment date for such distribution will be the same as the record date and payment date for the cash dividend per RBI common share set forth above.
Acquisition of Carrols Restaurant Group
On January 16, 2024, we announced that we have reached an agreement to acquire all of Carrols issued and outstanding shares that are not already held by RBI or its affiliates for $9.55 per share in an all cash transaction, or an aggregate total enterprise value of approximately $1.0 billion. Carrols is the largest Burger King franchisee in the U.S. today, currently operating approximately 1,020 Burger King restaurants and approximately 60 Popeyes restaurants.
The transaction is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2024 and is subject to customary closing conditions, including approval by the holders of the majority of common stock held by Carrols stockholders excluding shares held by RBI and its affiliates and officers of Carrols in addition to approval by holders of a majority of outstanding common stock of Carrols.
The transaction is not subject to a financing contingency and is expected to be financed with cash on hand and term loan debt for which RBI has received a financing commitment.
*****

106115

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of the management of RBI, as the general partner of Partnership, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of RBI, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Partnership’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15e under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2020.2023. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO of RBI concluded that Partnership’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The management of RBI, as general partner of Partnership, including the CEO and CFO, confirm that there were no changes in Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 20202023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Item 9B. Other ItemsInformation
Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers
(e)
On December 8, 2020, the Compensation Committee of RBI's Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) modified the 2020 Annual Bonus Swap Program that had been previously approved to change the vesting of all newly granted matching restricted stock units (“RSUs”) from cliff vesting after five years to vesting ratably over four years. Pursuant to RBI’s Bonus Swap Program, RBI provides eligible employees, including its named executive officers, or NEOs, the ability to invest 25% or 50% of their calculated net cash bonus for 2020 (after deducting an amount based on a theoretical tax rate of 40%) into RBI common shares (“Investment Shares”). Employees who elect to purchase Investment Shares receive matching RSUs. The number and leverage the investment through the issuance of matching RSUs that they receive depends on their Swap Election Percentage and their level within the organization. All of RBI’s eligible NEOs elected to participate in the 2020 Bonus Swap Program at the 50% level.restricted share units (“RSUs”). The matching RSUs will vest ratably over four years on December 31, 2021, 2022, 2023 and 2024.15th of each year, beginning the year of grant. All of the unvested matching RSUs will be forfeited if an NEO’s service (including service on the Board of Directors of RBI) is terminated for any reason.
reason (other than death or disability) prior to the date of vesting. If an NEO transfers any Investment Shares before the vesting date, he or she will forfeit 100% of the unvested matching RSUs. All of RBI’s eligible NEOs elected to participate in the 2023 Bonus Swap Program at the 50% level. On December 8, 2020,January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) approved the 2021 Bonus Swap Program2024 bonus swap program on substantially the same terms as the 2020 Bonus Swap Program, except that the compensation committee increased the RSU match at each level.2023 bonus swap program.
On December 8, 2020, the Compensation Committee approved modifications to the performance criteria for performance share units (“PSUs”) issued by RBI in 2019 and 2020. The PSUs issued in 2019 and some of the PSUs issued in 2020 originally would be earned based on meeting a specific compound annual growth rate for organic Adjusted EBITDA for the three-year period from 2019 through 2021, with a catch-up mechanism that allowed for a reduced payout based on a target for the four year period including 2022. Other PSUs issued in 2020 originally would be earned based on a two year compound annual growth rate of comparable sales for Tim Hortons in Canada for 2020 and 2021, with a catch-up mechanism that allowed for reduced payout based on a target for the three -year period including 2022. Given the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, the ability to meet these targets is greatly diminished, negatively affecting the retentive value. This situation is intensified by RBI’s practice of granting larger amounts of PSUs on a periodic basis with several years of grants based on the same multi-year period, as opposed to a more regular annual grant practice, with rolling performance cycles, that many other companies utilize. Therefore, if a tranche of PSUs were to lose all value, the individuals holding that tranche may not have other tranches that cover different periods or goals.
In order to preserve the retention value of the PSUs described above, recognize the contributions from our employees to confront the challenges posed by the pandemic and incentivize continued performance for recovery and a move toward growth in 2021, the Compensation Committee approved a modification of the performance criteria for all of these awards based on a formula consisting of: 30% based on a comparable sales target, 20% based on a net restaurant growth (“NRG”) target and 50% based on an

107

Table of Contents

organic Adjusted EBITDA target, in each case, the targets are one-year targets based on 2021 budget. Each of these targets could be earned between a threshold of 50% and a maximum of 200%, provided that the total payout for the awards is capped at 100% of target and subject to a threshold payout of 50%. The new performance criteria do not contain a catch-up provision and are subject to the same vesting as the original awards. A copy of the Amended Performance Award Agreement between RBI and each of the NEOs is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.36(c). This summary is qualified in its entirety to the full text of that award agreement.
Also on December 8, 2020,January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee determined to rebalanceincrease the mix of base salary and annual incentive compensation forof NEOs to be more competitive.reflect the competitive market. These changes will be effective March 1, 2021. For2024: Mr. Cil, hisKobza’s base salary will increase from $800,000$900,000 to $950,000, while his target annual incentive percentage will decrease from 300% to 230%. For Mr. Dunnigan, his base salary will increase from $550,000 to $600,000 while his target annual incentive compensation will decrease from 150% to 130%. For Mr. Kobza, hisDunnigan’s base salary will increase from $650,000 to $800,000 while his target annual incentive percentage will decrease from 250% to 185%. For Ms. Granat, her$685,000 and Mr. Shear’s base salary will increase from $550,000$700,000 to $575,000 while her target annual incentive$735,000. The bonus targets as a percentage will decrease from 150% to 140%.of salary for NEOs have not changed.
On December 8, 2020,January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee approved the 20212024 Annual Bonus Program, which has been updated to decrease the amount of compensation tied to individual metrics and add components based on comparable sales and NRG.Program. For 20212024 annual incentive, each of the NEOs will have 25% of the target based on achievement of individual metrics which may be earned from a threshold of 0% up to 100%; 20% and 75% of the target based on a mix of comparable sales achievement, net restaurant growth (“NRG”) achievement, franchisee profitability and on organic adjusted operating income (“AOI”) achievement, each of which may be earned from a threshold of 50% to a maximum of 200%; 15% ofwith the targetweighting based on the applicable business unit. For corporate roles, the weighting is 15% NRG achievement, which may be earned from a threshold of 50% to a maximum of 200%;20% comparable sales achievement, 10% franchisee profitability achievement and 40% of the target based on30% organic Adjusted EBITDA achievement which may be earned from a threshold of 50% to a maximum of 200%.AOI achievement. Overall, any annual incentive payout will require (1) achievement of the threshold amount of Adjusted EBITDA,organic AOI, (2) that individual achievement must also be earned at no less than 50%20% and (3) that certain general and administrative expense targets must be met. Additionally, annual incentives will be subject to a 30% reduction if the minimum free cash flow target established for the applicable year is not achieved.
On January 19, 2021,29, 2024, the Compensation Committee approved performance based RSUs (“PSUs”) discretionary awards to Messrs. Cil, Kobza, and Dunnigan, and Ms. Granat,Shear, which consist of approximately 1/3 RSUs and 2/3 performancethe following PSUs at target based RSUs at target. The grants were 49,500 RSUs and 100,500 PBRSUs for Mr. Cil, 41,250 RSUs and 83,750 PBRSUson the closing price on February 22, 2024: $9 million for Mr. Kobza, 16,500 RSUs and 33,500 PBRSUs$2.5 million for Mr. Dunnigan, and 9,900 RSUs and 20,100 PBRSUs$4.5 million for Ms. Granat. The RSUs vest ratably on December 31 of 2021, 2022 and 2023.Mr. Shear. The performance measure for purposes of determining the number of PBRSUsPSUs earned by each of Messrs. Kobza, Dunnigan, and Shear is the relative total shareholder return of RBI shares on the NYSE compared to the S&P 500 for the period from December 31, 2020February 23, 2024 to December 31, 2023.February 23, 2027. The Compensation Committee established a target performance level atfrom the 50th to 60th percentile, a performance threshold at or above which 50% of target is earned and below which no shares are earned at the 25th percentile, a performance level to earn 150% of the target at the 75th percentile and a maximum performance level at the 90th85th percentile

116

Table of Contents

at or above which 200%150% of the target is earned. Amounts earned between threshold and 50th percentile or 60th percentile and maximum will be based on linear interpolation. Once earned, the PBRSUsPSUs will cliff vest on February 19, 2024.March 15, 2027. In addition, if an executive’s service to RBI is terminated (other than due to death or disability) prior to February 19, 2023,23, 2026, he or she will forfeit the entire award. A copy of the form of Restricted Stock Unit Awards Agreement between RBI and each of the NEOs is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.36(d) and a copy of the Performance Award Agreement between RBI and each of the NEOs is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.36(e)10.14(c). This summary is qualified in its entirety to the full text of thosethe form of award agreements.agreement.
Item 9C.Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
None.
Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this Item, other than the information regarding theour executive officers of RBI set forth under the heading "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Form 10-K, as general partner of Partnership, required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K, is incorporated herein by reference from RBI’s definitive proxy statement to be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2020.2023. We refer to this proxy statement as the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this item will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item, other than the information regarding our equity plans set forth below required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K, will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

108

Table of Contents

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
Information regarding equity awards outstanding under RBI's compensation plans as of December 31, 20202023 was as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share data):

(a)(b)(c)
(a)(b)(c)
Plan CategoryPlan CategoryNumber of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(1)
Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
under Equity
Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
in Column (a))
Plan CategoryNumber of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(1)
Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
under Equity
Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
in Column (a))
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders14,832 $51.86 11,591 
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders— — — 
RBI Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders
RBI Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders
TotalTotal14,832 $51.86 11,591 
(1)The weighted average exercise price does not take into account the RBI common shares issuable upon outstanding RSUs vesting, which have no exercise price.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Our independent registered public accounting firm is KPMG LLP, Miami, FL, Auditor Firm ID: 185.
The information required by this item will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.


109117

Table of Contents

Part IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)(1)All Financial Statements
Consolidated financial statements filed as part of this report are listed under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(a)(2)Financial Statement Schedules
No schedules are required because either the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
(a)(3)Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this report.
Exhibit

Number
 Description  Incorporated by Reference

   
   
   
   



110

Table of Contents



118

Table of Contents


111

Table of Contents


119

Table of Contents


112

Table of Contents








120

Table of Contents








121

Table of Contents


113

Table of Contents


122

Table of Contents


114

Table of Contents


123

Table of Contents






115

Table of Contents


124

Table of Contents


125

Table of Contents


116

Table of Contents

101.INSXBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL documentFiled herewith.
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.Filed herewith.
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.Filed herewith.
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.Filed herewith.
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.Filed herewith.
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.Filed herewith.
104Cover Page Interactive FileFormatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.
 
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
Certain instruments relating to long-term borrowings, constituting less than 10 percent of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, are not filed as exhibits herewith pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish copies of such instruments to the SEC upon request.


Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.

None.126

Table of Contents

Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership
By: Restaurant Brands International Inc., its general partner
By: /s/ José E. CilJoshua Kobza
Name: José E. CilJoshua Kobza
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 23, 2021


117

Table of Contents

22, 2024
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature  Title Date
/s/ José E. CilJoshua Kobza  Chief Executive Officer of Restaurant Brands International Inc.
(principal executive officer)
 February 23, 202122, 2024
José E. CilJoshua Kobza
/s/ Matthew Dunnigan  Chief Financial Officer of Restaurant Brands International Inc.
(principal financial officer)
 February 23, 202122, 2024
Matthew Dunnigan
/s/ Jacqueline Friesner  Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Restaurant Brands International Inc.
(principal accounting officer)
 February 23, 202122, 2024
Jacqueline Friesner
/s/ J. Patrick DoyleExecutive Chairman of Restaurant Brands International Inc.February 22, 2024
J. Patrick Doyle
/s/ Alexandre Behring  Co-ChairmanDirector of Restaurant Brands International Inc. February 23, 202122, 2024
Alexandre Behring
/s/ Daniel SchwartzCo-Chairman of Restaurant Brands International Inc.February 23, 2021
Daniel Schwartz
/s/ Maximilien de Limburg Stirum  Director of Restaurant Brands International Inc. February 23, 202122, 2024
Maximilien de Limburg Stirum
/s/ Paul J.Jordana Fribourg  Director of Restaurant Brands International Inc. February 23, 202122, 2024
Paul J.Jordana Fribourg
/s/ Neil GoldenDirector of Restaurant Brands International Inc.February 23, 2021
Neil Golden
/s/ Ali Hedayat  Director of Restaurant Brands International Inc. February 23, 202122, 2024
Ali Hedayat
/s/ Golnar KhosrowshahiMarc LemannDirector of Restaurant Brands International Inc.February 22, 2024
Marc Lemann
/s/ Jason MelbourneDirector of Restaurant Brands International Inc.February 22, 2024
Jason Melbourne
/s/ Cristina FarjallatDirector of Restaurant Brands International Inc.February 22, 2024
Cristina Farjallat
/s/ Daniel Schwartz  Director of Restaurant Brands International Inc. February 23, 202122, 2024
Golnar KhosrowshahiDaniel Schwartz
/s/ Jason MelbourneDirector of Restaurant Brands International Inc.February 23, 2021
Jason Melbourne
/s/ John PratoDirector of Restaurant Brands International Inc.February 23, 2021
John Prato
/s/ Carlos Alberto SicupiraThecla Sweeney  Director of Restaurant Brands International Inc. February 23, 202122, 2024
Carlos Alberto SicupiraThecla Sweeney
/s/ Joao M. Castro-NevesDirector of Restaurant Brands International Inc.February 23, 2021
Joao M. Castro-Neves
/s/ Roberto Thompson MottaDirector of Restaurant Brands International Inc.February 23, 2021
Roberto Thompson Motta


118127